TENDER DOCUMENTS - Amultender.amuldairy.com/tender/1)Rev-12 - Tender For 1500... · 2016-05-12 ·...

TENDERTENDERTENDERTENDER FORFORFORFOR 1500150015001500 KGPHKGPHKGPHKGPH CHOCOLATECHOCOLATECHOCOLATECHOCOLATE PROCESSINGPROCESSINGPROCESSINGPROCESSING LINELINELINELINE,DROP,DROP,DROP,DROP LINELINELINELINE ANDANDANDAND PACKAGINGPACKAGINGPACKAGINGPACKAGING LINE,LINE,LINE,LINE, MOGARMOGARMOGARMOGAR

1

TENDERTENDERTENDERTENDER DOCUMENTSDOCUMENTSDOCUMENTSDOCUMENTS

FORFORFORFOR

PACKPACKPACKPACK 1111

A.A.A.A. Design,Design,Design,Design, SSSSupply,upply,upply,upply, IIIInstallationnstallationnstallationnstallation andandandand CCCCommissioningommissioningommissioningommissioning ofofofof ChocolateChocolateChocolateChocolateProcessingProcessingProcessingProcessing LineLineLineLine Capacity:Capacity:Capacity:Capacity: 1500150015001500 Kg/Hr.Kg/Hr.Kg/Hr.Kg/Hr. AtAtAtAt FoodFoodFoodFood Complex,Complex,Complex,Complex,Mogar.Mogar.Mogar.Mogar. Qty.Qty.Qty.Qty. ---- 1111 Set.Set.Set.Set.

B.B.B.B. Design,Design,Design,Design, SSSSupply,upply,upply,upply, IIIInstallationnstallationnstallationnstallation andandandand CCCCommissioningommissioningommissioningommissioning ofofofof CCCChocolatehocolatehocolatehocolateDropDropDropDrop LineLineLineLine withwithwithwith PackingPackingPackingPacking MachineMachineMachineMachine Capacity:Capacity:Capacity:Capacity: 800800800800 Kg/HrKg/HrKg/HrKg/Hr @@@@ 5555 gmgmgmgmAtAtAtAt FoodFoodFoodFood Complex,Complex,Complex,Complex, Mogar.Mogar.Mogar.Mogar. Qty.Qty.Qty.Qty. ---- 1111 Set.Set.Set.Set.

PACKPACKPACKPACK 2222

Design,Design,Design,Design, SSSSupply,upply,upply,upply, IIIInstallationnstallationnstallationnstallation andandandand CCCCommissioningommissioningommissioningommissioning ofofofof ChocolateChocolateChocolateChocolateMouldingMouldingMouldingMoulding andandandand PackagingPackagingPackagingPackaging LineLineLineLine CapacityCapacityCapacityCapacity :::: 1500150015001500 Kg/Hr.Kg/Hr.Kg/Hr.Kg/Hr. AtAtAtAt FoodFoodFoodFoodComplexComplexComplexComplex Mogar.Qty.-Mogar.Qty.-Mogar.Qty.-Mogar.Qty.- 1111 Set.Set.Set.Set.

BIDBIDBIDBID REFERENCEREFERENCEREFERENCEREFERENCE NO:NO:NO:NO: PPPP &&&& E/MOGAR/CHOCOLATE/2016-17E/MOGAR/CHOCOLATE/2016-17E/MOGAR/CHOCOLATE/2016-17E/MOGAR/CHOCOLATE/2016-17

KAIRAKAIRAKAIRAKAIRA DISTRICTDISTRICTDISTRICTDISTRICT CO-OPERATIVECO-OPERATIVECO-OPERATIVECO-OPERATIVE MILKMILKMILKMILK PRODUCERSPRODUCERSPRODUCERSPRODUCERS’’’’ UNIONUNIONUNIONUNION LIMITEDLIMITEDLIMITEDLIMITEDAMULAMULAMULAMUL DAIRY,DAIRY,DAIRY,DAIRY, ANAND,ANAND,ANAND,ANAND, GUJARAT-388GUJARAT-388GUJARAT-388GUJARAT-388 001001001001


2

CONTENTSCONTENTSCONTENTSCONTENTSSRSRSRSRNONONONO SECTIONSECTIONSECTIONSECTION DESCRIPTIONDESCRIPTIONDESCRIPTIONDESCRIPTION

01 Section I Invitation for Bids

02 Section II Instructions to Bidders

03 Section III General Conditions of Contract

04 Section IV Part – I Special Conditions of Contract

05 Section IV Part – II Special Conditions of Contract for Erection & Commissioning

06 Section IV Part – III Special Conditions of Contract for Mechanical Works

07 Section V Technical Specifications

08 Sub Section – 1 Introduction

09 Sub Section – 2 Instructions to Bidders

10 Sub Section – 3 Design Basis

11 Sub Section - 4 Responsibilities

12 Sub Section – 5 Project Management

13 Sub Section – 6 Technical Specification

14 Sub Section – 7 Battery Limits

15 Sub Section – 8 Deviations from Technical Requirement

16 Sub Section – 9 Optional Items

17 Sub Section – 10 Drawings Data & Documentation

18 Sub Section – 11 Technical Evaluation of Bid

19 Sub Section – 12 Performance Guarantee

20 Sub Section – 13 Bidders Meeting

21 Section VI Bidding Terms Deviation

22 Section VII Bid Form & Price schedule Performa

23 Section VIII Qualification Application

24 Section IX Collaborators’ Authorization Form

25 Appendices 1

a) Form of BG for Performance Security

b) Form of BG Against Advance Payment

c) Contract Form

d) Proforma of Completion Certificate

e) Form of BG for Bid Security (EMD)

f) List of acceptable Banks for BankGuarantees From Foreign / Nationalized / Scheduled Banks

26 Appendices 2

A) Spares Philosophy

B) Documentation Philosophy


3

SECTIONSECTIONSECTIONSECTION –––– IIIIINVITATIONINVITATIONINVITATIONINVITATION FORFORFORFOR BIDBIDBIDBID


4

KairaKairaKairaKairaKairaKairaKairaKairaKairaKairaKairaKaira DistrictDistrictDistrictDistrictDistrictDistrictDistrictDistrictDistrictDistrictDistrictDistrict Co-operativeCo-operativeCo-operativeCo-operativeCo-operativeCo-operativeCo-operativeCo-operativeCo-operativeCo-operativeCo-operativeCo-operative MilkMilkMilkMilkMilkMilkMilkMilkMilkMilkMilkMilk ProducersProducersProducersProducersProducersProducersProducersProducersProducersProducersProducersProducers’’’’’’’’’’’’ UnionUnionUnionUnionUnionUnionUnionUnionUnionUnionUnionUnion Limited.Limited.Limited.Limited.Limited.Limited.Limited.Limited.Limited.Limited.Limited.Limited.

Amul Dairy, Anand- 388 001, Gujarat (India)

Phone: +91-2692-225473

InvitationInvitationInvitationInvitation ForForForFor BidBidBidBid (IFB)(IFB)(IFB)(IFB)

BidBidBidBid ReferenceReferenceReferenceReference P & E/MOGAR/CHOCOLATE/2016-17

S.N. Description EstimatedCost(INR)

EMD(INR)

Pack 1. A) Design, Supply, Installation and Commissioningof 1500 KGPH Chocolate Processing Line for AmulDairy, Anand at Food Complex Mogar .- Qty. 1 Set.

B) Design, Supply, Installation and Commissioningof 800 KGPH Chocolate Drop Line with PackingMachine for Amul Dairy, Anand at Food ComplexMogar .- Qty. 1 Set.

45 Crore 45 Lacs

Pack 2. Design, Supply, Installation and Commissioning of1500 KGPH Chocolate Moulding and packagingLine for Amul Dairy, Anand at Food ComplexMogar .- Qty. 1 Set.

Duration (months) 12 Months

Bidding DocumentSale.

Start 12.05.2016 , Thursday

Stop 13.06.2016 , Monday

Last Date & Time ofBid.

Submission 13.06.2016 , Monday , 3:00 PM

Tender Opening(Only Technical)

14.06.2016 , Tuesday

Date of Pre BidMeeting.

19.05.2016 , Thursday

Place of Pre-BidMeeting and TenderOpening.

office of:General Manager (Projects & Engineering)Amul Dairy Road, Anand 388 001.

Contact No. for inquiryif required.

Project officePhone: (02692) 225 473


5

1.01.01.01.0 EligibilityEligibilityEligibilityEligibility CriteriaCriteriaCriteriaCriteriaThe Bidder/Supplier shall have turnover, in each of the last three years, at leastequal to the estimated cost of the job and must have executed, in the last threeyears at least a contract of similar nature and of value not less than 50% of theestimated cost of the job. Apart from this the sole criteria will be the original keyequipments manufacturer and technical competence to execute the job of thiskind. Total value will be considered in the project including the importedmachinery directly imported by the client for the project.

2.02.02.02.0 PurchasePurchasePurchasePurchase ofofofof BiddingBiddingBiddingBidding DocumentDocumentDocumentDocumentInterested bidders may download the Tender documents free of cost from theWebsite http://tender.amuldairy.com

3.03.03.03.0 SubmissionSubmissionSubmissionSubmission ofofofof BidBidBidBidThe bidder who purchase the bidding document, are eligible for submission ofbids in their name only.

4.04.04.04.0 BidBidBidBid SecuritySecuritySecuritySecurityAll bid (if mentioned) must be accompanied by bid security (Earnest MoneyDeposit – EMD) in the form specified in the bidding document. The bids notaccompanied with EMD shall be summarily rejected. The bid security shall bedenominated in Indian Rupees of value as specified and shall be in the form ofBank Guarantee from Nationalized or Scheduled Banks or Demand draft in favorof Kaira District Co-operative Milk Producers’ Union Ltd., payable at Anand.The Bid security may be forfeited if� A bidder/supplier withdraw its bid during the period of bid validity specified bythe bidder/ bidders on the bid form or� In case of successful bidder/ supplier, if the bidder/supplier fails to sign thecontract.

5.05.05.05.0 RightsRightsRightsRights ReservedReservedReservedReserved bybybyby AmulAmulAmulAmul Dairy.Dairy.Dairy.Dairy.KDCMPU Ltd (Amul Dairy), at its sole discretion and without assigning any reasonthereof, reserves the right to accept and / or reject the whole or part of any orall the bids received.

6.06.06.06.0 ValidityValidityValidityValidityThe offer should be valid for 90 days from the date of tender opening

7.07.07.07.0 BiddersBiddersBiddersBidders shouldshouldshouldshould submitsubmitsubmitsubmit TechnicalTechnicalTechnicalTechnical andandandand CommercialCommercialCommercialCommercial BidsBidsBidsBids SeparatelySeparatelySeparatelySeparately ininininsealedsealedsealedsealed envelope.envelope.envelope.envelope.BidsBidsBidsBids inininin singlesinglesinglesingle envelopenvelopenvelopenvelop willwillwillwill bebebebe Rejected.Rejected.Rejected.Rejected.

Managing Director

http://tender.amuldairy.com


6

SECTIONSECTIONSECTIONSECTION –––– IIIIIIIIINSTRUCTIONINSTRUCTIONINSTRUCTIONINSTRUCTION TOTOTOTO BIDDERSBIDDERSBIDDERSBIDDERS


7

CONTENTSCONTENTSCONTENTSCONTENTS

Sr.No.

Description

1 Cost of bidding2 Contents of bidding document3 Clarification of bidding document4 Amendment of bidding document5 Pre bid meeting6 Language of bid7 Documents comprising the bid8 Bid form9 Bid prices10 Price adjustment11 Bid currency12 Documents establishing bidder’s experience and qualifications13 Documents establishing goods’ conformity to bidding document14 Bid security (earnest money deposit)15 Period of validity of bids16 Format and signing of bid17 Sealing and marking of bids18 Deadline for submission of bids19 Late bids20 Modification and withdrawal of bids21 Opening of bids by purchaser22 Clarification of bids23 Preliminary examination24 Evaluation and comparison of bids25 Contacting the purchaser26 Post qualification27 Right to vary quantities at the time of award28 Right to accept any bid and to reject any or all bids.29 Notification of award30 Signing of contract31 Performance security32 Import license33 Turn key contract34 Break up prices35 Delivery schedule of items36 Table 1 check list of bid submission


8

1.1.1.1. CostCostCostCost ofofofof BiddingBiddingBiddingBiddingThe Bidder shall bear all costs associated with the preparation andsubmission of its bid, and the Kaira District Co-operative Milk Producers’Union Ltd. Here in after referred to as "the Purchaser", will in no case beresponsible or liable for those costs, regardless of the conduct or outcomeof the bidding process.

2.2.2.2. ContentsContentsContentsContents ofofofof BiddingBiddingBiddingBidding DocumentDocumentDocumentDocument2.1 The goods required, bidding procedures and contract terms are prescribed

in the Bidding Document. The contents of the Bidding Document areorganized in sections as given in the Table Contents at the beginning of thisdocument.

2.2 The Bidder is expected to examine all instructions, forms, terms andspecifications in the Bidding Document. Failure to furnish all informationrequired as per the Bidding Document or submission of a bid notsubstantially responsive to the Bidding Document in every respect will be atthe Bidder's risk and may result in the rejection of its bid.

3.3.3.3. ClarificationClarificationClarificationClarification ofofofof BiddingBiddingBiddingBidding DocumentDocumentDocumentDocument3.1 A prospective Bidder requiring any clarification on the Bidding Document

may notify the Purchaser in writing by fax / email at the Purchaser's mailingaddress indicated in the Invitation for Bids. The Purchaser will respond inwriting to any request for clarification on the Bidding Document, which itreceives not later than 7 days prior to the deadline for the submission of bidsprescribed by the Purchaser. Written copies of the Purchaser's response(including an explanation of the query but without identifying the source ofinquiry) will be sent to all prospective Bidders, which have received theBidding Documents. However, the Bidders cannot consider delay in receiptof clarifications, as a cause for requesting extension in the due date ofsubmission of the bids.

3.23.23.23.2 Bidder can bid for Pack1 A or B or Pack1 A&B or Pack 2 or Pack 1&2.

4.4.4.4. AmendmentAmendmentAmendmentAmendment ofofofof BiddingBiddingBiddingBidding DocumentDocumentDocumentDocument4.1 At any time prior to the deadline for submission of bids, the Purchaser may,

for any reason, whether at its own initiative or in response to a clarificationrequested by a prospective Bidder, modify the Bidding Document byamendment.

4.2 The amendment will be notified in writing or by email or by fax or cable to allprospective Bidders, which have received the Bidding Documents and will bebinding on them. The amendment will be attached to the bidding documentsold subsequently.

4.3 In order to afford prospective Bidders reasonable time, in which to take theAmendment into account in preparing their bids, the Purchaser may, at itsdiscretion, extend the deadline for the submission of bids.


9

5.5.5.5. PrePrePrePre BidBidBidBid MeetingMeetingMeetingMeeting5.1 The bidder or his official representative is advised to attend a pre bid

meeting which will be convened at the office of General Manager (Projects &Engineering), Amul Dairy, Anand. Clarifications shall be submitted to thebidders on the same day.

6666 .... LanguageLanguageLanguageLanguage ofofofof BidBidBidBid6.1 The Bid prepared by the Bidder and all correspondence and documents

relating to the bid exchanged by the Bidder and the Purchaser shall bewritten in the English language. Any printed literature furnished by theBidder may be written in another language so long as accompanied by anEnglish translation of its pertinent passages in which case, for the purposesof interpretation of the bid, the English translation shall govern.

7777 .... DocumentsDocumentsDocumentsDocuments comprisingcomprisingcomprisingcomprising thethethethe BidBidBidBid7.1 The bid prepared by the Bidder shall comprise the following Components:7.1.1 A Bid Form and a Price Schedule completed in accordance with Clauses 7, 8

& 9.7.1.2 Documentary evidence established in accordance with Clause 10 that the

Bidder is qualified to perform the contract if its bid is accepted.7.1.3 Documentary evidence established in accordance with Clause 11 that the

goods and ancillary services to be supplied by the Bidder conform to theBidding Document.

7.1.4 Bid security (Earnest Money Deposit) furnished in accordance with Clause 12along with the bid security details form.

7.1.5 A statement of deviation and exception to the provision of biddingdocuments.

8.8.8.8. BidBidBidBid FormFormFormFormThe Bidder shall complete the Bid Form and appropriate Price Schedulefurnished in the Bidding Document, indicating for the goods to be supplied,a brief description of the goods, their country of origin, quantity and prices.

9.9.9.9. BidBidBidBid PricesPricesPricesPrices9.1 The Bidder shall indicate on the appropriate Price Schedule attached to this

document the total bid prices of the goods it proposes to supply, install andcommission under the contract. To this end, the Bidders are allowed theoption to submit bids for anyone or more packs specified in the "Schedule ofRequirement" and to offer discounts for combined packs. However, Biddersmust submit a bid for the complete requirement of goods and servicesspecified under each pack, failing which, such bids will not be taken intoaccount for evaluation& comparison and will not be considered for award.Submission of Bids should be in separate sealed covers as,1. Technical Bid.


10

2. Price Bid.

Technical Bid should be in details as per requirement of the tender.Price Bid will be opened only after comparison of technical Bid.

9.2 Prices indicated on the Price Schedule shall be entered separately in thefollowing manner:

9.2.1 The total price is to be given for the total scope considering and withoutconsidering EPCG benefit.

9.2.2 The price of the goods, quoted ex‐factory, ex‐showroom, ex‐warehouseor off the‐shelf, as applicable, including all customs duties and other duties,sales and other taxes already paid or payable on the components and rowmaterial used in the manufacture or assembly of goods quoted ex‐factory oron the previously imported goods of foreign origin quoted ex‐showroom,ex‐warehouse or off‐the shelf.

9.2.3 Any excise duty (Customs Duty, Countervailing Duty etc. for import)applicable and payable on the goods along with tariff numbers and thedetails of classification of the goods, if this contract is awarded AS APERCENTAGE of EXWORKS PRICE or otherwise indicating clearly in the priceschedule format given.

9.2.4 Any sales and other taxes applicable, which will be payable on the goods ifthis Contract is awarded AS A PERCENTAGE of EX‐WORKS, packed includingED PRICE or otherwise indicating clearly in the price, schedule format given.

9.2.5 Charges for packing and forwarding, inland transportation, insurance andother local costs incidental to delivery of the goods to their destination; AS APERCENTAGE of EX-WORKS PRICE or otherwise indicating clearly in the priceschedule format given.

9.2.6 The cost of installation and commissioning as described in the technicalspecifications and in accordance with Special conditions of Contract withregard to erection, testing and putting the equipment into satisfactoryoperations, including successful completion of performance and guaranteetests to be performed at the destination by Bidder and AS A PERCENTAGE ofEX‐WORKS PRICE or otherwise indicating clearly in the price schedule formatgiven.

9.2.7 The cost of incidental services listed in Clause 7 of Special Conditions ofContract AS PERCENTAGE of EX‐WORKS PRICE or otherwise indicatingclearly in the price schedule format given.

9.3 The Bidder's separation of price components in accordance with above willbe solely for the purpose of facilitating the comparison of bids by thePurchaser and will not in any way limit the Purchaser's right to contract onany of the terms offered.

9.4 Price of spare parts All the Bidders are required to submit the followingdetails about the spare parts, along with their bids:

9.4.1 Spare parts required for the items quoted by the Bidders, for 2 years normaloperation. The price should be part of contract.


11

9.4.2 Item wise prices of all the spare parts valid, for acceptance by the Purchaserand placement of orders, for one year from the date of bid opening.

10.10.10.10. PricePricePricePrice AdjustmentAdjustmentAdjustmentAdjustmentPrice quoted by the Bidder shall be subject to adjustment during theperformance of the contract to reflect changes in the cost of labour andmaterial components in accordance with the procedure specified in thespecial conditions of the contract. A bid submitted with a fixed pricequotation will not be rejected but the price adjustment shall be treated aszero.

11.11.11.11. BidBidBidBid CurrencyCurrencyCurrencyCurrency11.1 Prices shall be quoted in Indian Rupees only for the goods and services,

which the Bidder will supply if a contract is awarded against this invitation forbid. For import, ceiling amount in respective currencies should be mentionedalong with exchange rates considered. The price adjustment shall be allowedon account of any changes in the landed cost due to variation in theExchange rates and / or Customs Duty (combined effect). For arriving at thevariation in landed cost, the actual invoice value (from the foreign bidder)with bank certificate for Exchange Rates & bill of entry for Customs Dutypaid has to be submitted as supporting documents. However, such changesshall be allowed only within the ceiling amount quoted and within the periodof the contract. The variation will be worked out on the difference betweenCustoms Duty rate / exchange rate mentioned in the Bid and the actualrespective rates levied during the time of actual imports multiplied by theactual CIF value and not the ceiling value. The purchaser may opt forimporting the key machinery direct in case it is deemed fit. But this will be asper the quoted price in the bid.

11.2 All claims shall be against the supporting documents.

12.12.12.12. DocumentsDocumentsDocumentsDocuments EstablishingEstablishingEstablishingEstablishing Bidder'sBidder'sBidder'sBidder's ExperienceExperienceExperienceExperience andandandandQualificationsQualificationsQualificationsQualifications

12.1 Pursuant to Clause 7 the Bidder shall furnish, as part of its bid, documentsestablishing the Bidder's qualifications to perform the Contract if its bid isaccepted. The Bidder should also give information in the format attached tothe Bidding Document.

12.1.1 The documentary evidence of the Bidder's qualifications to perform Contractif its bid is accepted, shall establish to the Purchaser's satisfaction.

12.1.2 That in the case of a Bidder offering to supply goods and services under theContract which the Bidder did not manufacture or otherwise produce,The Bidder has been duly authorised by the goods' manufacturer or producerto supply the goods. The bid shall include manufacturer’s authorization Formgiven in the bidding documents.

12.1.3 That the Bidder has the financial, technical and production capabilitynecessary to perform the Contract. To ascertain this, all bids submitted shall


12

include the information as per the proform along with qualificationapplication.

12.1.4 Copies of original documents defining the constitution or legal status, placeof registration and principal place of business of the company or firmpartnership, etc;

12.1.5 Details of experience and past performance of the Bidder on equipmentoffered and those of similar nature and those of similar nature within thepast 5 years and details of current contracts in hand and other commitments.

12.1.6 Major items of plant and equipment available/ installed in the Bidder'sfactory premises.

12.1.7 Qualification and experience of key personnel for successful execution of thecontract.

12.1.8 Reports on financial standing of the Bidder such as profit and lossstatements, balance sheets and auditor's report of the past three years,bankers certificates etc.

12.1.9 Information regarding any current litigation in which the Bidder is involved12.2 Bidders who meet the criteria given above are subject to be disqualified if

they have made untrue or false representations in the forms, statementsand attachments submitted in proof of the qualification requirements or haverecord of poor performance such as abandoning the work, not properlycompleting the contract, inordinate delays in completion or financial failuresetc.

13131313 .... DocumentsDocumentsDocumentsDocuments EstablishingEstablishingEstablishingEstablishing Goods'Goods'Goods'Goods' ConformityConformityConformityConformity totototoBiddingBiddingBiddingBidding DocumentDocumentDocumentDocument

13.1 Pursuant to Clause 6 the Bidder shall furnish, as part of its bid, documentsestablishing the conformity to the Bidding Document of all goods andservices, which the Bidder proposes to supply under the Contract.

13.1.1 The documentary evidence of the goods' and services' conformity to theBidding Document may be in the form of literature, drawings and data, andshall furnish:

13.1.2 A detailed description of the goods' essential technical and performancecharacteristics

13.1.3 A list giving full particulars, including available sources and current prices,of all spare parts, special tools, etc. necessary for the proper andcontinuing functioning of the goods for a period of two years, followingcommencement of the goods' use by the Purchaser.

13.1.4 A clause by clause commentary on the Purchaser's Technical Specificationsdemonstrating the goods and services' substantial responsiveness to thosespecifications or a statement of deviations and exceptions to the provisionsof the Technical Specifications.

13.2 The purposes of the commentary to be furnished pursuant to above, theBidder shall note that standards for workmanship, material and equipment,and references to brand names or catalogue numbers designated by thePurchaser in its Technical Specifications are intended to be descriptive only


13

and not restrictive. The Bidder may substitute alternative standards, brandnames and/or catalogue numbers in its bid, provided that it demonstrates tothe Purchaser's satisfaction that the substitutions are substantially equivalentor superior to those designated in the Technical Specifications.

14141414 BidBidBidBid SecuritySecuritySecuritySecurity (Earnest(Earnest(Earnest(Earnest MoneyMoneyMoneyMoney Deposit)Deposit)Deposit)Deposit)14.1 Pursuant to Clause 6 the Bidder shall furnish, as part of its bid, bid security

(Earnest Money Deposit) as specified in the NIT (Notice Inviting Tender).14.2 The bid security is required to protect the Purchaser against the risk of

Bidder's conduct, which would warrant the security forfeiture.14.2.1 The bid security shall be denominated in Indian Rupees of value as specified

and shall be in the form of BG or a Demand draft in favor of Kaira DistrictCo-operative Milk Producers’ Union Ltd., payable at Anand.

14.3 Any bid not accompanied with bid security in accordance with clause 14.1and 14.3 above will be rejected by the purchaser as nonresponsive.

14.4 Unsuccessful Bidders' bid security will be discharged/ returned as promptlyas possible but not later than 30 days after the expiration of the period of bidvalidity prescribed by the Purchaser. The successful Bidder's bid security willbe discharged upon the Bidder's executing the Contract agreement onacceptance of the order & furnishing the performance security, pursuant toClause 29.

14.5 The bid security may be forfeited:14.5.1 If a Bidder withdraws its bid during the period of bid validity specified by the

Bidder on the Bid Form; or14.5.2 In the case of the successful Bidder, if the Bidder fails:14.5.3 To sign the Contract in accordance with Clause 28.14.5.4 To furnish performance security in accordance with Clause 29.

15151515 PeriodPeriodPeriodPeriod ofofofof ValidityValidityValidityValidity ofofofof BidsBidsBidsBids15.1 Bids shall remain valid for 90 days after the last date of submission of the

bids prescribed by the Purchaser, pursuant to Clause 16. A bid valid for ashorter period may be rejected by the purchaser as non-responsive.

15.2 In exceptional circumstance, the Purchaser may prior to expiry of the initialvalidity period, solicit the Bidders' consent to an extension of the period ofvalidity. The request and the responses there to shall be made in writing (orby cable or telex/fax). The bid security provided under Clause 12 shall alsobe suitably extended. A Bidder may refuse the request without forfeiting itsbid security. A Bidder granting the request will not be required nor permittedto modify its bid.

16.16.16.16. FormatFormatFormatFormat andandandand SigningSigningSigningSigning ofofofof BidBidBidBid16.1 The Bidder shall prepare two copies of the bid, clearly marking each

"Original" and "Copy" as appropriate. In the event of any discrepancybetween them, the original shall govern.


14

16.2 The original and all copies of the bid shall be typed or written in indelible inkand shall be signed by the Bidder or a person or persons duly authorized tobind the Bidder to the Contract. Written power-of-attorney must accompanythe Bid to indicate the authorization. The person or persons signing the bidshall initial all pages of the bid, except for laminated printed literature.

16.3 The bid shall contain no interlineations, erasures or overwriting except asnecessary to correct errors made by the Bidder, in which case, the personor persons signing the bid shall initial corrections.

17.17.17.17. SealingSealingSealingSealing andandandand MarkingMarkingMarkingMarking ofofofof BidsBidsBidsBids17.1 Technical bid and commercial bid should be submitted separately in sealed

envelope.17.2 The Bidders shall seal the original and each copy of the bid in an outer

envelope, duly marking the envelopes as "original" and "copy."17.3 All the inner and outer envelopes shall be addressed to the Purchaser and

must bear the Invitation for Bids (IFB) reference number.17.4 All the envelopes should bear the word "DO NOT OPEN BEFORE (The time

and date of opening as specified).17.5 The inner envelopes shall indicate the name and address of the Bidder to

enable the bid to be returned unopened in case it is declared "late."17.6 If the outer envelope is not sealed and marked as required, the Purchaser

will assume no responsibility for the bid's misplacement or prematureopening.A bid opened prematurely for this cause will be rejected by the Purchaserand returned to the Bidder.

18.18.18.18. DeadlineDeadlineDeadlineDeadline forforforfor SubmissionSubmissionSubmissionSubmission ofofofof BidsBidsBidsBids18.1 The Purchaser at the address specified must receive bids not later than the

time specified for receipt of the bids.18.2 The Purchaser may, at its discretion, extend this deadline for the

submission of bids by amending the Bidding Document in accordance withClause 4 above in which case all rights and obligations of the Purchaser andBidders previously subject to the deadline will thereafter be subject to thedeadline as extended.

18.3 No telegraphic/ telephonic/ fax bids shall be considered. However, anyamendment sent by a email or fax to the bid already submitted/receivedshall be considered provided it is received before the due date and time ofopening of the bids and it is confirmed in writing by post.

19.19.19.19. LateLateLateLate BidsBidsBidsBidsAny bid received by the Purchaser after the deadline for submission of bidsprescribed by the Purchaser, pursuant of Clause 16 will be rejected andreturned unopened to the Bidder.


15

20.20.20.20. ModificationModificationModificationModification andandandand WithdrawalWithdrawalWithdrawalWithdrawal ofofofof BidsBidsBidsBids20.1 The Bidder may modify or withdraw its bid after the bid's submission,

provided that written notice of the modification or withdrawal is received bythe Purchaser prior to the deadline prescribed for submission of bids.

20.2 The Bidder's modification or withdrawal notice shall be prepared, sealed,marked and dispatched in accordance with the provisions of Clause15. Awithdrawal notice may also be sent by fax or email followed by a signedconfirmation copy, post marked not later than the deadline for submissionof bids.

20.3 No bid may be modified subsequent to the deadline for submission of bids.20.4 No bid may be withdrawn in the interval between the deadline for

submission of bids and the expiration of the period of bid validity specified bythe Bidder on the Bid Form. Withdrawal of a bid during this interval mayresult in the forfeiture of the Bidder's bid security, pursuant to Clause12.

21.21.21.21. OpeningOpeningOpeningOpening ofofofof BidsBidsBidsBids bybybyby PurchaserPurchaserPurchaserPurchaser21.1 The Purchaser will open the bids, in the presence of the Bidders'

representatives who choose to attend, at the time and date specified in theInvitation for bids, at the office of the Amul Dairy, Anand, Gujarat India.The Bidders’ representatives who are present shall sign a register/ formevidencing their attendance.

21.2 Only technical bid will be opened first,commercial bid will be openedseparately only after technical comparison.

21.2 The Bidders' names, bid prices, modifications, bid withdrawals and thepresence or absence of the requisite bid security and such other details asthe purchaser, at its discretion, may consider appropriate will be announceduring the opening of the bids.

22222222 ClarificationClarificationClarificationClarification ofofofof BidsBidsBidsBids22.1 To assist in the examination, evaluation and comparison of bids the

Purchaser may, at its discretion, ask the Bidders for a clarification of its bid.The request for clarification and the response shall be in writing and nochange in the price or substance of the bid shall be sought, offered orpermitted.

23232323 PreliminaryPreliminaryPreliminaryPreliminary ExaminationExaminationExaminationExamination23.1 The Purchaser will examine the bids to determine:23.1.1 Whether they are complete,23.1.2 Whether any computational errors have been made,23.1.3 Whether required sureties have been furnished,23.1.4 Whether the documents have been properly signed,23.1.5 Whether the bids are generally in order.23.2 Arithmetical errors will be rectified on the following basis:23.2.1 If there is a discrepancy between the unit price and the total price that is

obtained by multiplying the unit price and quantity, the unit price shall


16

prevail and the total price shall be corrected. If the Bidder does not acceptthe correction of the errors, its bid will be rejected. If there is a discrepancybetween words and figures, the amount in words will prevail.

23.3 Prior to the detailed evaluation, pursuant to Clause22, the Purchaser willdetermine the substantial responsiveness of each bid to the BiddingDocument. For purposes of these clauses, a substantially responsive bid isone, which conforms to all the terms and conditions of the BiddingDocument without material deviations. The Purchaser's determination of abid's responsiveness is to be based on the contents of the bid itself withoutrecourse to extrinsic evidence.

23.4 If the prices of certain components/sub assemblies/spare parts are notincluded, the Purchaser will load the offer with the cost of these inevaluation if goods/equipment/plant is functional. If the Purchaser considersthat without these the goods/equipment is not functional, then the bid willbe treated as incomplete and non responsive.

23.5 To facilitate loading incomplete bids, the highest cost of such componentsoffered by other Bidders or the estimated cost of such components in theopinion of the Purchaser or other Purchases similarly made based on pastexperience shall be considered for loading incomplete bids.

23.6 Since the bid is invited for the complete job of design, supply, installationand commissioning of the equipment/plant, the incomplete or part bidssubmitted by any Bidder may not be considered for evaluation and may beliable for rejection.

23.7 A bid determined as not substantially responsive will be rejected by thePurchaser and may not subsequently be made responsive by the Bidder bycorrection of the nonconformity.

23.8 The Purchaser may waive any minor informality or nonconformity orirregularity in a bid, which does not constitute a material deviation,provided such waiver, does not prejudice or affect the relative ranking ofthe Bidder.

24242424 EvaluationEvaluationEvaluationEvaluation andandandand ComparisonComparisonComparisonComparison ofofofof BidsBidsBidsBids24.1 The Purchaser will evaluate and compare the bids previously determined to

be substantially responsive, pursuant to Clause 21. No bid will be consideredif the complete requirement covered under this work is not included in thebid.However, the discounts offered by the Bidders, if any, will be taken intoaccount in the evaluation of bids so as to determine the bid offering thelowest evaluated cost for the Purchaser in deciding award of contract/s.

24.2 The Purchaser's evaluation of a bid will include and take into account, in thecase of goods manufactured in India or goods of foreign origin alreadylocated in India, sales and other similar taxes, which will be payable on thegoods if a contract is awarded to the Bidder. Also, applicable excise dutypayable by the Purchaser will be added to the bid price for evaluation.


17

24.3 The comparison shall be of free delivery at site basis including unloading andinclusive of all taxes (sales, works contract etc.) and duties (customs,counter vailing, excise etc.) of the goods offered from within India, suchprice to include all costs as well as duties and taxes paid or payable oncomponents &row material incorporated in the goods as well as taxes &duties payable on finished goods and the installation and commissioningcosts as per the provisions in the technical specification.

24.4 The Purchaser's evaluation of a bid will take into account, in addition to thebid price and the price of incidental services, the following factors, in themanner and to the extent indicated in this Clause 22 and in the TechnicalSpecifications:

24.4.1 Cost of inland transportation, insurance and other costs within Indiaincidental to delivery of the goods to their final destination and applicableexcise duty payable by the Purchaser;

24.4.2 Delivery schedule offered in the bid.24.4.3 The cost of components and service;24.4.4 The availability of spare parts and after sales services for the equipment

offered in the bid.24.4.5 Deviation in payment schedule from that specified in the Special Conditions

of Contract24.4.6 The quality and adaptability of the equipment offered.24.4.7 The performance and productivity of the equipment offered24.5 Pursuant to above of Clause 22, the following evaluation methods will be

followed:24.5.1 Inland Transportation, ex-factory/ Insurance and Incidentals: For the goods

offered, the Bidders must quote separately for inland transportation,insurance and other incidentals for delivery of goods to the project site asstated in Clause 8.

24.5.2 Delivery Schedule: The Purchaser desires to have delivery of the goodscovered under the invitation, at the time specified in the Schedule ofRequirements. The estimated time of arrival of the goods at the project site/destination should be calculated for each bid after allowing for reasonabletransportation time.

24.5.3 Bidders shall state their bid price for the payment schedule outlined in theSpecial Conditions of Contract. Bids will be evaluated on the basis of thisbase price.

24.5.4 The goods/ plant offered shall have the guaranteed performance with regardto the rated capacity and operating parameters specified in the technicalspecifications related to Process performance and consumption guarantees.

24.6 If it is found that any Bidder for any reason indicates impractical orimpossible data to arrive performance guarantees, such data shall becorrected and all the calculations shall be based on the data furnished by thehighest Bidder for the purpose of comparison.


18

25252525 ContactingContactingContactingContacting thethethethe PurchaserPurchaserPurchaserPurchaser25.1 Subject to Clause 21, no Bidder shall contact the Purchaser on any matter

relating to its bid, from the time of the bid opening to the time the Contractis awarded.

25.2 Any effort by a Bidder to influence the Purchaser in the Purchaser's bidevaluation, bid comparison or contract award decisions may result in therejection of the Bidder's bid.

26262626 PostPostPostPost QualificationQualificationQualificationQualification26.1 In the absence of prequalification, the Purchaser will determine to its

satisfaction whether the Bidder selected as having submitted the lowestevaluated responsive bid is qualified to satisfactorily perform the Contract.

26.2 The determination will take into account the Bidder's financial, technical andproduction capabilities. It will be based upon an examination of thedocumentary evidence of the Bidder's qualifications submitted by the Bidder,pursuant to Clause 10 as well as such other information as the Purchaserdeems necessary and appropriate including details of experience and recordsof past performance.

26.3 An affirmative determination will be a prerequisite for award of the Contractto the Bidder. A negative determination will result in rejection of the Bidder'sbid, in which event; the Purchaser will proceed to the next lowest evaluatedbid to make a similar determination of that Bidder's capabilities to performsatisfactorily.

26.4 Subject to Clause 26, the Purchaser will award the contract to the successfulBidder whose bid has been determined to be substantially responsive andhas been determined as the lowest evaluated bid provided further that theBidder is determined to be qualified to perform the contract satisfactorily asper Clause 22 and 24.

27272727 RightRightRightRight totototo VaryVaryVaryVary QuantitiesQuantitiesQuantitiesQuantities atatatat thethethethe TimeTimeTimeTime ofofofof AwardAwardAwardAwardThe Purchaser reserves the right at the time of award of Contract to increaseor decrease by up to 15% (Fifteen percent) the quantity of goods andservices specified in the Schedule of Requirements without any change inunit rates as specified in the price break .up or other terms and conditions.

28282828 RightRightRightRight totototo AcceptAcceptAcceptAccept anyanyanyany BidBidBidBid andandandand totototo RejectRejectRejectReject AnyAnyAnyAny orororor AllAllAllAll BidsBidsBidsBidsThe Purchaser reserves the right to accept or reject any bid, and to annulthe bidding process and reject all bids at any time prior to award of Contract,without thereby incurring any liability to the affected Bidder or Bidders orany obligation to inform the affected Bidder or Bidders of the grounds for thePurchaser's action.


19

29292929 NotificationNotificationNotificationNotification ofofofof AwardAwardAwardAward29.1 Prior to expiration of the period of bid validity, the Purchaser may notify the

successful Bidder in writing by registered letter or by cable or fax to beconfirmed in writing by registered letter, that its bid has been accepted.

29.2 The notification of award will constitute the formation of the Contract.29.3 Upon the successful Bidder's acceptance of the Purchase Order and signing

of the contract agreement, the Purchaser will promptly notify eachunsuccessful Bidder and will discharge its bid security.

30303030 SigningSigningSigningSigning ofofofof ContractContractContractContract30.1 At the same time as the Purchaser notifies the successful Bidder that its bid

has been accepted, the Purchaser will send the Bidder the Contract Form/Purchase Order incorporating all agreements between the parties.

30.2 Within 30 days of receipt of the Contract, the successful Bidder shall returnthe duplicate copy of the Order duly signed and sealed in token ofacceptance of the order to the Purchaser.

31313131 PerformancePerformancePerformancePerformance SecuritySecuritySecuritySecurity31.1 Within 30 of the receipt of the notification of award, the successful Bidder

shall furnish the performance security in accordance with the Conditions ofContract, in the Performance Security Form provided in the BiddingDocument or another form acceptable to the Purchaser.

31.2 Failure of the successful Bidder to comply with requirement of Clause 28 orClause 29 shall constitute sufficient grounds for the annulment of the awardand forfeiture of the bid security, in which event the Purchaser may makethe award to the next lowest evaluated Bidder or call for new bids.

32323232 ImportImportImportImport LicenseLicenseLicenseLicenseFor the goods of foreign origin, if any, offered on CIF Mumbai Port basis,the import license shall have to be arranged by the Purchaser and the detailsof such license shall be notified to the successful bidder. In case of goodsoffered from within India and for which a contact is awarded, if any importis required the license shall be arranged by bidders themselves.

33333333 TurnkeyTurnkeyTurnkeyTurnkey ContractContractContractContractAll the Bidders should quote for the design, supply, installation, testing andcommissioning of equipment as detailed in this bidding document onturn‐key basis within the scope specified in the technical specification. ThePurchaser shall, however, be at liberty to award the contract for the part orwhole of the work.

34343434 BreakupBreakupBreakupBreakup pricespricespricespricesAll the Bidders shall furnish the cost separately for the supply andinstallation/commissioning along with detailed cost break‐up (item‐wise),


20

which will be applicable for progressive payments. Items and works forwhich no breakup price is furnished by the Bidder will not be paid for by thePurchaser when supplied/executed and shall be deemed covered by otherbreak‐up prices. Such break up cost should be based on ex‐works cost andpercentage of ex‐works cost should be indicated separately for packing andforwarding, sea/Air freight & Inland transportation, insurance, taxes &custom duties and other incidental charges, erection, and commissioningonpercentage basis for each item.

35353535 DeliveryDeliveryDeliveryDelivery ScheduleScheduleScheduleSchedule ofofofof itemsitemsitemsitems35.1 Bidders should submit a detailed item wise delivery schedule keeping in view

the completion period of the contract. Such items shall be grouped undermonthly Delivery schedule with total value of such items. This will facilitatefor ensuring the cash flow requirement for the project.

35.2 Material should be supplied strictly as per the time schedule mentioned inPurchase Order. Amul has right to deduct the lump sum amount from thefinal bills if delay in material supply found.

36363636 CheckCheckCheckCheck listlistlistlist ofofofof bidbidbidbid submissionsubmissionsubmissionsubmission

TABLETABLETABLETABLE 1111

SRSRSRSR NONONONO REQUIREMENTREQUIREMENTREQUIREMENTREQUIREMENT TICKTICKTICKTICK (E)(E)(E)(E)

1 Technical Bid submission in sealed envelope

2 Commercial Bid submission in sealed envelop

3 Bid Form on your Letterhead

4 Qualification Application and Supporting

5 Price Schedule summary sheet and item wise break-up sheet

6 Manufacturer’s Authorization Form

7 Technical Deviation Statement Form

8 Commercial Deviation Statement Form

9 Bid Security (Earnest Money Deposit)

10 Power-of-attorney for authorised Signatory


21

SECTIONSECTIONSECTIONSECTION ---- IIIIIIIIIIIIGENERALGENERALGENERALGENERAL CONDITIONSCONDITIONSCONDITIONSCONDITIONSOFOFOFOF THETHETHETHE CONTRACTCONTRACTCONTRACTCONTRACT


22

CONTENTS

Sr.no Description1. Definitions2. Application3. Definition of Country of origin4. Standards5. Use of Contract Documents and Information6. Patent Rights7. Performance Security8. Inspection and Tests9. Packing and Marking10. Delivery and Documents11. Insurance12. Transportation13. Incidental Services14. Spare Parts15. Warranty/Guarantee16. Payment17. Prices18. Change Orders19. Contract Amendment20. Assignment21. Sub‐contracts22. Delays in the Bidder's Performance23. Price Reduction Clause24. Termination for Default25. Force Majeure26. Termination for Insolvency27. Termination for Convenience28. Resolution of Disputes29. Governing Language30. Applicable Law31. Notices32. Taxes and Duties33. Right to use defective equipment34. Income Tax and Other Taxes35. Jurisdiction


23

1.1.1.1. DefinitionsDefinitionsDefinitionsDefinitions1.1 In this Contract, the following terms shall be interpreted as indicated:1.2 "The Contract" means the agreement entered into between the Purchaser

and the Bidder, including all attachments and appendices thereto and alldocuments incorporated by reference therein.

1.3 "The ContractContractContractContract PricePricePricePrice" means the pricepricepriceprice payablepayablepayablepayable to the Bidder under theContract for the full and proper performance of its contractual obligations.

1.4 "The GoodsGoodsGoodsGoods" means all of the equipment, machinery, and/or othermaterials, which the Bidder is required to supply to the Purchaser under theContract.

1.5 "ServicesServicesServicesServices" means services ancillary to the supply of the Goods, such astransportation and insurance, and any other incidental services, such asinstallation, commissioning, provision of technical assistance, training andother such obligations of the Bidder covered under the Contract.

1.6 "The PurchaserPurchaserPurchaserPurchaser" means the Organization purchasing the Goods andservices and would include the term "OwnerOwnerOwnerOwner".

1.7 "The BidderBidderBidderBidder" means the individual or firm supplying the Goods and servicesunder this Contract would include also the terms “contractorcontractorcontractorcontractor” or “BidderBidderBidderBidder”.

1.8 Engineer-in-chargeEngineer-in-chargeEngineer-in-chargeEngineer-in-charge means the Engineer designated as such or otherEngineer appointed from time to time by the Purchaser and notified inwriting to the Bidder to act as Engineer-in-charge for the purposes ofcontract.

2.2.2.2. ApplicationApplicationApplicationApplicationThese General Conditions shall apply to the extent that provisions in otherparts of the Contract do not supersede them.

3.3.3.3. DefinitionDefinitionDefinitionDefinition ofofofof CountryCountryCountryCountry ofofofof originoriginoriginoriginFor purpose of this Clause "originoriginoriginorigin" means the placeplaceplaceplace where the Goods weremined, grown or produced, or from which the Services are supplied. Goodsare produced when, through manufacturing, processing or substantial andmajor assembling of components, a commercially recognized new productresults that is substantially different in basic characteristics or in purpose orutility from its components. The origin of Goods and Services is distinct fromthe nationality of the Bidder.

4444 StandardsStandardsStandardsStandardsThe Goods supplied under this Contract shall conform to the standardsmentioned in the Technical Specifications, and, when no applicablestandard is mentioned, to the latest Indian Standards.

5555 UseUseUseUse ofofofof ContractContractContractContract DocumentsDocumentsDocumentsDocuments andandandand InformationInformationInformationInformation5.1 The Bidder shallshallshallshall notnotnotnot, without the Purchaser's prior written consent,

disclosedisclosedisclosedisclose thethethethe ContractContractContractContract, or any provision thereof, or any specification,


24

plan, drawing, pattern, sample or information furnished by or on behalf ofthe Purchaser in connection therewith, to any person other than a personemployed by the Bidder in the performance of the Contract. Disclosure toany such employed person shall be made in confidence and shall extend onlyso far as may be necessary for purposes of such performance.

5.2 The Bidder shallshallshallshall notnotnotnot, without the Purchaser's prior written consent, makeuse of any document or information except for purposes of performing theContract.

5.3 Any document, other than the Contract itself, shall remain the property ofthe Purchaser and shall be returned (in all copies) to the Purchaser oncompletion of the Bidder's performance under the Contract if so required bythe Purchaser.

6666 PatentPatentPatentPatent RightsRightsRightsRightsThe Bidder shall indemnifyindemnifyindemnifyindemnify thethethethe PurchaserPurchaserPurchaserPurchaser against all third‐party claims ofinfringement of patent, trademark or industrial design rights arising fromuse of the Goods or any part thereof.

7777 PerformancePerformancePerformancePerformance SecuritySecuritySecuritySecurity7.1 The Bidder shall furnish performance security to the Purchaser in the amount

specified in the Special Conditions of Contract.7.2 The proceeds of the performance security shall be payable to the Purchaser

as compensationcompensationcompensationcompensation forforforfor anyanyanyany losslosslossloss resulting from the Bidder's failure tocomplete its obligations under the Contract.

7.3 The PerformancePerformancePerformancePerformance SecuritySecuritySecuritySecurity shall be denominated in IndianIndianIndianIndian RupeesRupeesRupeesRupees andshall be in one of the following forms:

7.3.1 A bank guarantee issued by a Nationalized Bank in India and in the formprovided in the Bidding Document. Such bank guarantee shall be valid till theexpiry of the warranty period.

7.3.2 Demand Draft from a Nationalized Bank in favor of Kaira District Co‐Operative Milk Producers’ Union Ltd. payable at Anand. No interest shall bepaid on the security deposit, which shall be retained till the completion ofthe warranty period.

7.4 The performance security will be discharged by the Purchaser and returnedto the Bidder not later than 30 days following the date of completion of theBidder's performance obligations, including any warranty obligations, underthe Contract.

8.8.8.8. InspectionInspectionInspectionInspection andandandand TestsTestsTestsTests8.1 The Purchaser or its representative shall have the rightrightrightright totototo inspectinspectinspectinspect and/or

test the Goods to confirm their conformity to the Contract. The SpecialConditions of Contract and/or the Technical Specifications shall specify whatinspections and tests the Purchaser requires and where they are to beconducted. The Purchaser shall notify the Bidder in writing of the identity of


25

any representatives, if retained for these purposes. Bidders must carry outtest as per guideline of purchaser at their own cost.

8.2 The inspections and tests may be conducted on the date of delivery and/orat the Good's final destination. Where conducted on the premises of theBidder or its subcontractor(s), all reasonable facilities and assistanceincluding access to drawings and production data shall be furnished to theinspectors at no charge to the Purchaser. In case of any defects or deficiencynotified by the Purchaser's inspection authority, the Bidder will rectify andmake good the same without delay and not proceed with further processingof such item(s) of Goods without obtaining approval from the inspectionauthority.

8.3 Should any inspected or tested Goods fail to conform to the Specifications,the Purchaser may reject them and the Bidder shall either replace therejected Goods or make all alterations necessary to meet specificationrequirements free of cost to the Purchaser up to the satisfaction of Purchaser.

8.4 The Purchaser's right to inspect, test and, where necessary, reject theGoods after the Goods' arrival at the destination shall in no way be limited orwaived by reason of the Goods having previously been inspected, testedand passed by the Purchaser or its representative prior to the Goodsshipment from the country of origin.

8.5 Nothing in thisthisthisthis clauseclauseclauseclause shall in any way release the Bidder from anywarranty or other obligations under this Contract.

9999 .... PackingPackingPackingPacking andandandand MarkingMarkingMarkingMarking9.1 The Bidder shall provide such packing of the Goods as is required to prevent

their damage or deterioration during transit to their final destination asindicated in the Contract. The packing shall be sufficient to withstand,without limitation, rough handling during transit and exposure totemperature, salt and precipitation during transit and open storage. Packingcase size and weights shall take into consideration, where appropriate, theremoteness of the Goods' final destination and the absence of heavyhandling facilities at all points in transit.

9.2 The packing, marking and documents within and outside the packages shallcomply strictly with such special requirements as shall be expressly providedfor in the Contract and, subject to ClauseClauseClauseClause 18,18,18,18, in any subsequentinstructions ordered by the Purchaser.

9.3 Each package shall be marked to indicate a) Name of the Bidder, b) Detailsof items in the package, c) Name of the Consignee, d) Purchase OrderNumber, e) Gross, net and tare weights of the item, f) Destination.

10.10.10.10. DeliveryDeliveryDeliveryDelivery andandandand DocumentsDocumentsDocumentsDocuments10.1 Delivery of the goods shall be made by the Bidder in accordance with the

terms specified by the Purchaser in its Schedule of Requirements and theSpecial Conditions of Contract. For the purpose of the Contract, "FOB",FOB",FOB",FOB","C&F","C&F","C&F","C&F", "CIF","CIF","CIF","CIF", "FOR"FOR"FOR"FOR Destination",Destination",Destination",Destination", "Free"Free"Free"Free deliverydeliverydeliverydelivery atatatat site"site"site"site" and other


26

trade terms used to describe the obligations of the parties shall have themeanings as per the common trade practices.

10.2 DRAWDRAWDRAWDRAWIIIINGSNGSNGSNGS ANDANDANDAND QAP:QAP:QAP:QAP: Drawings & QAP to be submitted within 15 daysfrom date of LOI / P.O in prescribed format of Purchaser. Necessary typetest reports shall also be submitted along with the drawings in line withrequirement. All drawings and documents shall be submitted in the name ofKDCMPUL(AMUL)& PO reference shall appear in alldrawings/documents/QAP/test report. Any delay in the submission ofdrawings & QAP will reduce the agreed delivery period by equal time. Bidderhas to give Weight & Volume details of the packed equipment for his scopeof supply along with drawings to enable purchaser to arrange for suitablestorage at site. All drawings/ documents shall be submitted in 3 sets (hardcopy) for further submission to client. All the drawings and documents shallalso be submitted in editable soft format.

10.3 RISK PURCHASE: In the event of any failure in supplying the equipment bystipulated delivery date or in the event of non-performance of orderedequipment after commissioning due to design and/or manufacturing defects,purchaser reserves the right and option to cancel the order in part or full andpurchase such canceled equipment from elsewhere on account of and at therisk of bidder without prejudice to other terms, conditions of this purchaseorder.

11.11.11.11. InsuranceInsuranceInsuranceInsuranceThe goods supplied under the Contract shall be fully insured in IndianRupees against loss or damage incidental to manufacture or acquisition,transportation, storage and delivery in the manner specified in the SpecialConditions of Contract. Where the Purchaser requires delivery of the Goodson free delivery at site basis; the Bidder shall arrange and pay for marineinsurance naming the Purchaser as the beneficiary. The Bidder shall providea copy of the insurance policy along with invoice to the Purchaser who willmake arrangements to extend the validity of the policy, if necessary. TheBidder shall initiate and pursue claim till settlement and promptly makearrangements for repair and/or replacement of any damaged item/sirrespective of settlement of claim by the underwriters.

12.12.12.12. TransportationTransportationTransportationTransportationThe Bidder is required under the Contract to deliver the Goods FORdestination, specified in the Schedule of Requirement. Transport of theGoods, up to the destination shall be arranged and paid for by the Bidderand the cost thereof shall be included in the Contract Price. Where theBidder is required to effect delivery under any other terms, for example, bypost or to another address in the source country, the Bidder shall berequired to meet all transport and storage expenses until delivery. In all the


27

above cases, transportation of the Goods after delivery shall be theresponsibility of the Purchaser.

13.13.13.13. IncidentalIncidentalIncidentalIncidental ServicesServicesServicesServices13.1.0 As specified in the Special Conditions of Contract, the Bidder shall be

required to provide any or all of the following services:13.1.1 Performance or supervision of on‐site assembly and/ or start‐up of the

supplied Goods;13.1.2 Furnishing of a detailed operations and maintenance manual for each

appropriate unit of the supplied Goods; and manuals covering the operationand maintenance of automation software and control systems.

13.1.3 Furnishing of tools required for assembly and/or maintenance of the suppliedgoods

13.1.4 Performance or supervision or maintenance and/or repair of the suppliedGoods, for a period of time agreed by the parties, provided that this serviceshall not relieve the Bidder of any warranty obligations under this Contractan

13.1.5 Conduct of training of the Purchaser's personnel, at the Bidder's plant and/oron site, in assembly, start‐up operation, maintenance and/or repair of thesupplied Goods.

14.14.14.14. SpareSpareSpareSpare PartsPartsPartsParts14.1.0 As specified in the Special Conditions of contract, the Bidder may be

required to provide any or all of the following materials and notificationspertaining to spare parts manufactured or distributed by the Bidder:

14.1.1 Such spare parts as the Purchaser may decide to purchase from the Bidder,provided that this decision shall not relieve the Bidder of any warrantyobligations under the Contract; and

14.1.2 In the event of termination of production of the spare parts:14.1.3 Advance notification to the Purchaser of the pending termination,in sufficient

time to permit the Purchaser to procure its needed requirements; and14.1.4 Following such termination, furnishing at no cost to the Purchaser, the soft

copies, the blueprints, drawings and specifications of the spare parts, if andwhen requested.

14.1.5 The spares & consumables required till successful commissioning shall be inthe scope of bidder.

14.1.6 Bidder confirms the availability of spare parts required for O&M of theequipment for a period of 10101010 yearsyearsyearsyears from the date of LOI/PO.

14.1.7 Necessary commissioning spares to be considered in bidder’s scope whichmay be required during erection & commissioning of the equipment, withoutany extra cost implication to purchaser. The same shall be supplied to sitewithin 2 days notice from purchaser.

14.1.8 Bidder has to submit spares price list, indicating complete technicalspecification, Part No. / Ordering no. of OEM.


28

15.15.15.15. Warranty/GuaranteeWarranty/GuaranteeWarranty/GuaranteeWarranty/Guarantee15.1 The Bidder warrants that the Goods and equipment supplied, installed and

commissioned under the Contract are new, unused, of the most recent orcurrent models and incorporate all recent improvements in design andmaterials unless provided otherwise in the Contract. The Bidder furtherwarrants that the Goods supplied under this Contract shall have no defectarising from design, materials or workmanship (except in so far as thedesign or material is required by the Purchaser's Specifications) or from anyact or omission of the Bidder, that may develop under normal use of thesupplied Goods in the conditions obtaining in the country of final destination.The Bidder also guarantees that the Goods supplied shall performsatisfactorily as per the designed/rated/installed capacity as provided for inthe Contract. The warranty will not cover normal wear and tear ofconsumables and minor spares.

15.2 This warranty/guarantee shall remain valid for not less than 12 months afterthe goods or any portion thereof as the case may be, have beencommissioned, or for not less than 18 months after the date of shipment /dispatch, whichever period concludes later. Bidder to submit the price foradditional warranty of 18 months after expiry of above warranty period atthe time of order finalization. Any rectification/replacement of any defectivematerial supplied or works done during warranty period shall be made goodwithout any time and cost implication to purchaser. Any repaired / modifiedor replaced part shall be subject to defect free guarantee for a further periodof 12 months from the date of rectification /replacement.

15.3 The Purchaser shall promptly notify the Bidder in writing of any claimsarising under this warranty.

15.4 Upon receipt of such notice, the Bidder shall, with all reasonable speed,repair or replace the defective Goods or parts thereof, without costs to thePurchaser other than, where applicable, the cost of inland delivery of therepaired or replaced Goods or parts from the port of entry to the finaldestination.

15.5 If the Bidder, having been notified, fails to remedy the defect(s) within areasonable period, the Purchaser may proceed to take such remedialremedialremedialremedialactionactionactionaction as may be necessary, at the Bidder'sBidder'sBidder'sBidder's riskriskriskrisk andandandand expenseexpenseexpenseexpense andwithout prejudice to any other rights which the Purchaser may have againstthe Bidder under the Contract.

15.6 This warranty/guarantee shall not cover any damage/s resulting from normalwear and tear or improper handling by the Purchaser or his authorizedrepresentatives.

15.7 The Bidder shall guarantee the complete installation for satisfactoryperformance for a minimum period of twelve months from the date ofcommissioning. The Bidder at his own cost shall rectify any defect arising outof faulty installation or use of substandard material or workmanship.


29

16.16.16.16. PaymentPaymentPaymentPayment16.1 The method and conditions of payment to be made to the Bidder under the

Contract shall be specified in the Special Conditions of Contract.16.2 The Bidder's request(s) for payment shall be made to the Purchaser in

writing, accompanied by an invoice describing, as appropriate, the Goodsdelivered andServices performed, and by shipping documents, submitted pursuant toClause 10, and fulfillments of other obligations stipulated in the Contract.

16.3 Payments shall be made promptly by the Purchaser within forty five (45)days of submission of an invoice/claim by the Bidder and shall be in IndianRupees only.

17.17.17.17. PricesPricesPricesPricesPrices charged by the Bidder for Goods delivered and Services performedunder the Contract shall not, with the exception of price adjustmentsauthorized by the special conditions of the contract, vary from the pricesquoted by the Bidder in its bid and the Contract shall be on fixed price basis.Variation due to changes in statutory levies and exchange rates (forimported items if quoted with foreign currencies multiplied by the exchangerates limited to the foreign currencies ceiling quoted) shall be acceptablewithin the contact period.

18.18.18.18. ChangeChangeChangeChange OrdersOrdersOrdersOrders18.1 The Purchaser may, at any time, by a written order given to the Bidder

make changes within the general scope of the Contract in any one or moreof the following:

18.1.1 Drawings, designs or specifications, where Goods to be furnished under theContract are to be specifically manufactured for the Purchaser

18.1.2 The method of shipment or packing18.1.3 The place of delivery or18.1.4 The Services to be provided by the Bidder.18.2 If any such change causes an increase or decrease in the cost of, or the

time required for, the Bidder's performance of any part of the work underthe Contract, whether changed or not changed by the order, an equitableadjustment shall be made in the Contract Price or delivery schedule, or both,and the Contract shall accordingly be amended. Any claims by the Bidder foradjustment under this clause must be asserted within thirty (30) days fromthe date of the Bidder's receipt of the Purchaser's change order.

19.19.19.19. ContractContractContractContract AmendmentAmendmentAmendmentAmendmentNo variation in or modification of the terms of the Contract shall be madeexcept by written amendment signed by the parties.


30

20.20.20.20. AssignmentAssignmentAssignmentAssignmentThe Bidder shall not assign, in whole or in part, its obligations to performunder the Contract, except with the Purchaser's prior written consent.

21.21.21.21. SubcontractsSubcontractsSubcontractsSubcontracts21.1 The Bidder shall notify the Purchaser in writing of all sub‐contracts awarded

under the Contract if not already specified in his bid. Such notification, in hisoriginal bid or later, shall not relieve the Bidder from any liability orobligation under the Contract.

21.2 Subcontracts must comply with the provisions of Clause 5.

22.22.22.22. DelaysDelaysDelaysDelays inininin thethethethe Bidder'sBidder'sBidder'sBidder's PerformancePerformancePerformancePerformance22.1 Delivery of the Goods and performance of Services shall be made by the

Bidder in accordance with the time schedule specified by the Purchaser in itsSchedule of Requirements.

22.2 An unexcused delay by the Bidder in the performance of its deliveryobligations shall render the Bidder liable to any or all of the followingsanctions:

22.2.1 Forfeiture of its performance security,22.2.2 Imposition of liquidated damages, and/or22.2.3 Termination of the Contract for default22.3 If at any time during performance of the Contract, the Bidder or its

subcontractor(s) should encounter conditions impeding timely delivery of theGoods and performance of Services, the Bidder shall promptly notify thePurchaser in writing of the fact of the delay, its likely duration and itscause(s). As soon as practicable after receipt of the Bidder's notice, thePurchaser shall evaluate the situation and may at its discretion extend theBidder's time for performance, in which case the extension shall be ratifiedby the parties by amendment of the Contract.

23.23.23.23. PricePricePricePrice ReductionReductionReductionReduction ClausesClausesClausesClauses23.1 Subject to ClauseClauseClauseClause 25252525, if the Bidder fails to deliver any or all of the Goods or

perform the Services within the time period(s) specified in the Contract, thePurchaser shall, without prejudice to its other remedies under the Contract,deduct from the Contract Price, as liquidated damages as under:

23.1.1 ForForForFor thethethethe SupplySupplySupplySupply Component:Component:Component:Component:A sum equivalent to 0.5%0.5%0.5%0.5% of the contract value for each week of delay orpart thereof.

23.1.2 ForForForFor thethethethe ErectionErectionErectionErection andandandand CommissioningCommissioningCommissioningCommissioning Component:Component:Component:Component:A sum equivalent to 0.5%0.5%0.5%0.5% of the contract value for each week of delay orpart thereof beyond the time specified in the contract for the successfulcompletion of the plant.The total amount so deducted as per above, shall not exceed 10101010 %%%% of theContract value. Once the maximum is reached, the Purchaser may considertermination of the Contract.


31

23.1.3 ForForForFor thethethethe SupplySupplySupplySupply ComponentComponentComponentComponent :::: Any delay beyond the agreed date ofdelivery, PRICE will be reduced at the rate of 1% per week of total contractvalue, subject to maximum of 5% of the order value, without prejudice toany other terms/ conditions of this purchase order.

23.2 Any incremental taxes and levies on account of delay in performance of theContract by the Bidder shall be to the Bidder's account.

24.24.24.24. TerminationTerminationTerminationTermination forforforfor DefaultDefaultDefaultDefault24.1 The Purchaser may, without prejudice to any other remedy for breach of

contract, by written notice of default sent to the Bidder, terminate theContract in whole or in part:

24.1.1 If the Bidder fails to perform any other obligation(s) under the Contract or24.1.2If the Bidder fails to deliver any or all of the Goods within the timeperiod(s) specified in the Contract, or any extension thereof granted by thePurchaser pursuant to Clause 22.

24.2 In the event the Purchaser terminates the Contract in whole or in part,pursuant to Clause 24, the Purchaser may procure, upon such terms and insuch manner, as it deems appropriate, Goods similar to those undelivered,and the Bidder shall be liable to the Purchaser for any excess costs for suchsimilar Goods. However, the Bidder shall continue performance of theContract to the extent not terminated.

24.3 Consequent to such termination of Contract, the Purchaser shall recoverrecoverrecoverrecoverthe advanceadvanceadvanceadvance paidpaidpaidpaid, if any, to the Bidder along with interestinterestinterestinterest @@@@ 18%18%18%18% perannum compoundedcompoundedcompoundedcompounded quarterlyquarterlyquarterlyquarterly on the last day of March, June, Septemberand December on the advance paid for the entire period for which theadvance was retained by the Bidder.

25.25.25.25. ForceForceForceForce MajeureMajeureMajeureMajeure25.1 Not with standing the provisions of Clauses 22, 23 and 24, the Bidder shall

not be liable for forfeiture of its performance security, liquidated damages ortermination for default, if and to the extent that, its delay in performance orother failure to perform its obligations under the Contract is the result of anevent of Force Majeure.

25.2 For purposes of this clause, "ForceForceForceForce MajeureMajeureMajeureMajeure" means an event beyond thecontrol of the Bidder and not involving the Bidder's fault or negligence andnot foreseeable. Such events may include, but are not restricted to, acts ofthe Purchaser either in its sovereign or contractual capacity, wars orrevolutions, fires, floods, epidemics, quarantine restrictions and freightembargoes.

25.3 If a Force Majeure situation arises, the Bidder shall promptly notify thePurchaser in writing of such condition and the cause thereof. Unlessotherwise directed by the Purchaser in writing, the Bidder shall continue toperform its obligations under the Contract as far as is reasonably practical,and shall seek all reasonable alternative means for performance notprevented by the Force Majeure event.


32

26.26.26.26. TerminationTerminationTerminationTermination forforforfor InsolvencyInsolvencyInsolvencyInsolvency26.1 The Purchaser may at any time terminate the Contract by giving written

notice to the Bidder, without compensation to the Bidder, if:26.1.1 The Bidder becomes bankrupt or otherwise insolvent,26.1.2 The Bidder being a Company is wound up voluntarily by the order of a Court

receiver, liquidator or Manager appointed on behalf of the debentureholders or circumstances shall have arisen which entitle the court ordebenture holders to appoint a receiver, liquidator or a Manager, providedthat such termination will not prejudice or affect any right of action orremedy which has accrued or will accrue thereafter to the Purchaser.

27.27.27.27. TerminationTerminationTerminationTermination forforforfor ConvenienceConvenienceConvenienceConvenience27.1 The Purchaser, may by written notice sent to the Bidder, terminate the

Contract, in whole or in part, at any time for its convenience. The notice oftermination shall specify that termination be for the Purchaser's convenience,the extent to which performance of work under the Contract is terminated,and the date upon which such termination becomes effective.

27.2 The Purchaser shall purchase the Goods that are complete and ready fordispatch within 30 days after the Bidder’s receipt of notice of termination atthe Contract terms and prices. For the remaining Goods, the Purchaser maydecide:

27.2.1 To have any portion completed and delivered at the Contract terms andprices and/or

27.2.2 To cancel the remainder and pay to the Bidder an agreed amount forpartially completed Goods and for materials and parts previously procured bythe Bidder. Both Purchaser and Bidder shall mutually settle all terminationsas per clause 24, 25, 26 and 27.

28.28.28.28. ResolutionResolutionResolutionResolution ofofofof DisputesDisputesDisputesDisputes28.1 The Purchaser and the Bidder shall make every effort to resolve amicably by

direct informal negotiation any disagreement or dispute arising betweenthem under or in connection with the Contract.

28.2 If, after thirty (30) days from the commencement of such informalnegotiations, the Purchaser and the Bidder have been unable to resolveamicably a Contract dispute, either party may require that the dispute bereferred for resolution to the formal mechanisms specified in the SpecialConditions of Contract. These mechanisms may include, but are notrestricted to, conciliation mediated by a third party, adjudication in anagreed national or international forum, and/or international arbitration. Themechanism shall be specified in the Special Conditions of Contract.

29.29.29.29. GoverningGoverningGoverningGoverning LanguageLanguageLanguageLanguageThe Contract shall be written in the language of the bid, as specified by thePurchaser in the Instructions to Bidders. Subject to ClauseClauseClauseClause 30303030, thatlanguage version of the Contract shall govern its interpretation. All


33

correspondence and other documents pertaining to the Contract, which areexchanged by the parties, shall be written in that same language.

30.30.30.30. ApplicableApplicableApplicableApplicable LawLawLawLawThe Contract shall be interpreted in accordance with the laws of the Union ofIndia.

31.31.31.31. NoticesNoticesNoticesNotices31.1 Any notice given by one party to the other pursuant to the Contract shall be

sent in writing or by fax / email and confirmed in writing to the addressspecified for that purpose in the Special Conditions of Contract.

31.2 A notice shall be effective when delivered or on the notice's effective date,whichever is later.

32.32.32.32. TaxesTaxesTaxesTaxes andandandand DutiesDutiesDutiesDutiesThe BidderBidderBidderBidder shall be entirelyentirelyentirelyentirely responsibleresponsibleresponsibleresponsible for all taxes, duties, licensefees, etc. incurred until delivery of the contracted Goods to and taking overof the works by the Purchaser. The onus of paying all the statutory levies asper the applicable tariff heads and norms shall be on the Bidder.

33.33.33.33. RightRightRightRight totototo useuseuseuse defectivedefectivedefectivedefective equipmentequipmentequipmentequipmentIf after delivery, acceptance and installation and within the guarantee andwarranty period, the operation or use of the equipment proves to beunsatisfactory, the Purchaser shall have the right to continue to operate oruse such equipment until rectification of defects, errors or omissions byrepair or by partial or complete replacement is made without interfering withthe Purchasers' operation.

34.34.34.34. IncomeIncomeIncomeIncome TaxTaxTaxTax andandandand OtherOtherOtherOther TaxesTaxesTaxesTaxesThe Bidder shall be liable to pay all corporate taxes, income tax and othertaxes that shall be levied according to the laws and regulations applicablefrom time to time and the price bid by the Bidder shall include all such taxes.Wherever the laws and regulations require deduction of such taxes at thesource of payment, the Purchaser shall effect such deductions from thepayment due to the Bidder. The remittance of amounts so deducted andissuance of certificate for such deductions shall be made by the Purchaser asper the laws and regulations in force. Nothing in the Contract shall relievethe Bidder from his responsibility to pay any tax that may be levied onincome and profits made by the Bidder in respect of the Contract. TheBidder's staff, personnel and labour will be liable to pay personal incometaxes in respect of such of their salaries and wages as are chargeable underthe laws and regulations for the time being in force, and the Bidder shallperform such duties in regard to such deductions thereof as may be imposed


34

on him by such laws and regulations. The Purchaser shall not, in any way,be responsible for such payments by the Bidders' staff.

35353535 JurisdictionJurisdictionJurisdictionJurisdictionSettlement of any dispute out of the purchase order/ contract against thisbid shall be subject to the courts at AnandAnandAnandAnand only.


35

SECTIONSECTIONSECTIONSECTIONSECTIONSECTIONSECTIONSECTION IVIVIVIVIVIVIVIV -------- PARTPARTPARTPARTPARTPARTPARTPART IIIIIIII

SPECIALSPECIALSPECIALSPECIALSPECIALSPECIALSPECIALSPECIAL CONDITIONSCONDITIONSCONDITIONSCONDITIONSCONDITIONSCONDITIONSCONDITIONSCONDITIONS OFOFOFOFOFOFOFOFCONTRACTCONTRACTCONTRACTCONTRACTCONTRACTCONTRACTCONTRACTCONTRACT


36

CONTENTS

1 Definitions

2 Performance Security

3 Inspection and Tests

4 Delivery and Documents

5 Insurance

6 Incidental services

7 Spare Parts

8 Warranty/Guarantee

9 Payment

10 Price Adjustment

11 Resolution of Disputes

12 Notices


37

The following Special Conditions of Contract shall supplement the GeneralConditions of Contract. Whenever there is a conflict, the provisions hereinshall prevailprevailprevailprevail overoveroverover those in the General Conditions of Contract. Thecorresponding clause number of the General Conditions is indicated inparentheses:

1. DefinitionsDefinitionsDefinitionsDefinitions (Clause(Clause(Clause(Clause 1)1)1)1)1.1 The Purchaser is KairaKairaKairaKaira DistrictDistrictDistrictDistrict Co-operativeCo-operativeCo-operativeCo-operative MilkMilkMilkMilk ProducersProducersProducersProducers’’’’ UnionUnionUnionUnion

LimitedLimitedLimitedLimited and would include the term "Owner"

1.2 The Bidder is (Name of Bidder).

1.3 Equivalency of Standards and Codes (Clause 4)

1.4 Wherever reference is made in the contract to the respective standards andcodes in accordance with which goods and materials are to be furnished,and work is to be performed or tested, the provisions of the latest currentedition or revision of the relevant standards and codes in effect shall apply,unless otherwise expressly set forth in the Contract. Where such standardsand codes are national in character, or relate to a particular country orregion, other authoritative standards which ensure an equal or higherquality than the standards and codes specified will be accepted subject tothe Purchaser's prior review and written approval. Differences between thestandards specified and the proposed alternative standards must be fullydescribed in writing by the Bidder and submitted to the Purchaser at least 30days prior to the date when the Bidder desires the Purchaser's approval. Inthe event the Purchaser determines that such proposed deviations do notensure equal or higher quality, the Bidder shall comply with the standardsset forth in the documents.

2.2.2.2. PerformancePerformancePerformancePerformance SecuritySecuritySecuritySecurity (Clause(Clause(Clause(Clause 7)7)7)7)The Performance Security shall be in the amount of 10% of the Contractprice up to sixty days after the date of completion of performance obligationsincluding warranty obligations.

3.3.3.3. InspectionInspectionInspectionInspection andandandand TestsTestsTestsTests (Clause(Clause(Clause(Clause 8)8)8)8)The inspection of the Goods shall be carried out to check whether the Goodsare in conformity with the technical specifications attached to the purchaseorder form and shall be in line with the inspection/test procedures laid downin the Schedule of Specifications and the Contract conditions.

4.4.4.4. DeliveryDeliveryDeliveryDelivery andandandand DocumentsDocumentsDocumentsDocuments (Clause(Clause(Clause(Clause 10)10)10)10)4.1.14.1.14.1.14.1.1 ForForForFor importedimportedimportedimported goods:goods:goods:goods: Upon shipment, the Bidder/Supplier shall notify the

Purchaser and the Insurance Company by fax / email the full details of theshipment including purchase order number, description of goods, quantity,the vessel, the bill of lading number and date, port of loading, date ofshipment, port of discharge, etc. The Bidder/Supplier shall mail the


38

following documents to the Purchaser, with a copy to the InsuranceCompany

4.1.24.1.24.1.24.1.2 ForForForFor importedimportedimportedimported goods:goods:goods:goods: Original and three copies of:

The Bidder'sBidder'sBidder'sBidder's invoiceinvoiceinvoiceinvoice showing purchase order no., Goods description,quantity, unit price, total amount;

The negotiable, clean, on-board bill of lading marked freight prepaid andthree copies of non-negotiable bill of lading;

Packing list identifying contents of each package;

Insurance certificate;

Manufacturer's/Bidder's guarantee certificate;

Inspection certificate, issued by the nominated inspection agency and theBidder's factory inspection report; and

Certificate for Country of origin.

The Bidder's certificate certifying that the defects pointed out duringinspection have been rectified.

4.24.24.24.2 The Purchaser shall receive the above documents at least one week beforearrival of the Goods at the port and, if not received, the Bidder will beresponsible for any consequent expenses.

4.34.34.34.3 ForForForFor DomesticDomesticDomesticDomestic Goods:Goods:Goods:Goods: Original and three copies of:

The Bidder's invoice showing purchase order no., Goods' description,quantity, unit price, total amount;

Delivery note/packing list/lorry receipt;

Manufacturer's/Bidder's guarantee certificate;

Inspection Certificate issued by the nominated inspection agency, and theBidder's factory inspection report;

Excise gate pass/ Octroi receipts, wherever applicable, duly sealed indicatingpayments made; and

Any other document evidencing payment of statutory levies.

Single MCE insurance policy shall cover the entire project.

4.4 Note:The nomenclature used for the item description in the invoice/s,packing list/s and delivery note/s etc. should be identical to that used in thepurchase order/contract. The dispatch particulars including name oftransporter, LR Number and date should also be mentioned in the invoice/s.

Ensure that material supplied are Brand new and defect free and also to bementioned in Commercial Invoice.


39

5.5.5.5. InsuranceInsuranceInsuranceInsurance (clause(clause(clause(clause 11)11)11)11)

The marine/transit insurance shall cover an amount equal to 110% of theFOR destination value of the goods from "warehouse to warehouse" on "AllRisks" basis including War Risks and Strike clauses valid for a period not lessthan 3 months after the date of arrival of Goods at final destination.

5.1 The Insurance charges shall be paid by successful Bidder towards all risksduring storage, erection, testing, commissioning and up to acceptance ofhe plant.

6.6.6.6. IncidentalIncidentalIncidentalIncidental servicesservicesservicesservices (Clause(Clause(Clause(Clause 13)13)13)13)The incidental services shall be provided as per the requirements outlined inthe Schedule of Specifications and as covered under Clause 3.13. The costshall be included in the contract price, if provided for in the scope of theContract.

7777 SpareSpareSpareSpare PartsPartsPartsParts (Clause(Clause(Clause(Clause 14)14)14)14)Bidders shall carry sufficient inventories to assure ex-stock supply ofconsumable essential spares considered for the plant All spare parts andcomponents shall be supplied as promptly as possible but in any case withinthree months of placement of order.

8888 .... Warranty/GuaranteeWarranty/GuaranteeWarranty/GuaranteeWarranty/Guarantee (Clause(Clause(Clause(Clause 15)15)15)15)The warranty/guarantee shall be as per provision under Clause 3.15 ofGeneral Conditions.

9999 PaymentPaymentPaymentPayment (Clause(Clause(Clause(Clause 16)16)16)16)Payment for supply, installation and commissioning contracts must be asbelow:

10% advance of total contract value (Supply(Supply(Supply(Supply componentcomponentcomponentcomponent ))))on:

Acceptance of the order i.e.

1. Submission of the Duplicate copy of the order duly signed by theauthorized signatory putting stamp of the Organization.

2. Execution of the Contract Form.

Against a bank guarantee for equivalent amount valid for 30 days beyond thestipulated delivery (as per schedule of delivery/supply)/ completion period

20% of the Supply value on first submission of Plant layout, and P&IDiagram for process and services. (supply)(supply)(supply)(supply)

60% progressive payment of supply value against safe receipt of goods atsite. (supply)(supply)(supply)(supply)

10% of total contract value (Supply)(Supply)(Supply)(Supply) against submission of bank guaranteevalid for 1 year from the date of commissioning.


40

9.1.1 80 % of erection and commissioning value on Pro rata basis. For erection thepayment shall be made on progression of erection as per Joint MeasurementSheet within 30 days of submission of JMS (erection(erection(erection(erection andandandand commissioning)commissioning)commissioning)commissioning)

20% ErectionErectionErectionErection &&&& CommissioningCommissioningCommissioningCommissioning value to be pay based on successfulerection and Commissioning.

9.2 The Bank Guarantees should be obtained from Nationalized Banks andacceptable Foreign Banks operating in India (please refer to list given in theAppendices I).

9.3 Notes:

All Payments shall be made within 45 days from the date of submission ofInvoice.

Payment shall be made on complete supply of an item/ group of itemsspecified in the Contract as per the Price Break up. No payment shall bemade if supply of an item/ group of items is incomplete.

Bank Guarantees for advance payment shall be released not later than 30days after the date of delivery of all the Goods at their final destination.

For items, which do not involve any supply and the Bidder/ contractor has todo only the erection and commissioning, 60% payment shall be made oncompletion of erection of the items as per the break-up prices to be given inthe Purchase Order.

9.4 Third party claims, bills and invoices will not be entertained during thecontract by AMUL.

10101010 RiseRiseRiseRiseNo rise adjustment during the project period.

11.11.11.11. ResolutionResolutionResolutionResolution ofofofof DisputesDisputesDisputesDisputes (Clause(Clause(Clause(Clause 28)28)28)28)

11.1 All disputes or differences in respect of which the decision is not final andconclusive shall, on the initiative of either party, be referred to theadjudication of sole Arbitrator. Within thirty days of receipt of notice from theBidder of his intention to refer the dispute to arbitration, the Purchaser shallfinalize a panel of three Arbitrators and intimate the same to the Bidder. TheBidder shall within fifteen days of receipt of this list select and confirm hisacceptance to the appointment of one from the panel as Arbitrator. If theBidder to communicate his selection of name, within the stipulated period,the Purchaser shall without delay select one from the panel and appoint himas the sole Arbitrator. If the Purchaser fails to send such a panel within thirtydays, as stipulated, the Bidder shall send a similar panel to the Purchaserwithin fifteen days. The Purchaser shall then select one from the panel andappoint him as the sole Arbitrator within fifteen days. If the Purchaser fails todo so, the Bidder shall communicate to the Purchaser the name of one fromthe panel who shall then be the sole Arbitrator. The appointment of soleArbitrator so made shall be final and conclusive.


41

11.2 The Arbitration shall be conducted in accordance with the provisions of theIndian Arbitration Act, 1996 and rules there under or any statutorymodifications thereof for the time being in force. The Arbitration proceedingsshall be held in Anand Only at the time as the sole Arbitrator may decide.The decision of the sole Arbitrator shall be final and binding upon the partiesand the expenses of the Arbitrator shall be paid as may be determined bythe Arbitrator.

11.3 Performance under the Contract shall, if reasonably possible, continueduring the Arbitration proceedings and payments due to the Bidder by thePurchaser shall not be withheld, unless they are the subjects of theArbitration proceedings.All awards for claims equivalent to Rupees thirty thousand or more shall bein writing and state the reasons for the amounts awarded.

11.5 Neither party is entitled to bring a claim to Arbitration if its Arbitrator has notbeen appointed within thirty days after expiration of the warranty/ guaranteeperiod.

12.12.12.12. NoticesNoticesNoticesNotices (Clause(Clause(Clause(Clause 31)31)31)31)For the purpose of all the notices, the following shall be the address of thePurchaser and Bidder.Purchaser :Kaira District Co- operative Milk Producers’ Union Limited.Anand- 388 001,Gujarat , India Phone: +91-2692-225473,Bidder: (address will be provided by bidder)


42

SECTIONSECTIONSECTIONSECTIONSECTIONSECTIONSECTIONSECTIONSECTIONSECTIONSECTIONSECTION IVIVIVIVIVIVIVIVIVIVIVIV –––––––––––– PARTPARTPARTPARTPARTPARTPARTPARTPARTPARTPARTPART IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIISPECIALSPECIALSPECIALSPECIALSPECIALSPECIALSPECIALSPECIALSPECIALSPECIALSPECIALSPECIAL CONDITIONSCONDITIONSCONDITIONSCONDITIONSCONDITIONSCONDITIONSCONDITIONSCONDITIONSCONDITIONSCONDITIONSCONDITIONSCONDITIONS OFOFOFOFOFOFOFOFOFOFOFOFCONTRACTCONTRACTCONTRACTCONTRACTCONTRACTCONTRACTCONTRACTCONTRACTCONTRACTCONTRACTCONTRACTCONTRACT FORFORFORFORFORFORFORFORFORFORFORFOR ERECTIONERECTIONERECTIONERECTIONERECTIONERECTIONERECTIONERECTIONERECTIONERECTIONERECTIONERECTIONANDANDANDANDANDANDANDANDANDANDANDAND COMMISSIONINGCOMMISSIONINGCOMMISSIONINGCOMMISSIONINGCOMMISSIONINGCOMMISSIONINGCOMMISSIONINGCOMMISSIONINGCOMMISSIONINGCOMMISSIONINGCOMMISSIONINGCOMMISSIONING


43

CONTENTSCONTENTSCONTENTSCONTENTSCONTENTSCONTENTSCONTENTSCONTENTS

1 Sufficiency of Tender

2 Programme of Installation & Commissioning

3 Preparation of Drawings for Approval

4 Superintendence, Team And Conduct

5 Purchaser's Instructions

6 Right of The Purchaser

7 Bidder’s Functions

8 Variations

9 Duties of the Bidder Vis-a-Vis the Purchaser

10 Supply of Tools, Tackles And Materials

11 Protection of Plant

12 Unloading, Transportation And Inspection

13 Storage of Equipment

14 Approvals

15 Review & Co-Ordination of Erection Work

16 Extension of Time for Completion

17 Table 1 List of Drawings required Submission


44

1.01.01.01.0 SufficiencySufficiencySufficiencySufficiency ofofofof TenderTenderTenderTender

The Bidder by bidding shall be deemed to have satisfied himself as to all theconditions and circumstances affecting the Contract Price, as to thepossibility of executing the works as shown and described in the Contract, asto the general circumstances at the site of the works, as to the generallabour position at site and to have determined the prices accordingly.

2.02.02.02.0 ProgrammeProgrammeProgrammeProgramme ofofofof InstallationInstallationInstallationInstallation &&&& CommissioningCommissioningCommissioningCommissioningAs soon as practicable after the acceptance of the bid, the Bidder shallsubmit to the Purchaser for his approval a comprehensive programmed inthe form of PERT network/ bar chart and any other form as may be requiredby the Purchaser showing the sequence of order in which the Bidderproposes to carry out the works including the design, manufacture, deliveryto site, erection and commissioning thereof. After submission to andapproval by the Purchaser of such programmed, the Bidder shall adhere tothe sequence of order and method stated therein. The submission to andapproval by the Purchaser of such programmed shall not relieve the Bidderof any of his duties or responsibilities under the Contract. The programmedapproved by the Purchaser shall form the basis of evaluating the pace of allworks to be performed by the Bidder. The Bidder shall update the PERTNetwork every month, submit it to the Purchaser and shall inform thePurchaser the progress on all the activities falling on schedule for the nextreporting date.

3333 PreparationPreparationPreparationPreparation ofofofof DDDDrawrawrawrawingsingsingsings forforforfor ApprovalApprovalApprovalApproval

3.1 The Bidder should visit the site to acquaint himself in respect of existing siteconditions and to know the details/information required for understandingthe nature and type of civil construction works involved in the project. TheBidder shall submit to the Purchaser for approval:

Within the time given in the specification or in the program, such drawings,samples, patterns and models as may be called for therein, and in numberstherein required.

During the progress of works and within such reasonable times as thePurchaser may require such drawings of the general arrangement and detailsof the works as the Purchaser may require.

3.2 Wherever necessary, the Bidder would be provided with a set ofarchitectural drawings for the buildings where the erection works would becarried out and also the equipment details/ drawings of various equipmenthanded over to the Bidder by the Purchaser.

3.3 The specifications/ conditions concerning the submission of drawings by theBidder are detailed as under:

3.4 Within three weeks from the date of receipt of the order, Bidder shallfurnish a list of all necessary drawings, which the Bidder shall submit for


45

approval, identifying each drawing by a serial number and descriptive titleand expected date of submission. A brief list of drawings is given in Table 1.This list shall be revised and extended if necessary, during the progress ofwork depending on the nature of the contract also.

3.5 The Purchaser shall signify his approval or disapproval of all drawings orsuch drawings that would affect progress of the contract as per the agreedprogrammed.

3.6 The purchaser shall issue, within four weeks of time in all circumstances,any drawing requested by the Bidder and required to be provided by us. Ifthe Bidder suffers delay and/ or incurs costs due to delay on purchaser’s partin this regard, then the Purchaser shall take such delay into account indetermining any extension of time to which the Bidder is entitled underClause 15 hereof and the Bidder shall be paid the amount of such cost asshall be reasonable.

3.7 P&I Drawings, Plant Layout and GA Drawings submitted for approval shallbe signed by responsible representative of Bidder and shall be to any one ofthe following sizes in accordance with Indian Standards: “A0,A0,A0,A0, A1,A1,A1,A1, A2,A2,A2,A2, A3A3A3A3andandandand A4A4A4A4”.

3.8 All drawings shall show the following particulars in the lower right handcorner in addition to Bidder’s name:

Name of the Purchaser

Project Title

Title of drawing

Scale

Date of drawing

Drawing number

Space for drawing number

3.9 In addition to the information provided on drawings, each drawing shallcarry a revision number, date of revision and brief description of revisioncarried out. Whenever any revision is carried out, correspondingly revisionnumber must be updated.

3.10 All dimensions on drawings shall be in metric units.

3.11 Drawings (threethreethreethree setssetssetssets) submitted by the Bidder for approval will be checked,reviewed by the Purchaser, and comments, if any, on the same will beconveyed to the Bidder. It is the responsibility of the Bidder to incorporatecorrectly all the comments conveyed by the Purchaser on the Bidder'sdrawings. The drawings, which are approved with comments, are to be re-submitted to the Purchaser for purpose of records. Such drawings will not bechecked/reviewed by the Purchaser to verify whether the Bidder hasincorporated all the comments. If the Bidder is unable to incorporate anycomments in the revised drawings, Bidder shall clearly state in hisforwarding letter such non-compliance along with the valid reasons.

3.12 Drawings prepared by the Bidder and approved by the Purchaser shall beconsidered as a part of the specifications. However, the examination of the


46

drawings by the Purchaser shall not relieve the Bidder of his responsibility forengineering design, workmanship, and quality of materials, warrantyobligations and satisfactory performance on installation covered under thecontract.

3.13 If at any time before completion of the work, changes are madenecessitating revision of approved drawings, the Bidder shall make suchrevisions and proceed in the same routine as for the original approval.

3.14 Date of submission: In the event, the drawings submitted for approvalrequire many revisions amounting to redrawing of the same, and then thedate of submission of the revised drawings would be considered as the dateof submission for approval.

3.15 The Bidder shall furnish to the Purchaser before the works are taken over,Operating and Maintenance instructions together with Drawings of the worksas completed, in sufficient detail to enable the Purchaser to maintain,dismantle, reassemble and adjust all parts of the works. Unless otherwiseagreed, the works shall not be considered completed for the purposes oftaking over until such instructions and drawings have been supplied to thePurchaser.

4.04.04.04.0 Superintendence,Superintendence,Superintendence,Superintendence, TeamTeamTeamTeam andandandand ConductConductConductConduct

4.1 The Bidder shall employ one or more competent representatives, whosename or names shall have previously been communicated in writing to thePurchaser by the Bidder, to superintend the carrying out of the works on thesite. The said representative or if more than one shall be employed, thenone of such representatives shall be present on the site during all times, andany orders or instructions which the Purchaser may give to the saidrepresentative of the Bidder shall be deemed to have given to the Bidder.The said representative shall have full technical capabilities and completeadministrative and financial powers to expeditiously and efficiently executethe work under the contract.

4.2 The Bidder shall, execute the works with due care and diligence within thetime for completion and employ Bidder’s team comprising qualified andexperienced engineers together with adequate skilled, semi-skilled andunskilled workmen in the site for carrying out the works. The Bidder shallensure adequate workforce to keep the required pace at all times as per theschedule of completion. Bidder shall also ensure availability of competentengineers during commissioning/start up, trial runs, Operation of theplant/equipment till handing over of the plant.

4.3 The Bidder shall furnish the details of qualifications and experience of theirsenior supervisors and engineers assigned to the work site, including theirexperience in supervising erection and commissioning of plant andequipment of comparable capacity.


47

4.4 When the Bidder or Bidder's representative is not present on any part of thework where it may be desired to give directions in the event of emergencies,orders may be given by the Purchaser and shall be received and observed bythe supervisors or foremen who may have charge of the particular part ofthe work in reference to which orders are given. Any such instructions,directions or notices given by the Purchaser shall be deemed given to theBidder.

4.5 The Bidder shall furnish to the Purchaser a fortnightly labor force reportshowing by classifications the number of employees engaged in thework.The Bidder's employment records shall include any reasonableinformation as may be required by the Purchaser. The Bidder should alsodisplay necessary information as may be required by statutory regulations.

4.6 None of the Bidder’s supervisors, engineers, or labourers may be withdrawnfrom the work without notice to the Purchaser and further no suchwithdrawals shall be made if in the opinion of the Purchaser, it will adverselyaffect the required pace of progress and/or the successful completion of thework.

4.7 The Purchaser shall be at liberty to object to any representative or person,skilled, semi-skilled or unskilled worker employed by the Bidder in theexecution of or otherwise about the works who shall, in the opinion of thePurchaser, misconduct himself or be incompetent, or negligent or unsuitable,and the Bidder shall remove the person so objected to, upon receipt ofnotice in writing from the Purchaser and shall provide in that place acompetent representative at Bidder's own expense within a reasonable time.

4.8 In the execution of the works no persons other than the Bidder, sub-Bidderand their employees shall be allowed on the site except by the writtenpermission of the Purchaser.

5.5.5.5. Purchaser'sPurchaser'sPurchaser'sPurchaser's InstructionsInstructionsInstructionsInstructions

The Purchaser may, in his absolute discretion, issue from time to timedrawings and/ or instructions, directions and clarifications, which arecollectively referred to as Purchaser's instructions in regard to:

Any additional drawing and clarifications to exhibit or illustrate details.

Variations or modifications of the design, quality or quantity of work or theadditions or omissions or substitution of any work.

Any discrepancy in the drawings or between the schedule of quantitiesand/or specifications.

Removal from the site of any material brought there by the Bidder, whichare unacceptable to the Purchaser and the substitution of any other materialthereof.

Removal and/or re-execution of any work erected by the Bidder, which areunacceptable to the Purchaser.


48

Dismissal from the work of any persons employed there upon who shall inthe opinion of the Purchaser,misconduct him, or be incompetent or negligent.

Opening up for inspection of any work covered up.

Amending and making good of any defects.

6.6.6.6. RightRightRightRight ofofofof thethethethe PurchaserPurchaserPurchaserPurchaser

6.16.16.16.1 RightRightRightRight totototo directdirectdirectdirect worksworksworksworks

The Purchaser shall have the right to direct the manner in which all worksunder this contract shall be conducted, in so far as it may be necessary tosecure the safe and proper progress and specified quality of the works. Allwork shall be done and all materials shall be furnished to the satisfaction andapproval of the Purchaser.

Whenever in the opinion of the Purchaser, the Bidder has made markeddepartures from the schedule of completion or when circumstances orrequirement force such a departure from the said schedule, the Purchaser,in order to ensure compliance with the schedule, shall direct the order, paceand method of conducting the work, which shall be adhered to by the Bidder.

If in the judgment of the Purchaser, it becomes necessary at any time toaccelerate the overall pace of the plant erection work, the Bidder, whendirected by Purchaser, shall cease work at any particular point and transferBidder’s men to such other point or points and execute such works, as maybe directed by the Purchaser and at the discretion of the Purchaser.

6.26.26.26.2 RightRightRightRight totototo orderorderorderorder modificationsmodificationsmodificationsmodifications ofofofof methodsmethodsmethodsmethods andandandand equipmentequipmentequipmentequipment

If at any time the Bidder's methods, materials or equipment appear to thePurchaser to be unsafe, inefficient or inadequate for securing the safety ofworkmen or the public, the quality of work or the rate of progress required,the Purchaser may direct the Bidder to ensure safety, and increase theirefficiency and adequacy and the Bidder shall promptly comply with suchdirectives. If at any time the Bidder's working force and equipment areinadequate in the opinion of the Purchaser, for securing the necessaryprogress as stipulated, the Bidder shall if so directed, increase the workingforce and equipment to such an extent as to give reasonable assurance ofcompliance with the schedule of completion. The absence of such demandsfrom the Purchaser shall not relieve the Bidder of Bidder's obligations tosecure the quality, the safe conducting of the work and the rate of progressrequired by the contract. The Bidder alone shall be and remain liable andresponsible for the safety, efficiency and adequacy of Bidder’s methods,materials, working force and equipment, irrespective of whether or not theBidder makes any changes as a result of any order or orders received fromthe Purchaser.


49

6.36.36.36.3 RightRightRightRight totototo inspectinspectinspectinspect thethethethe workworkworkwork

The Purchaser’s representative shall be given full assistance in the form ofthe necessary tools, instruments, equipment and qualified operators tofacilitate inspection.

The Purchaser reserves the right to call for the original test certificates for allthe materials used in the erection work.

In the event the Purchaser's inspection reveals poor quality of work/materials,the Purchaser shall be at liberty to specify additional inspection procedures ifrequired, to ascertain Bidder's compliance with the specifications of erectionwork.

Even though inspection is carried out by the Purchaser or Purchaser'srepresentatives, such inspection shall not, however, relieve the Bidder ofany or all responsibilities as per the contract, nor prejudice any claim, rightor privilege which the Purchaser may have because of the use of defective orunsatisfactory materials or bad workmanship.

7.7.7.7. BidderBidderBidderBidder’’’’ssss FunctionsFunctionsFunctionsFunctions

7.1 The Bidder shall provide everything necessary for proper execution of theworks, according to the drawings, schedule of quantities and specificationstaken together whether the same may or may not be particularly shown ordescribed therein, provided that the same can reasonably be inferred therefrom and if the Bidder finds any discrepancy therein, Bidder shall immediatelyrefer the same to the Purchaser whose decision shall be final and binding onthe Bidder.

7.2 The Bidder shall proceed with the work to be performed under this contractin the best and workman like manner by engaging qualified and efficientworkers and finish the work in strict conformance with the drawings andspecifications and any changes/modifications thereof made by the Purchaser.

8.8.8.8. VariationsVariationsVariationsVariations

8.1 The Purchaser shall make any variation of the form, quality or quantity ofthe Works or any part thereof that may, in his opinion, be necessary and forthat purpose, or if for any other reason it shall, in his opinion be desirable,he shall have power to order the Bidder to do and the Bidder shall do any ofthe following:

• Increase or decrease the quantity of any work included in the contract,

• Omit any such work,

• Change the character or quality or kind of any such work,

• Change the levels, lines, position and dimensions of any part of theworks

• Execute additional work of any kind necessary for the completion of theworks and no such variation shall in any way vitiate or invalidate the contract,


50

but the value, if any, of all such variations shall be taken into account inascertaining the amount of the Contract price.

8.2 The Bidder shall make no such variations without an order in writing of thePurchaser. Provided that no order in writing shall be required for increase ordecrease in the quantity of any work where such increase or decrease is notthe result of an order given under this clause, but is the result of thequantities exceeding or being less than those stated in the Contract/Bill ofQuantities. Provided also that if for any reason the Purchaser shall considerit desirable to give any such order verbally, the Bidder shall comply withsuch order and any confirmation in writing of such verbal order given by thePurchaser, whether before or after the carrying out of the order, shall bedeemed to be an order in writing within the meaning of this clause. Providedfurther that if the Bidder shall within seven days confirm in writing to thePurchaser and the Purchaser shall not contradict such confirmation in writingwithin 14 days, it shall be deemed to be an order in writing by the Purchaser.

8.3 All extra or additional work done or work omitted by order of the Purchasershall be valued at the rates and prices set out in the contract if in the opinionof the Purchaser, the same shall be applicable. If the contract does notcontain any rates or prices applicable to the extra or additional work, thensuitable rates or prices shall be agreed upon between the Purchaser and theBidder. Any Extra Work, carried out by the Bidder would be at mutuallyagreed cost

8.4 Provided that if the nature or amount of any omission or addition relative tothe nature or amount of the whole of the works or to any part thereof shallbe such that, in the opinion of the Purchaser, the rate or price contained inthe contract for any item of the works is, by reason of such omission oraddition, rendered unreasonable or inapplicable, then a suitable rate orprice shall be agreed upon between the Purchaser and the Bidder. In theevent of disagreement the Purchaser shall fix such other rate or price as shall,in his opinion, be reasonable and proper having regard to the circumstances.

8.5 Provided also that no increase or decrease mentioned above or variation ofrate or price shall be made unless, as soon after the date of the order as ispracticable and, in the case of extra or additional work, before thecommencement of the work or as soon thereafter as is practicable, noticeshall have been given in writing:

1) By the Bidder to the Purchaser of his intention to claim extra payment or avaried rate or price, or

2) By the Purchaser to the Bidder of his intention to vary a rate or price3) No price variation on part of quantity increase or decrease.

8.6 The Bidder shall send to the Purchaser’s representative once in every monthan account giving particulars, as full and detailed as possible, of all claimsfor any additional payment to which the Bidder may consider himself entitled


51

and of all extra or additional work ordered by the Purchaser which he hasexecuted during the preceding month.

8.7 No final or interim claim for payment for any such work or expense will beconsidered which has not been included in such particulars. Provided alwaysthat the Purchaser shall be entitled to authorize payment to be made for anysuch work or expense, notwithstanding the Bidder's failure to comply withthis condition, if the Bidder has, at the earliest practicable opportunity,notified the Purchaser in writing that he intends to make a claim for suchwork.

8.8 The work shall be carried out as approved by the Purchaser or his authorizedrepresentative/s from time to time, keeping in view the overall schedule ofcompletion of the project. The Bidder’s job schedule must not disturb orinterfere with Purchaser’s or the other Bidder’s schedules of day-to-day work.The Purchaser will provide all reasonable assistance for carrying out the jobs.

8.9 Night work will be permitted only with prior approval of the Purchaser. ThePurchaser may also direct the Bidder to operate extra shifts over and abovenormal day shift to ensure completion of contract as per schedule. Adequatelighting wherever required should be provided by the Bidder at no extra cost.The Bidder should employ qualified electricians and wiremen for thesefacilities. In case of Bidder’s failure to provide these facilities and personnel,the Purchaser has the right to arrange such facilities and personnel and tocharge the cost thereof to the Bidder.

8.10 In order to enable the Purchaser to arrange for insurance of all itemsreceived at the site including the items of supply covered under this contract,the Bidder shall furnish necessary details of all the equipment immediatelyon its receipt at site, to the Purchaser. Any default on the part of the Bidderdue to which any item does not get covered under the insurance of thePurchaser; the consequential losses shall be charged to the Bidder.

8.11 The Purchaser shall not be liable for or in respect of any damages orcompensation payable at law in respect or in consequence of any accident orinjury to any workman or other person in the employment of the Bidder orany sub-Bidder, save and except an accident or injury resulting from any actor default of the Purchaser, his agents, or servants. The Bidder shallindemnify and keep indemnified the Purchaser against all such damages andcompensation, save and except as aforesaid and against all claims,proceedings, costs, charges and expenses whatsoever in respect thereof orin relation thereto.

8.12 The Bidder shall ensure against such liability with an insurer approved by thePurchaser, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, and shallcontinue such insurance during the whole of the time that any persons areemployed by him on the works shall, when required, produce to thePurchaser or Purchaser’s representative such policy of insurance and thereceipt for payment of the current premium. Provided always that, in


52

respect of any persons employed by any sub-Bidder, the Bidder's obligationsto ensure as aforesaid under this sub-clause shall be satisfied if the sub-Bidder shall have insured against the liability in respect of such persons insuch manner that the Purchaser is indemnified under the policy, but theBidder shall require such sub-Bidder to produce to the Purchaser orPurchaser's representative, when required such policy of insurance and thereceipt for the payment of the current premium.

8.13 Whenever proper execution of the work under the contract depends on thejobs carried out by some other Bidder, the Bidder should inspect all sucherection and installation jobs and report to the Purchaser regarding anydefects or discrepancies. The Bidder's failure to do so shall constitute asacceptance of the other Bidder's installation/jobs as fit and proper forreception of Bidder's works except those defects which may develop afterexecution. Bidder should also report any discrepancy between the executedwork and the drawings. The Bidder shall extend all necessaryhelp/cooperation to other Bidders working at the site in the interest of thework.

8.14 Bidder shall carryout final adjustments of foundations, leveling and dressingof foundation surfaces, bedding and grouting of anchor bolts, bedplates etc.required for seating of equipment in proper position. The Bidder shall beresponsible for the reference lines and proper alignment of the equipment.However, all civil works like making cut outs in walls, floors and ceilings forpipelines shall be done by the purchaser. Adjustment &leveling are to becarried out by the Bidder at no extra cost. The Purchaser shall arrange thenecessary refilling/repairs of these cut outs and pockets. The Bidder shouldarrange for laying the supports, cut outs, grouting of bolts, etc., when thecivil works are in progress, so as to avoid refilling/repair works. ThePurchaser at Bidder’s costs shall make the damages occurring to civil andother works good. For fixing of piping/equipment supports onwall/beams/roof floor etc., preferably anchor bolts shall be used by theBidder. Drilling of holes for fixing anchor bolts & supply of anchor bolts is inthe scope of Bidder without any extra cost.

8.15 The Bidder shall keep a check on deliveries of the equipment covered in thescope of erection work and shall advise the Purchaser well in advanceregarding possible hold-up in Bidder's work due to the likely delay in deliveryof such equipment/components to enable him to take remedial actions.

9.9.9.9. DutiesDutiesDutiesDuties ofofofof thethethethe BidderBidderBidderBidder Vis-Vis-Vis-Vis-àààà-Vis-Vis-Vis-Vis thethethethe PurchaserPurchaserPurchaserPurchaser

9.1 The equipment and the items, if any, to be supplied by the Purchaser forerection, testing and commissioning shall be as listed in the contract.

9.2 Besides the utilities/ services as specified in battery limits, Purchaser shallalso provide the following assistance/ facilities to the Bidder for carrying outthe installation work:

Plant building ready for installation of equipment/items.


53

Necessary temporary water for carrying out the installation shall be suppliedat only one point within the project site by the Purchaser free of charge. Allnecessary distribution taping from this point on wards shall be the Bidder'sresponsibility.

Necessary temporary power for carrying out the installation shall be arrangedby the Bidder at Bidder's own cost. The Purchaser on written request by theBidder will issue the necessary authorization letter.

9.3 If the power is provided to you, the recovery @1% of total installationcharges will be deducted from the erection bill of the Bidder. However, theBidder shall supply all the items such as energy meter, switchgear etc.required for getting temporary power.

9.4 The details of temporary water and power requirements shall be furnishedone month in advance by the Bidder to enable the Purchaser to make timelyarrangement.

9.5 If the Bidder suffers delay and/or incurs costs from failure on the part of thepurchaser to give possession of the civil works in accordance with themutually agreed schedule, the purchaser shall determine:

1. Any extension of time to which the Bidder is entitled under clauseclauseclauseclause 22222222 ofofofofGCCGCCGCCGCC (General Conditions of Contract) and

2. The amount of such costs, which shall be added to the contract price,and shall

3. notify the Bidder accordingly.

10.10.10.10. SupplySupplySupplySupply ofofofof Tools,Tools,Tools,Tools, TacklesTacklesTacklesTackles AndAndAndAnd MaterialsMaterialsMaterialsMaterials

The Bidder shall, at his own expense, provide all the necessary equipment,tools and tackles, haulage power, consumables necessary for effectiveexecution and completion of the works during erection and commissioning.

11.11.11.11. ProtectionProtectionProtectionProtection ofofofof PlantPlantPlantPlant

11.1 The Purchaser shall not be responsible or held liable for any damage toperson or property consequent upon the use, misuse or failure of anyerection tools and equipment used by the Bidder or any of Sub-bidder ofBidders even though such tools and equipment may be furnished, rented orloaned to the Bidder or any of Sub-Bidders of Bidders. The acceptanceand/or use of any such tools and equipment by the Bidder or Sub-Bidder ofBidder shall be construed to mean that the Bidder accepts all responsibilityfor and agrees to indemnify and save the Purchaser from any and all claimsfor said damages resulting from the said use, misuse or failure of such toolsand equipments.


54

11.2 The Bidder and Sub-Bidder of the Bidders shall be responsible, during theworks, for protection of work, which has been completed by other Bidders.Necessary care must be taken to see that the Bidder’s men cause no damageto the same during the course of execution of the work.

11.3 All other works completed or in progress as well as machinery andequipment that are liable to be damaged by the Bidder's work shall beprotected by the Bidder and protection shall remain and be maintained untilthe Purchaser directs its removal.

11.4 The Bidder shall effectively protect from the effects of weather and fromdamages or defacement and shall cover appropriately, wherever required,all the works for their complete protection.

11.5 The Bidder shall carry out the work without damage to any work andproperty adjacent to the area of Bidder's work to whomsoever it may belongand without interference with the operation of existing machines orequipment.

11.6 Adequate lighting, guarding and watching at and near all the storagehandling, fabrication, pre-assembly and erection sites for properly carryingout the work and for safety and security shall be provided by the Bidder atBidder's cost. The Bidder should adequately light the work area during nighttime also. The Bidder should also engage adequate electricians/wiremen,helper etc to carry out and maintain these lighting facilities. If the Bidderfails in this regard, the Purchaser may provide lighting facilities as he maydeem necessary and charge the cost thereof to the Bidder.

11.7 The Bidder shall take full responsibility for the care of the works or anysection or portions thereof until the date stated in the taking over certificateissued in respect thereof and in case any damage or loss shall happen to anyportion of the works not taken over as aforesaid, from any causewhatsoever, the same shall be made good by and at the sole cost of theBidder and to the satisfaction of the Purchaser. The Bidder shall also beliable for any loss of or damage to the works occasioned by the Bidder or theSub-Bidder of the Bidder in the course of any operations carried out by theBidder or by the Bidder’s Sub-Bidders for the purpose of completing anyoutstanding work or complying with the Bidder's obligations.

12. Unloading,Unloading,Unloading,Unloading, TransportationTransportationTransportationTransportation andandandand InspectionInspectionInspectionInspection12.1 The Bidder shall be required to unload all the materials/equipment from the

carriers, those received at site after Bidder's team arrives at site. Biddershall be paid extra for unloading of the equipment being supplied by thepurchaser whereas no extra payment for unloading of the equipment/pipingshall be paid to Bidder for the equipment being supplied by the Bidder. TheBidder shall plan in advance, based on the information received from thePurchaser, Bidder's requirement of various tools, tackles, jacks, cranes,sleepers etc. required to unload the material/equipment promptly andefficiently. The Bidder shall ensure that adequate and all measures necessary


55

to avoid any damage whatsoever to the equipment at the time of unloadingare taken.

12.2 Any demurrage/detention charges incurred due to the delay in unloading thematerial/equipment and releasing the carriers shall be charged to theBidder's account.

12.3 The Bidder shall be responsible for the reception on site of all plant andBidder's equipment delivered for the purposes of the contract.

12.4 The Bidder shall safely transport/shift the unloaded materials/equipment bythe Bidder to the storage area.

12.5 All the materials/equipment received by the Purchaser prior to arrival of theBidder at site shall be handed over to the Bidder and there upon the Biddershall inspect the same and furnish the receipt to the Purchaser. The mannerin which the inspection shall be carried out is enumerated below:

12.6 The materials/equipment would be carefully unpacked by opening thewooden cases/other modes of pickings as the case may be.

12.7 Detailed inventory of various items would be prepared clearly listing out theshortages, breakage/damages after checking the contents with respect tothe Bidder's packing list, the Purchaser's purchase order and approvedequipment drawings. The Bidder shall also check each & every equipment forany shortage/shortcoming that may eventually create difficulty at the time ofinstallation or commissioning.

12.8 All the information and observations by the Bidder shall be furnished in theform of`INSPECTION REPORT' to the Purchaser with specificmention/suggestions which in the opinion of the Bidder should be given dueconsideration and immediate necessary actions, to enable the Purchaser toarrange repair or replacement well in time and avoid delays due to non-availability of equipment and parts at the time of their actual need.

12.9 The inspection for all the equipment handed over to the Bidder shall becompleted within three week's period.

12.10 The protection, safety and security of the materials so taken over from thePurchaser shall be the responsibility of the Bidder, until they are handedover to the Purchaser after erection, commissioning and testing as per theterms of the Contract.

13.13.13.13. StorageStorageStorageStorage ofofofof EquipmentEquipmentEquipmentEquipment13.1 The Bidder shall be responsible for the proper storage and maintenance of all

materials/equipment under Bidder's custody. Bidder shall take all requiredsteps to carry out frequent inspection of equipment/materials stored as wellas erected equipment until the same are taken over by the Purchaser. Thefollowing procedure shall apply for the same.

13.2 The Bidder’s inspector shall check stored and installed equipment/materialsto observe signs of corrosion, damage to protective coating to parts, open


56

ends in pipes, vessels and equipment, insulation resistance of electricalequipment etc. The Bidder shall immediately arrange a coat of protectivepainting whenever required. A record of all observations made on equipment,defects noticed shall be promptly communicated to the Purchaser andPurchaser's advice taken regarding the repairs/rectification. The Bidder shallthere upon carry out such repairs/ rectification at Bidder’s own cost. In casethe Bidder is not competent to carry out such repairs/ rectification, thePurchaser reserves the right to get this done by other competent agencies atthe Bidder's responsibility and risk and the entire cost for the same shall berecovered from the Bidder's bills.

13.3 The Bidder's inspector shall also inspect and provide lubrication to theassembled equipment. The shafts of such equipment shall be periodicallyrotated to prevent rusting as well as to check freeness of the same.

13.4 The Inspector shall check for any signs of moisture or rusting in anyequipment.

13.5 If the commissioning of equipment is delayed after installation of theequipment, the Bidder shall carry out all protective measures suggested bythe Purchaser during such period.

13.6 Adequate security measures shall be taken by the Bidder to prevent theftand loss of materials handed over to the Bidder by the Purchaser. The Biddershall carry out periodical inventory checks of the materials received, storedand installed by the Bidder and any loss noticed shall be immediatelyreported to he Purchaser. The Bidder shall maintain a proper record of theseinventories. The Bidder should not sell, assign, mortgage, hypothecate orremove equipment or materials which have been installed or which may benecessary for completion of the work without the written consent of thePurchaser.

13.7 Suitable grease recommended for protection of surfaces against rusting(refined from petroleum oil with lanolin minimum (70 0C) and water in traces)shall be applied over all equipment as required once in every six months.

13.8 All equipment shall be stored inside a closed shed or in the open dependingupon whether they are of indoor or outdoor design. The space heaterswhere provided into the electrical equipment shall be kept connected withpower supply irrespective of their type of storage. Where space heaters arenot provided adequate heating with bulb is recommended. For transformersheating of oil shall be done by giving 440 V supply and short-circuiting theLT terminals. Frequent checks on insulation resistance are essential for allelectrical equipment and record of the inspection reports and muggerreadings shall be maintained equipment wise. Such records shall bepresented to the Purchaser whenever demanded.

13.9 All the necessary items/goods required for the Bidder as described aboveshall arrange protection and such cost shall be included in the Contract price.


57

13.10 If material/ Goods were found damaged during inspection, material shouldbe replaced on TO & FRO basis including Freight and other charges. Materialare consider as free replacement.

14141414 ApprovalsApprovalsApprovalsApprovals14.1 The Bidder shall obtain the necessary approvals of the Factory Inspector,

Boiler Inspector, Electrical Inspector, Weights & Measures Inspector,Explosive Inspector and any other state and local authorities as may berequired and the cost of obtaining such approvals shall be included in thecontract price.

14.2 The Bidder will furnish all the necessary details, drawings, and submissionof application and proofreads to the Purchaser for verification/ signature. TheBidder on behalf of the Purchaser shall submit the necessary application dulyfilled-in, together with the prescribed fees to the appropriate authorities.However all the actual statutory prescribed fees paid by the Bidder shall bereimbursed by the Purchaser upon production of the receipt/vouchers.

14.3 Wherever necessary or required, the Bidder shall furnish the necessary testand/or inspection certificatescertificatescertificatescertificates etc. from the appropriate authorities as perIBR,IBR,IBR,IBR, IERIERIERIER andandandand otherotherotherother statutorystatutorystatutorystatutory regulationsregulationsregulationsregulations and the cost for obtainingthese certificates shall be included in the contract price.

15.15.15.15. ReviewReviewReviewReview &&&& Co-OrdinationCo-OrdinationCo-OrdinationCo-Ordination ofofofof ErectionErectionErectionErection WorkWorkWorkWork

The Bidder shall depute seniorseniorseniorsenior andandandand competentcompetentcompetentcompetent personnelpersonnelpersonnelpersonnel to attend thesite co-ordination meetings that would generally be held at thethethethe sitesitesitesite everyeveryeveryeverymonthmonthmonthmonth. The Bidder shall take necessary action to implement the decisionsarrived at such meetings and shall also update the erection schedule.

16.16.16.16. ExtensionExtensionExtensionExtension ofofofof TimeTimeTimeTime forforforfor CompletionCompletionCompletionCompletion

Should the amount of extraextraextraextra or additionaladditionaladditionaladditional workworkworkwork of any kind or any causeof delay referred to in these conditions, or exceptional adverse climaticconditions, or other special circumstances of any kind whatsoever whichmay occur, other than through a default of the Bidder, be such as fairly toentitle the Bidder to an extension of time for the completion of the works,the Purchaser shall determine the amount of such extension and shall notifythe Bidder accordingly. Provided that the Purchaser is not bound to take intoaccount any extra or additional work or other special circumstances unlessthe Bidder has within twentytwentytwentytwenty eighteighteighteight daysdaysdaysdays after such work has beencommenced, or such circumstances have arisen, or as soon thereafter as ispracticable, submitted to the Purchaser full and detailed particulars of anyextensionextensionextensionextension ofofofof timetimetimetime to which he may consider himself entitled in order thatsuch submission may be investigated at the time.


58

17171717 ListListListList ofofofof DDDDrawrawrawrawingsingsingsings requiredrequiredrequiredrequired SubmissionSubmissionSubmissionSubmission

Table1Table1Table1Table1

Sr.noSr.noSr.noSr.no DDDDrawrawrawrawingsingsingsings

1 Equipment drawings for fabricated & non fabricated items.

2 Equipment layout for production and service blocks.

3 Flow diagrams for PROCESS and various services.

4 Service piping layouts in production and service blocks.

5 Piping & ducting layout in production blocks, WHEREVER REQUIRED.

6 Electrical cable & instrument, conduit/ cable tray layout.

7 Standard Installation Drawings for Equipment.

8 Automation SCADA networking drawings, Cabling drawings etc.

9 Automation logic write-up along with logical flow network.

10 Other miscellaneous drawings as required for erection work.


59

SECTIONSECTIONSECTIONSECTIONSECTIONSECTIONSECTIONSECTIONSECTIONSECTIONSECTIONSECTION IVIVIVIVIVIVIVIVIVIVIVIV –––––––––––– PARTPARTPARTPARTPARTPARTPARTPARTPARTPARTPARTPART IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIISPECIALSPECIALSPECIALSPECIALSPECIALSPECIALSPECIALSPECIALSPECIALSPECIALSPECIALSPECIAL CONDITIONSCONDITIONSCONDITIONSCONDITIONSCONDITIONSCONDITIONSCONDITIONSCONDITIONSCONDITIONSCONDITIONSCONDITIONSCONDITIONS OFOFOFOFOFOFOFOFOFOFOFOF

CONTRACTCONTRACTCONTRACTCONTRACTCONTRACTCONTRACTCONTRACTCONTRACTCONTRACTCONTRACTCONTRACTCONTRACT FORFORFORFORFORFORFORFORFORFORFORFOR MECHANICALMECHANICALMECHANICALMECHANICALMECHANICALMECHANICALMECHANICALMECHANICALMECHANICALMECHANICALMECHANICALMECHANICALWORKWORKWORKWORKWORKWORKWORKWORKWORKWORKWORKWORK


60

CONTENTSCONTENTSCONTENTSCONTENTSCONTENTSCONTENTSCONTENTSCONTENTS

1 Scope

2 General Installation

3 Service Piping Installation

4 Special Instructions And Specifications

5 Insulation of Piping and Equipment

6 Interconnections of Services

7 Guidelines for Expansion Work

8 Cleaning Chemicals and Lubricants

9 Testing, Commissioning and Start-Up

10 Trouble shooting during the trial period

11 Painting

12 Training of Personnel

13 Code of Practice for Painting Service Pipe Lines

Table 1 Painting of Equipment & Structural Work

Table 2 Colour Code For Pipelines as per BIS 2379-1963

Table 3 Testing Pressures for Various Pipelines


61

1111.... ScopeScopeScopeScope1.1 General installation i.e. positioning and installing all the production, miscellaneous

and service equipment as per approved layout drawings and as per the contract.

1.2 Supply and installation of structural platforms and tables cross over etc.

1.3 Supply and installation of all service and product piping including ancillary items.

1.4 Insulation and cladding of piping, equipment including supply of materials.

1.5 Interconnections of services and Electrical with equipment.

1.6 Guide line for expansion work.

1.7 Clean up of work site.

1.8 Supply of all cleaning chemicals and lubricants.

Testing, commissioning and start-up.

1.10 Painting including supply of paints as approved by the Purchaser.

1.11 Training of personnel.

1.12 Detailed specifications are given in the subsequent clauses.

1.13 SSSSCOPE:COPE:COPE:COPE: The bidder’s scope shall be to design, engineering, manufacturing,approval, testing, inspection, packing and supply of equipment, components,accessories & spares at site in accordance with the plans, procedures,specifications, drawings, codes & any other documents as specified by thepurchaser. Successful Commissioning of equipment at site is in bidder’s scope.Any Item(s) not specifically mentioned/listed but are necessary for completion &meeting satisfactory performance as per guaranteed parameters shall be deemedto be part of Scope of Supply of the bidder & shall be supplied by the bidderwithout any extra cost to bidder. F.O.R. destination, inclusive of Packing,Forwarding and Freight. The price quoted shall remain firm for complete durationof the order & shall not be subject to any escalation what so ever at any timethereafter. The Billing break-up has to be submitted by the bidder during orderfinalization. Price agreed vide this PO shall be valid for a period of 18 months fromthe date of the PO.

2222 GeneralGeneralGeneralGeneral InstallationInstallationInstallationInstallation

2.12.12.12.1 PositioningPositioningPositioningPositioning ofofofof EquipmentEquipmentEquipmentEquipment

2.1.1 The work involves preparation of access for moving of the plant and equipmentincluding their fittings from the work site godown or from the place within the sitewhere they have been unloaded, to the place of erection, de-crating and placingon the foundation wherever required. The Purchaser shall arrange all the civilfoundations as per the manufacturer/Bidder’s drawings. The Bidder shall place the


62

equipment and carry out final adjustment of the foundations including alignmentand dressing of foundation surface, embedding and grouting of anchor bolts andbedplates. The Bidder shall be responsible for obtaining correct reference lines forthe purpose of fixing the alignment of various equipments from masterbenchmarks provided.

3.23.23.23.2 ScopeScopeScopeScope ofofofof SupplySupplySupplySupply

3.2.1 The Bidder shall supply all piping materials like pipes, fittings, flanges, measuringinstruments and all other items as shown in the P&I diagram/specifications andschedule of quantities. All the pipes & fittings and insulation material etc. shouldbe of class and make as approved by the Purchaser. The Bidder, for the class andmake of all materials, must obtain prior approval of the Purchaser. The Biddershould furnish the details of makes selected by him, in the pro forma given inTable 5.

3.33.33.33.3 ScopeScopeScopeScope ofofofof PipingPipingPipingPiping ErectionErectionErectionErection

3.3.1 The scope of erection for piping, includes all system covered in the flow diagramsand specifications. The Bidder's work commences/ terminates at the pipeconnections with valves or flanges as specified in flow diagrams/ battery limits.

3.3.2 The Bidder shall also install necessary piping and any specialties furnished with orfor equipment such as relief valves, built-in-bypass, primary elements for flowmeasurements, control valves and on-line metering equipment.

3.3.3 The Bidder shall perform necessary internal machining of pipes for installingorifices, flow nozzles, control valves etc. The Bidder shall install all pipes, valvesand specialties being procured from other sources.

3.43.43.43.4 TestingTestingTestingTesting ofofofof PipingPipingPipingPiping

3.4.1 The Bidder shall test all piping systems including valves and specialties andinstruments as per procedure mentioned in Table 4.

3.4.2 All piping shall be internally cleaned and flushed by the Bidder after erection in amanner suited to the service and as directed by the Purchaser.

3.4.3 For hydrostatic testing and water flushing, the Bidder shall furnish necessarypumps, equipment, instruments and piping etc.

3.53.53.53.5 OtherOtherOtherOther GuidelinesGuidelinesGuidelinesGuidelines

3.5.1 Colour code shall be used to identify pipe material. The Bidder shall be able toidentify on request all random piping prior to field fabrication.

3.5.2 The Bidder shall be responsible for the quality of welding done by them and shallconduct tests to determine the suitability of the welding procedure by him.


63

3.5.3 All piping supports, guides, anchors, hangers, rollers with structural frameworkshall be supplied and erected by the Bidder. The kinds of pipe supports like CIclamps, wooden saddles, roller supports and support framework shall be as perthe design approved by the Purchaser prior to taking up the work.

3.5.4 All piping shall be suspended, guided and anchored with due regard to generalrequirements and to avoid interference with other pipes, hangers, electricalconduits and their supports, structural members and equipment and toaccommodate insulation and conform to buildings structural limitations. It is theresponsibility to the piping Bidder to avoid all interference while locating hangersand supports.

3.5.5 Anchors and/or guides for pipelines or for other purposes shall be furnished, whenspecified, for holding the pipeline in position for alignment. Hangers shall bedesigned fabricated and assembled in such a manner that any movement of thesupport pipes cannot disengage them.

3.5.6 All piping shall be wire brushed and purged with air blast to remove all rust, millscale from inner surface. The method of cleaning shall be such that no material isleft on the inner or on outer surfaces, which will affect the serviceability of thepipes.

3.5.7 Effective precautions such as capping and sealing shall be taken to protect all pipeends against ingress of dirt and damage during transit or storage. The outside ofthe steel pipes (black) shall be painted with two coats of red oxide paint/heatresistant paint or as directed by the Purchaser.

3.5.8 All SHE standards set by purchaser must be followed strictly during installationand commissioning of entire plant equipments

3.5.9 All Liability arising due to accident will be born by bidder.

4444 SpecialSpecialSpecialSpecial InstructionsInstructionsInstructionsInstructions andandandand SpecificationsSpecificationsSpecificationsSpecifications

4.14.14.14.1 SteamSteamSteamSteam PipingPipingPipingPiping

4.1.1 Steam piping work can be classified into two categories:

4.1.1.1 High-pressure steam piping when the working pressure of steam is more than1.0 kg/cm2 (15 psi).

4.1.1.2 Low-pressure steam piping when the working pressure of steam is up to 1.0kg/cm2 (15 psi).

4.1.2 All the pipes and fittings used for high pressure steam piping work should conformto IBR and they should be IBR certified and also to be identified with number andmark showing that they are tested by the Boiler Inspector and supported withduly authentic certificates to this effect. ALL HIGH PRESSURE STEAM PIPES SHALLBE SEAMLESS TYPE, SCHEDULE 40.


64

4.1.3 The high pressure steam piping after installation should be hydraulically tested inpresence of the Boiler Inspector for his approval.

4.1.4 The high-pressure steam piping work should also include fabrication andinstallation of pressure reducing stations strictly conforming to IBR.

4.24.24.24.2 OtherOtherOtherOther PipingPipingPipingPiping

4.2.1 ALL THE PIPING FOR SOFT AND RAW WATER, H.P. AND L.P. STEAM, AIR ANDFURNACE OIL/ LSHS PIPING SHALL GENERALLY BE OF WELDED CONSTRUCTION.Whenever welding is done for pipes of smaller size special care should beexercised to avoid clogging of flow area with the welding material.

5555 InsulationInsulationInsulationInsulation ofofofof PipingPipingPipingPiping andandandand EquipmentEquipmentEquipmentEquipment

5.15.15.15.1 HotHotHotHot InsulationInsulationInsulationInsulation ofofofof Steam,Steam,Steam,Steam, CondensateCondensateCondensateCondensate &&&& HotHotHotHot WaterWaterWaterWater andandandandPipePipePipePipe LinesLinesLinesLines

5.1.1 All the steam and hot water and pipelines shall be insulated with mineral wool orequivalent of specified thickness. The insulation shall be carried out in thefollowing manner and should be supplied in the form of properly required sizes.

5.1.2 Clean the surfaces to be insulated. Apply a coat of heat resistant primer and fixglass wool/mineral wool of specified thickness, tightly to the pipes, butting alljoints and tie with lacing wire.

5.1.3 It should then be covered with GI wire netting of 20 mm x 22 SWG.

5.1.4 In case the insulation does not have the desired insulation properties, the entireinsulation will have to be redone at the Bidder's cost to give the desired results.

5.1.5 In case of condensate return piping all the steps mentioned above shall beexecuted except that thickness of the insulation shall be 25 mm.

5.25.25.25.2 AluminiumAluminiumAluminiumAluminium

5.2.1 The chilled water, glycol, ammonia, water, steam & hot water lines afterinsulations may be covered by aluminium.

5.2.2 Aluminium cladding will be done with 22 gauge aluminium sheet with propergrooves and overlaps and screwed in position with 12 mm self tapping parkerscrews.

6666 InterconnectionsInterconnectionsInterconnectionsInterconnections ofofofof ServicesServicesServicesServices

6.1 The Bidder shall lay service piping and provide connections with the equipmentcomplying strictly with the equipment manufacturers' instructions.

6.2 The Bidder shall also carry out all the interconnecting service piping with thevarious items of plant/system. The work shall be complete with capillary piping if


65

required and connections with instruments and controls supplied with theequipment.

6.3 The Bidder shall also carry out electrical connections for equipment with thecontrol panels including equipment lighting as per the wiring diagrams of theequipment Bidders. Connection shall be made for small electrically operateddevices on equipment installed as accessories to, or assembled with equipment.Connections regarding instruments, float switches, limit switches, pressureswitches, thermostats and other miscellaneous equipment shall be done as permanufacturers' drawings & instructions.

7777 GuidelinesGuidelinesGuidelinesGuidelines forforforfor ExpansionExpansionExpansionExpansion WorkWorkWorkWork

7.17.17.17.1 CleanCleanCleanClean UpUpUpUp ofofofof WorksWorksWorksWorks SiteSiteSiteSite

7.1.1 All soils, filth or other matters of an offensive nature taken out of any trench,drain or other places shall not be deposited on the surfaces, but shall at once becarted away by the Bidder from the site of work for proper disposal.

7.1.2 The Bidder shall not store or place the equipment, materials or erection tools onthe drive ways and passages and shall take care that his work in no way restrictsor impedes traffic or passage of men and materials during erection, the Biddershall without any additional payment, at all time keep the working and storagearea used by him free from accumulation of dust or combustible materials, wastematerials rubbish packing, wooden planks to avoid fire hazards and hindrance toother works.

7.1.3 If the Bidder fails to comply with these requirements in spite of writteninstructions from the Purchaser, the Purchaser will proceed to clear these areasand the expenses incurred by the Purchaser in this regard shall be payable by theBidder. Before completion of the work, the Bidder shall remove or dispose off in asatisfactory manner all scaffolding, temporary structures, waste and debris andleave the promises in a condition satisfactory to the Purchaser. Any packingmaterials received with the equipment shall remain as the property of thePurchaser and may be used by the Bidder on payment of standard charges to thePurchaser and with prior approval of the Purchaser. At the completion of his workand before final payment, the Bidder shall remove and shall restore the site toneat workman like conditions at his cost.

8888 CleaningCleaningCleaningCleaning ChemicalsChemicalsChemicalsChemicals andandandand LubricantsLubricantsLubricantsLubricants

8.1 The necessary quantities of cleaning chemicals, lubricants etc., required for theinstallation, commissioning, testing and start-up of all the equipment till handingover are to be supplied the Bidder and nothing extra would be paid for these.


66

9999 Testing,Testing,Testing,Testing, CommissioningCommissioningCommissioningCommissioning andandandand Start-upStart-upStart-upStart-up

9.1 The Bidder shall operate, maintain and give satisfactory trial run of the plant, forthe design product satisfactorily for a minimum period of 30 days on continuousbasis or as mutually agreed by Bidder/purchaser/Purchaser of the plant at therated output. The Bidder should carry out all rectification of damages/defects androutine troubleshooting during commissioning with the help of purchaser’s staff.

9.2 During this period, Bidder shall incorporate/execute necessary minor modificationsduring the trial period for maximizing operational efficiency. The Bidder shouldalso execute minor modifications as may be suggested by themanufacturer/Purchaser, if required. The Bidder shall suggest recommended logsheet proofread for recording necessary operating data and pass it on to thePurchaser in proof of satisfactory rated output and performance of theequipment/plant.

9.3 The commissioning shall also include, for all the equipments, the following:

9.3.1 Field disassembly and assembly

9.3.2 Clean out of lubrication system including chemical cleaning wherever required.

9.3.3 Circulation of lubricant to check flow.

9.3.4 Clean out and check out of all the service lines.

9.3.5 Check out and commissioning of instruments, equipment and plants, filtering oftransformer and other oils so that if deteriorated, they shall attain the requiredproperties/standards, specified tests in this regard must be carried out byapproved authorities and their satisfactory reports submitted to the Purchaserbefore start-up.

9.3.6 Recharging or make-up filling of lubricant oil up to the desired level in thelubrication system of individual machine.

9.3.7 Operation in empty condition to check general operation details wherever requiredand wherever possible.

9.3.8 Closed loop dynamic testing with water/product wherever required.

9.3.9 Operation under load and gradual load increase to attain maximum rated output.

10.10.10.10. TroubleTroubleTroubleTrouble shootingshootingshootingshooting duringduringduringduring thethethethe trialtrialtrialtrial periodperiodperiodperiod

10.1 The Bidder shall demonstrate proper working of all mechanical and electricalcontrols; safety and protective device, in presence of the Purchaser's engineer andthe same should be duly recorded.

10.2 After conducting testing, in case particular equipment is not working properly ornot giving rated output the Bidder will furnish a detailed report to the Purchaser


67

stating therein the detailed account on the performance of the equipment withpossible reasons for improper or not working of the same.

10.3 The Purchaser after receipt of report from the Bidder would take up the matter withthe manufacturers and if required would invite the representative of originalmanufacturers. In case the Purchaser considers that the non-performance ofequipment is only due to inexperience of the Bidder, then the charges incurred forthe manufacturer's representative visit would be debited to the Bidder's account.

10.4 Further, before the commencement of testing or commissioning, the Purchaserreserves the right to invite the original manufacturer's representative at the costof the Bidder for start-up help, assist and guide the Bidder during commissioningin the following cases:

10.4.1 The Bidder has no previous experience of commissioning and start-up of thesimilar equipment.

10.4.2 The Purchaser is of the opinion that the Bidder is not capable to commission andstart-up of certain specific equipment.

10.5 However, in either of the cases the manufacturer's representatives would becalled with prior information to the Bidder and the Bidder will have to extend allco-operation to such representatives in good spirit and in the interest of the work.

10.6 After satisfactory commissioning and start-up the Bidder shall keep hisrepresentatives under whose supervision the Purchaser's staff shall be operatingand maintaining the plant and equipment for a minimum period of two months.The Bidder's representatives should be present at all times during the running andoperation of plant and equipment. During this period the Bidder shall ensureproper working of complete plant and equipment and attend any works requiredto be done and shall also take complete responsibility for proper operation andmaintenance of the complete plant and equipment.

11.11.11.11. PaintingPaintingPaintingPainting

11.1 All the equipment/ machineries like motors, pumps, HT/ LT panel, transformer,switch boards, starters, junction boxes, isolators, storage tanks, supportingstructures, pipe supports and MS/ GI pipes and all exposed and visible iron partsincluded in the scope of erection/ commissioning shall be given double coat ofpaint of approved shade over a double coat of anticorrosive primer wherevernecessary irrespective of the condition of original paint of equipment/machineries/ structures/ supports. Surfaces wherever required must be properlycleaned for scale, dirt and grease prior to painting. Spray painting is preferably beused on all the equipment/ machineries and wherever practicable. Suitable andnecessary cleaning/ wiping of sight/ dial glasses, other non-metallic parts, flooring,walls and other surfaces which have been spoiled by paint during painting mustalso be carried out by the Bidder .


68

11.2 Lettering and other markings, including capacity and flow direction markings, shallalso be carried out by the Bidder on the tanks, pipe lines, starters, motors,isolators and wherever else necessary, as directed and as per the standardpractice of installation. ISI colour codes and colour charts as mentioned in Table 3& Table 2 must be adhered to.

11.3 Supply of all paints and all other materials required is included in the scope ofsupply of the Bidder under this contract/order.

12.12.12.12. TrainingTrainingTrainingTraining ofofofof PersonnelPersonnelPersonnelPersonnel

12.1 The Bidder for operating the plant as may be deputed by the Purchaser shall trainnecessary staff. The personnel will be associated for the training during theinstallation; testing, commissioning and start-up period and the training tenureshall be extended for a minimum period of one month from the date ofcommissioning and start-up.

13. Code of Practice for Painting Service Pipe Lines

13.1 On Non-insulated Pipe Line & Insulated Pipeline without Aluminium Cladding

13.1.1 Ground colour to be applied throughout the length of the pipeline.

13.1.2 Colour bands to be applied near every valve and branch connection as well as inevery room near the entry.

13.1.3 The 1st band should be 4" wide and the second band should be 1" wide.

13.1.4 On the 1st band a white arrow to be put to indicate the direction of flow.

13.1.5 The arrows should be put on the bottom of the pipelines so that the same arevisible from below in case of horizontal bank of pipes and on sides in case ofvertical bank of pipes.

13.1.6 The valves should be painted with the same colour as the ground colour of thepipeline.

13.2 On Insulated Pipeline with Aluminium Cladding

13.2.1 Ground colour to be applied in a length of 500 mm of the pipe all round nearevery valve and branch connections as well as in every room near the entry. Thecomplete length of the pipeline should not be painted.

13.2.2 Colour bands should be applied in the middle of every ground colour strip. The 1stcolour band should be 4" wide and the second band should be 1" wide.

13.2.3 On the 1st band a white arrow is to be put to indicate the direction of flow of thefluid.


69

13.2.4 The arrows should be put on the bottom of the pipelines, so that the same arevisible from below in case of horizontal bank of pipes and on sides in case ofvertical bank of pipes.

13.2.5 The valves should be painted with the same colour as the ground colour.

13.2.6 The ground colours and the colours of the 1st and 2nd colour bands have beenindicated on the enclosed list for the pipelines carrying various types of fluids andgases. The list also indicates the shade nos. of the colours to be used. In case theexact shade is not available, the nearest possible shade in the same colour maybe selected.

13.2.7 Only synthetic enamel paint should be used for the painting and band markingson the pipelines and it should be ensured that the finish should be glossy.

13.2.8 Where no colour bands have been recommended, only the ground colour is to beapplied as per the above procedure. If only one colour band is recommended thesame should be 4" wide and applied on the ground colour. In case of 2 nos.colour bands, the 1st band should be 4" wide and second band 1" wide andshould be applied on the ground colour.

13.2.9 To avoid mixing of colours, it is recommended to apply the bands only after theground colour paint is dry and subsequently to apply the arrow only after the 1stband paint is dry.


70

Table 1

Painting of Equipment & Structural Work

SN Item Painting Shade

1 All Storage tanks with outer MS Bright yellow Shade No 632 of ISI

2All M.S. platforms/pipe supports/ pipe

bridges and any other structuresDark Admiral grey shade No.632 of ISI

3 Water Pumps & Motor Original colour

4 HT & LT panels Original colour

5 LT distribution switchboards Dark admiral grey

6

Fuel Handling Equipment

FO

NG

Black

Yellow

7 Evaporative type Ammonia Condenser Smoke Grey


71

Table 2

Colour Code For Pipelines as per BIS 2379-1963

SN Services Ground Colour First Band Second Band

1 Cold Water

Sea Green 217

French Blue 166 -

2 Boiler Feed Water Parrot Green -

3 Condensate Light Brown 410 -

4 Hot Water Light Brown 410 -

5 Drinking Water French Blue 166 Signal Red 37

6 Treated Water Light Orange 557 -

7 Untreated Water White -

9Compressed Air

Sky Blue 101

10 Vacuum Black

11 Steam Silver Grey 628 Original colour

12 Diesel Light Brown410

Brilliant 221

13 Lubricating Oil Light Grey 631

14 Drainage Black

15 Fire Hydrant PO Red


72

Table 3

Testing Pressures for Various Pipelines

Sr

NoName

Test Pressure

kg/cm2

Test

medium

Duration of

Test (Hour)

Allowablepressure

Drop(kg/cm2)

1H.P.Steam pipe

lines27 Water 1/2 0

2L.P.Steam pipelines

8 Water 1/2 0

3 Water pipe lines1 8 Water 1/2 0

4 Furnace oil/ LSHS 16 Water ½ 0

5 MS pipes for dairy 6 Water 1/2 0

6 Air 12 Air 8 0.1

7 Ammonia pipe lines

7a Suction 16 16 N2 24 0.2

7b Discharge 24 N2 24 0.2

7cVacuum Test of

Ammonia Lines

Absolute

ZeroVacuum 48 NIL

Engineer-in-charge shall provide water at available supply point from which the Biddershall connect temporary piping for testing water.


73

SECTIONSECTIONSECTIONSECTION –––– VVVVTECHNICALTECHNICALTECHNICALTECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONSSPECIFICATIONSSPECIFICATIONSSPECIFICATIONS


74

SECTION-SECTION-SECTION-SECTION- VVVVSUBSUBSUBSUB SECTIONSECTIONSECTIONSECTION –––– 1111INTRODUCTIONINTRODUCTIONINTRODUCTIONINTRODUCTION


75

1.1.1.1.1.1.1.1.1.1.1.1. BACKGROUND:BACKGROUND:BACKGROUND:BACKGROUND:

1.11.11.11.1 PREAMBLE:

Kaira District Co-operative Milk Producers’ Union Limited., Anand (Amul Dairy)is a district level Union which procures, process and market Milk and Milkproducts from milk producer members organized through village co-operativesocieties within the district of Kaira (Kheda and Anand). It aims to provideassured market, better returns to the farmers and good quality of milk, milkproducts and food products to consumers.

Amul Dairy is presently having one of the largest Composite Dairy complex inIndia at Anand with facilities for processing of 2 million LPD of milk to producevarious Dairy products viz. liquid milk in pouches, different types of MilkPowders, Infant food, Table Butter, Ghee, Ice Cream, Energy drinks, Curd,Flavored milk & Butter milk etc.

AboutAboutAboutAbout thethethethe OrganizationOrganizationOrganizationOrganization

DateDateDateDate ofofofof RegistrationRegistrationRegistrationRegistration :::: 14Th December 1946

RegisteredRegisteredRegisteredRegistered NameNameNameName &&&& AddressAddressAddressAddress :::: Kaira District Co-operative Milk

Producers' Union Ltd., Anand-388001

BrandBrandBrandBrand NameNameNameName :::: Amul

AreaAreaAreaArea ofofofof MilkMilkMilkMilk CollectionCollectionCollectionCollection :::: Kaira District (Anand & KhedaDistricts)

NumberNumberNumberNumber ofofofof ProducerProducerProducerProducer MembersMembersMembersMembers :::: 6, 50, 000

NumberNumberNumberNumber ofofofof VillageVillageVillageVillage SocietiesSocietiesSocietiesSocieties :::: 1200

TotalTotalTotalTotal MilkMilkMilkMilk HandlingHandlingHandlingHandling CapacityCapacityCapacityCapacity :::: 4.5 Million Liters per Day.

DailyDailyDailyDaily AverageAverageAverageAverage MilkMilkMilkMilk CollectionCollectionCollectionCollection :::: 1.93 Million Liters perDay (Year 2015-2016)


76

1.21.21.21.2 ManufacturingManufacturingManufacturingManufacturing UnitsUnitsUnitsUnits

1.2.11.2.11.2.11.2.1 MainMainMainMain DairyDairyDairyDairy Plant,Plant,Plant,Plant, AnandAnandAnandAnand

The plant manufactures butter, clarified fat (ghee), liquid milk, MilkPowder(s) viz. Skimmed Milk Powder, Whole Milk Powder, Dairy Whitener,Infant Milk Food, Whey Powder, Packaged Curd, Butter Milk , and SterilizedFlavored Milk apart from Processed Liquid Milk. In order to facilitate efficientand effective movement of milk from producers’ end, satellite dairies knownas chilling centers were created. The three chilling centers are: CambayChilling Centre, Kapadwanj Chilling Centre and Balasinor Chilling Centre.

1.2.21.2.21.2.21.2.2 TheTheTheThe KhedaKhedaKhedaKheda SatelliteSatelliteSatelliteSatellite Dairy,Dairy,Dairy,Dairy, AhemdabadAhemdabadAhemdabadAhemdabad

The Kheda Satellite Dairy plant is 42 km away from Anand in the northernpart of the district. The state-of-the-art plant with modern infrastructure andtechnology can produce various types of Cheese, Paneer, and a Whey PowderPlant almost nearing completion.

1.2.31.2.31.2.31.2.3 FoodFoodFoodFood ComplexComplexComplexComplex ,,,, MogarMogarMogarMogar

The Food Complex at Mogar, a plant 8 km away from Anand has facilities tomanufacture Malted Milk Foods, Chocolate, Bread Spread (Fat Spread),Ready to eat Extruded food and Bakery products.

1.2.41.2.41.2.41.2.4 CattleCattleCattleCattle FeedFeedFeedFeed FactoryFactoryFactoryFactory ,,,, KanjariKanjariKanjariKanjari

This plant came up in 1964 around 10 Kms away from Anand, can produceabout 1100 MT/day compounded balanced cattle feed. This plant has helpeda long way in animal feed management, and sustainable milk production.

1.2.51.2.51.2.51.2.5 AmulAmulAmulAmul SatelliteSatelliteSatelliteSatellite Dairy,Dairy,Dairy,Dairy, PunePunePunePune

To cater the liquid milk requirements in and around Pune, a plant atRajgurunagar having processing capacity of 150KL per day was purchased byAmul Dairy in the year 2003. Products handled in this plant are Liquid milk,Butter milk and Dahi.

1.2.61.2.61.2.61.2.6 AmulAmulAmulAmul MilkMilkMilkMilk PackingPackingPackingPacking Plants,Plants,Plants,Plants, KolkataKolkataKolkataKolkata

In order to cater liquid milk requirements of Kolkata, three dairies in Kolkatapack about 8 LLPD, 25 Tons of Dahi per day, 15000 liters each of Ice Creamand Sterilized Flavored Milk for Amul Dairy. Anand pattern is beingimplemented for procurement of milk from local farmers

1.2.71.2.71.2.71.2.7 AmulAmulAmulAmul MilkMilkMilkMilk PackingPackingPackingPacking Plants,Plants,Plants,Plants, MumbaiMumbaiMumbaiMumbai

In order to cater liquid milk requirements of Mumbai, a installed new 6 LLPDdairy plant and put in operation in 2013 having processing capacity of 6 LLPD


77

expandable to 10 LLPD. Products handled in this plant are Liquid milk, Buttermilk, Dahi and Ice cream.

1.2.81.2.81.2.81.2.8 AmulAmulAmulAmul ResearchResearchResearchResearch andandandand DevelopmentDevelopmentDevelopmentDevelopment AssociationAssociationAssociationAssociation ARDA,ARDA,ARDA,ARDA, OdeOdeOdeOde

To provide quality semen and to carry out artificial insemination at villagelevel, with headquarters at Anand, semen station at Ode was established in1980which is 15 Kms away from Anand. The Centre has all facilities tomaintain bulls, semen collection, processing, packing and storage and fordistribution to member producers.

1.2.91.2.91.2.91.2.9 SikkimSikkimSikkimSikkim DairyDairyDairyDairy ProductsProductsProductsProducts Limited,Limited,Limited,Limited, GangtokGangtokGangtokGangtok

Amul Dairy in collaboration with State Government of Sikkim has initiatedcollection of milk from local farmers to manufacture specialty cheeses. Theoperations of this dairy has been taken over by Amul in order to improve theeconomic conditions and livelihood of local farmers having one or two cowsdeliver milk to the dairy.

1.2.101.2.101.2.101.2.10 AmulAmulAmulAmul FeedFeedFeedFeed Plant,Plant,Plant,Plant, KapadivavKapadivavKapadivavKapadivav

This Feed plant came up in 2015 around 60 Kms away from Anand, canproduce about 1000 MT/day expandable to 2000 MT/day balanced cattle feed.This plant has helped a long way in animal feed management, andsustainable milk production.


78

2222 1.31.31.31.3 BroadBroadBroadBroad PlanPlanPlanPlan andandandand Capacities:Capacities:Capacities:Capacities:

PackPackPackPack 1.A1.A1.A1.A

1.3.11.3.11.3.11.3.1 ChocolateChocolateChocolateChocolate ProcessingProcessingProcessingProcessing Line(CapacityLine(CapacityLine(CapacityLine(Capacity :::: 1500150015001500 Kg/Hr)Kg/Hr)Kg/Hr)Kg/Hr)

The new proposed fully automatic and energy efficient 1500 KGPHChocolate Processing Plant at Kaira District co-operative Milk producers’Union Ltd (Amul Dairy , Food Complex, Mogar) for 20 hrs operation.

The Following features shall be considered in the design.

1) The chocolate Process line should be designed for Milk , Dark and ExtraDark Chocolates.

2) The Chocolate Processing line shall have a Bag Dumping Station,Continuous Melter/Batch Melter (Cocoa butter and Cocoa mass), Storagetanks for cocoa butter and cocoa liquor.Dry ingredient buffer silos,Continuous Mixers or Batch Mixer, 3-stage refiner or pre-refiner, refiner,vibrating sieve with magnet and exit hopper.Conch 2nos.,Filter with magnetictrap, Storage Tanks, Buffer Tank, Tempering Machine, inclusion mixer,melting unit with separation of the inclusion for chocolate recovery.

3) Continuous Heating and Cooling Facility to maintain the required ProductTemperature.

4) All pumps Should be jacketed to maintain Product temperature anddriven by variable frequency drive.

5) All the chocolate buffer Tanks are SS 304 jacketed, stirring, thermalinsulation, load cells level sensor, vibrating fork and accessible throughmanhole on the top where the operator can go with safe stairs and walkways.

6) The Chocolate Processing Line should be able to operate for 20 hourscontinuous.

7) Pigging system should be considered for piping where product will flow.


79

PackPackPackPack 1.B1.B1.B1.B

1.3.21.3.21.3.21.3.2 ChocolateChocolateChocolateChocolate DropDropDropDrop LineLineLineLine (Capacity(Capacity(Capacity(Capacity :::: 800800800800 kg/hrkg/hrkg/hrkg/hr @@@@ 5555 gm)gm)gm)gm)

The Chocolate Drop Line should be designed to produce 0.125 to 5 gmchocolate drops both compound and pure chocolate.

The scope start after 10 KL chocolate storage tanks to packing machine.

This line should consist of a Buffer Tank, Tempering machine, pistondepositor, cooling tunnel with intermittent motion plastic food grade feedbelt, with a lifting device, on which the chocolate is deposited, Dischargeconveyor, packing machine.


1) Capacity for 5 gm drops should be 800 kg /hr. The same machine shouldalso be able to produce drops of 0.125 gm at up to 380 kg/hr.

2) Continuous Heating and Cooling Facility should be provided to maintainthe required Product Temperature.

3) The Chocolate Chips Line should be able to operate for 20 hourscontinuous.


80

PackPackPackPack 2.2.2.2.

1.3.31.3.31.3.31.3.3 ChocolateChocolateChocolateChocolate MouldingMouldingMouldingMoulding andandandand PackagingPackagingPackagingPackaging Line,Line,Line,Line, Capacity:1500Capacity:1500Capacity:1500Capacity:1500Kg/HrKg/HrKg/HrKg/Hr (((( 20202020 HrsHrsHrsHrs Operation)Operation)Operation)Operation)

The new proposed fully automatic , energy efficient chocolate moulding andPackaging Line at Food Complex, Mogar.Kaira District Co-operative MilkProducer’s Union Ltd, Anand-388001.Plant Capacity : 1500 Kg/H.r

The chocolate Moulding and Packaging Machine should be designed toproduce 1500 Kg chocolate per hour.

The scope includes the Moulding Line , Cooling Tunnel, Cartoning Machineand Finish product storage in cold room.

PLC based fully automated Moulding and Packaging line is to be considered.


1) The chocolate Moulding and packaging line should be designed forChocolates with or without inclusions.

2) The Chocolate Moulding and Packaging Line should have Mould Transportline, Mould Heating and Surface cleaning station, Depositor, Vibratingstation, Cooling tunnel, Mould Twisting station, De-Moulding station,Metal Detector, On line check weigher, Hi-Speed Row Distribution system,Servo feeding line, Flow wrapper, Automatic feeding system for toCartoning Machine, End load (Secondary) Cartoning Machine withRobotics system (Optional),CBX with Tapping.

3) Continuous Heating and Cooling Facility should be provided to maintainthe required Product Temperature.

4) All pumps and product pipes should be jacketed to maintain producttemperature and pump should be driven by variable frequency drive.

5) The Chocolate Moulding and Packaging Line should be able to operate for20 hours continuous.


81

SECTIONSECTIONSECTIONSECTION –––– VVVVSUBSUBSUBSUB SECTIONSECTIONSECTIONSECTION –––– 2222

INSTRUCTIONSINSTRUCTIONSINSTRUCTIONSINSTRUCTIONS TOTOTOTO BIDDERSBIDDERSBIDDERSBIDDERS


82

2.2.2.2. InstructionsInstructionsInstructionsInstructions totototo BiddersBiddersBiddersBidders2.1. This Sub ‐ Section of the tender defines the way that bidders are required to

structure the presentation of the technical section of their bids.2.2. All technical data required by the tender is to be provided in the format given

in this Sub ‐ Section. If no format is given for any specific item the biddermay submit bid in their format.

2.3. Any bidder not following the required bid document structure of presentingtechnical data that is not in the required format is liable to be deemed nonresponsive.

BidBidBidBid StructureStructureStructureStructure ofofofof TechnicalTechnicalTechnicalTechnical Section.Section.Section.Section.2.4. The technical section of the bid is to be structured in the same order as

Tender Document. Each statement is to be numbered with the sameSub‐section and paragraph number as in the Tender Document. Every pageof the technical section of the bid is to be numbered. Section number is alsoindicated in every page. The general structure, therefore, is to be as follows:

SubSubSubSub SectionSectionSectionSection SubjectSubjectSubjectSubject

1 Introduction

2 Instruction to Bidders

3 Design Basis

4 Responsibilities

5 Project Management

6Scope of Supply and Technical Specification(Tender Packages)

7 Battery Limits

8 Deviations from Technical Requirements

9 Optional & Additional Items

10 Drawings and Documentation

11 Criteria for Technical Evaluation of Bid

12 Process Performance and Consumption Guarantee

13 Requirement for Bidder Meeting


83

2.5. The bidder is to cover each requirement of the Tender Document bystatements, technical data and descriptive material and, in particular todetail the following:

SUB-SECTION:SUB-SECTION:SUB-SECTION:SUB-SECTION: 1:1:1:1: IntroductionIntroductionIntroductionIntroduction

The bidder is to describe his technical proposal in details, stating theprocesses and systems, which he has, applies in designing the plant. Alsoto highlight any special technical innovations that the bidder proposes toinclude in the plant that will improve the performance, reduce operatingcost or improve product quality. The “Preamble” should commence at thestart of the process and work logically through the process. Any suchhighlights should be cross‐referenced with the Bid sub-Section andparagraph number to which they apply.

SUB-SECTION:SUB-SECTION:SUB-SECTION:SUB-SECTION: 3:3:3:3: BasisBasisBasisBasis ofofofof DesignDesignDesignDesign

The bidder is required to follow the Basic of Design in the tender, andindicate clearly where additional processes or alternative processes ofequipment are considered to be necessary or desirable to achieve optimumplant operation efficiency, optimum product quality within the standardsspecified, and optimum plant operation convenience. Under the utilitiessections quantified the peak and daily loads of each utility andcross‐reference this two service load histogram data to be provided with thisbid. All calculation used to determine the capacity of equipment / system tobe attached along with histogram.

SUB-SECTION:SUB-SECTION:SUB-SECTION:SUB-SECTION: 4:4:4:4: ResponsibilitiesResponsibilitiesResponsibilitiesResponsibilities

Responsibilities of the BidderThe bidder is required to specifically state his acceptance of non‐acceptanceof each clause in this sub‐section. Non‐acceptance shall be deemed adeviation from the tender and should be mentioned in deviations, Sub ‐

Section 8.Responsibilities of ClientThe bidder is required to state here any additional responsibilities that heconsider are to be borne by Client besides those described in the tender.

SUB-SECTION:SUB-SECTION:SUB-SECTION:SUB-SECTION: 5:5:5:5: ProjectProjectProjectProject ManagementManagementManagementManagement

Time Schedule

The bidder is to state in this subsection the proposed programme ofimplementation from receipt of order to commencement of product trials, tobe provided as per Sub ‐ Section 10.


84

Management TeamThe bidder is to detail the make‐up of the management team in terms ofdesignation, accordance with this Sub ‐ Section of the tender. Also toquantify the support that will be given by foreign collaborators, withdesignation and man months of attendance in India and at site. This bidderis to ensure that the following Sub ‐ Sections are fully detained and quantifythe duration and manpower supplied to each.

• Commissioning• Product trials• Training

SUB-SECTION:SUB-SECTION:SUB-SECTION:SUB-SECTION: 6666: ScopeScopeScopeScope ofofofof SupplySupplySupplySupply &&&& TechTechTechTech SpecificationSpecificationSpecificationSpecification (Tender(Tender(Tender(TenderPackage)Package)Package)Package)

The bidder is required to follow the sequence of the tender Document and tomake a statement on each paragraph. Do not leave any item without aclarify statement.

SUB-SECTION:SUB-SECTION:SUB-SECTION:SUB-SECTION: 7:7:7:7: BatteryBatteryBatteryBattery LimitsLimitsLimitsLimitsBattery limits for the plant are mentioned in this sub‐Section.

SUB-SECTION:SUB-SECTION:SUB-SECTION:SUB-SECTION: 8:8:8:8: DeviationsDeviationsDeviationsDeviations

All technical deviations are to be stated. This is mandatory, and failures tocomply with make the bid liable to be deemed non‐responsive

SUB-SECTION:SUB-SECTION:SUB-SECTION:SUB-SECTION: 9:9:9:9: OptionalOptionalOptionalOptional ItemItemItemItem

Items that the bidder includes in this Sub ‐ Section that are considered byevaluation team to be essential to the satisfactory operation of the plant,shall be included in the commercial evaluation of the bid.

SUB-SECTION:SUB-SECTION:SUB-SECTION:SUB-SECTION: 10:10:10:10: DDDDrawrawrawrawing,ing,ing,ing, DataDataDataData &&&& Doc.Doc.Doc.Doc.The list of drawings and technical documents required for technicalevaluation is included in Sub ‐ Section 10. These include a number of datasheet formats to be completed by the bidder. The completion of this formatis mandatory, and failure to comply will make the bid liable to be deemednon‐responsive.


85


DESIGNDESIGNDESIGNDESIGN BASIS(PACK:1)BASIS(PACK:1)BASIS(PACK:1)BASIS(PACK:1)


86

3.3.3.3. FunctionalFunctionalFunctionalFunctional RequirementRequirementRequirementRequirement

This plant will be used for to manufacture two different types of Chocolates Milkand Dark with different pack sizes with inclusions up to 20% at maximum size of10mm and minimum 25 % fat.

3.13.13.13.1 BriefBriefBriefBrief descriptiondescriptiondescriptiondescription andandandand DesignDesignDesignDesign BasisBasisBasisBasis ofofofof ChocolateChocolateChocolateChocolate ProcessingProcessingProcessingProcessing &&&&DropDropDropDrop Line:Line:Line:Line:

A)A)A)A)New 1500 KGPH chocolate processing line to be installed at Food Complex,Mogar, Amul dairy, Anand.

The chocolate Process line should be designed for Milk , Dark and Extra DarkChocolates.

Fully automatic PLC based SCADA operated 1500 KG/HR Chocolate ProcessingLine shall be design for manufacturing Milk and Dark Chocolate. The ChocolateProcessing Line consists of continuous and batch melter, facility for unloadingcocoa mass and butter received through tanker, continuous or batch mixer,chocolate buffer tanks, heating and chilling modules, pre-refiner, continuous10 roll refiner with ball mill or refiner, conch, chocolate storage tanks, De-crystallizer tempering machine, inclusion mixer, CIP system, rework throughmelting unit with separation of the inclusion for chocolate recovery. All requiredtransfer pumps and lines with required heating systems.All pumps and agitatorshould be driven by VFD, tanks, electrical and automation to be included.

Continuous Heating and Cooling Facility should be provided to maintain therequired Product Temperature.

All the chocolate buffer Tanks are SS 304 jacketed, stirring, thermalinsulation, load cells level sensor, vibrating fork and accessible through manholeon the top where the operator can go with safe stairs and walkways.

The Plant shall be automated and controlled by SCADA.

Capacity : 1500 KG / HR.

Type of Chocolate : Milk, Dark and Extra-dark.

Pigging system should be considered for piping where different liquid productswill flow through, to ensure good product separation at every change over ofproduct.

ForForForFor aaaa processprocessprocessprocess havinghavinghavinghaving aaaa continuouscontinuouscontinuouscontinuous mixer,mixer,mixer,mixer, aaaa 1111 shiftshiftshiftshift (8(8(8(8 hours)hours)hours)hours) operationoperationoperationoperationshouldshouldshouldshould bebebebe consideredconsideredconsideredconsidered forforforfor thethethethe bagbagbagbag cuttingcuttingcuttingcutting stations,stations,stations,stations, meltermeltermeltermelter andandandand mixedmixedmixedmixedchocolatechocolatechocolatechocolate storagestoragestoragestorage tankstankstankstanks ifififif required,required,required,required, shouldshouldshouldshould bebebebe considered.considered.considered.considered.


87

Different varieties of chocolates are as follows:

For making these chocolates following Ingredients are used:

1 Cocoa Powder2 Sugar3 SMP4 LF Powder5 Cocoa Butter6 Cocoa liquor7 Lecithin-18 PGPR9 Flavour10 Inclusion (orange peel, crystals, almond grit, raisin etc.

MilkMilkMilkMilk ChocolateChocolateChocolateChocolate DarkDarkDarkDark ChocolateChocolateChocolateChocolate

PlainMilk Cracker Plain

DarkFruits& Nuts

TropicalOrange

MysticMocha

Bitter SugarFree

DropChocolate

35/40gm

35/40gm

35/40gm

35/40gm

35/40gm

35/40gm

35/40gm

35/40gm

0.1 gmto 5 gm

100/150gm

100/150 gm

100/150gm

100/150gm

100/150 gm

100/150gm

100/150gm

100/150gm

0.1 gmto 5 gm


88

3.23.23.23.2 Following are the design basis for handling the 1500 kg of chocolateproduction per hour in an automated plant. The required quantity ofingredients for the production capacity of 1500 kg/hr should be mixed are asfollows:

All samples can be collected and analyzed by bidder before quoting for theturnkey plant.

3.33.33.33.3 ProductionProductionProductionProduction ofofofof ChocolateChocolateChocolateChocolate

The Basic ingredients required for chocolate manufactures are cocoa liquor,cocoa butter, sugar and other sweeteners. Cocoa butter substitutes orreplace milk powder, emulsifier & other flavors.

CocoaCocoaCocoaCocoa LiquorLiquorLiquorLiquor: Cocoa Liquor is produced after grinding the cocoa nib whichis obtained by cleaning, roasting & winnowing of sound cocoa bean.

CocoaCocoaCocoaCocoa Butter:Butter:Butter:Butter: Cocoa butter is the natural fat of the cocoa bean & obtainedfrom the well winnowed cocoa nib by hydraulic pressing.

Sugar:Sugar:Sugar:Sugar: High grade sugar crystal up to 2 mm shall be used in manufacturingchocolate. It must be dry and free from invert sugar. Color is less important.

Sr.No. Ingredients Milk Chocolate Dark ChocolatePlainMilk Cracker Plain

DarkFruits& Nuts

TropicalOrange

MysticMocha Bitter Sugar

Free150gm

150gm

150gm

150gm 150 gm 150 gm 150

gm150gm

1 CocoaPowder 0 0.0 13.52 11.5 11.5 13.2 26.0 13.52

2 Sugar 45.3 38.5 43.6 36.9 36.9 42.7 25.0 43.6

3 SMP 0 0.0 0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0

4 LF Powder 22.8 19.4 0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0

5 CocoaButter 24.4 20.7 18.2 15.4 15.4 17.8 15.0 18.2

6 Cocoaliquor 9.4 8.0 25.3 21.4 21.4 24.8 33.0 25.3

7 Lecithin-1 0.46 0.4 0.46 0.4 0.4 0.5 0.5 0.46

8 PGPR 0.14 0.1 0.14 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.14

9 Flavour 0.33 0.3 0.33 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.33

10 Inclusion 0 15 0 14.0 14.0 2 0 0


89

Non-sugar substances such as maltitol (malti sorb) are used as sweeteners indietetic / sugar free chocolate.

MilkMilkMilkMilk Product:Product:Product:Product: Whole milk powder and non fat milk powder is primarily milkproduct used.

Emulsifier:Emulsifier:Emulsifier:Emulsifier: The most popular emulsifier is lecithin, PGPRPGPRPGPRPGPR used to reduceviscosity and save cocoa butter.

FlavorsFlavorsFlavorsFlavors: Some of the flavors in chocolate we are using cocoa flavor, vanillaicy, Strawberry, condensed milk.

Lecithin:Lecithin:Lecithin:Lecithin: It is an emulsifier used as surface active agent. In chocolate it isadded to reduce viscosity, save cocoa butter. It is produced from Soya beanprocess.

3.43.43.43.4 ProductionProductionProductionProduction ofofofof ChocolateChocolateChocolateChocolate MassMassMassMass

ContinuousContinuousContinuousContinuous MeltersMeltersMeltersMelters :::: Melters Required for Cocoa Mass Blocks. The feedingis manual and the exit is by overflow of the melted product by pump. It isnecessary to have a regular feeding of the melter.

It should have Following Features :

All stainless steel AISI 304

Should be CIP enabled.

High capacity in a compact footprint

Great efficiency from the combination of the mechanical and thermal energyto the melting job.

The product is closed in the machine and protected from possibleenvironment contamination.

Ergonomic position for the operator that feeds the machine.

Possibility to keep the unpacking job in a separate room for hygiene reasons(the feeding is made with a special OPTIONAL feeding chute a couple ofmeters long)

Required unloading and unpacking platform in SS 304 along with conveyorneeds to be provided as per design condition.

Complete thermal insulation.

It is possible to completely empty the machine when the melting job isfinished.

The required heating system along with temperature controls to be provided.


90

There is a double filter at the product exit to catch possible foreign bodies(typical problem are the small pieces of plastic bags from the productpackaging)

The product is to be transferred to the 2 X 20 KL storage tanks with requiredpumps, heating, stirring, agitation, scraping, nitrogen flushing withautomation as per the process needs.

BatchBatchBatchBatch MelterMelterMelterMelter :::: Batch melter suitable for Cocoa butter Blocks. The feeding ismanual and the exit is by pump located at bottom equipped with filter withmagnet.

It consists of vertical / cylindrical, double jacketed SS 304 tank with hotwater / steam circulation system with complete thermal insulation andtemperature control.

A stirrer to be provided at the base of the melter to ensure complete melting.

Tank should be equipped with temperature transmitter, level probe for Hi-Low level, level transmitter and product discharge valve.

Required heating system, independent or centralized, with temperature andflow control to be provided.

The product is to be transferred to the 2 X 20 KL storage tanks with requiredpumps, heating, stirring, agitation, scraping, nitrogen flushing withautomation as per the process needs.

LevelLevelLevelLevel sensors:sensors:sensors:sensors: (a) level sensor in the melting tank as max alarm level and(b) level sensor in the exit piping to start-stop the variable frequency driven(VFD) pump that transfers the product to the downstream buffer tank withCIP Facility.

BagBagBagBag CuttingCuttingCuttingCutting StationStationStationStation :::: It has 4 nos. Cutting station for Sugar, Milk Powder,Cocoa Powder etc and transport system to the buffer hoppers, along withcontrols. Required platforms for easy operation needs to be considered. Theproducts will be transferred to the required capacity silos for individualproducts. The product can be conveyed pneumatically or through vacuum tothe silos through required diverter valve. The necessary filters / dustextraction systems needs to be provided. The silos need to be provided withvibrator or bin activators along with the rotary valve at the exit. Based on thebatching system individual products may be transferred either through screwconveyors or gravity based on design. The required level control for silos tobe provided along with dust extraction systems. The capacities of the silos tobe decided by bidder based on the plant capacity.

LecithinLecithinLecithinLecithin storagestoragestoragestorage tank:tank:tank:tank: suitable for storage of lecithin including transferpumps and lines to the mixer & conch. Tank should be equipped withappropriate agitator, level sensor / load cells and flow meter.


91

ContinuousContinuousContinuousContinuous Mixer:Mixer:Mixer:Mixer: Used to evenly dose and mix the liquid and solidingredients that are in the recipes. The system should consist of an innercradle container fitted with an inner horizontal stirrer with the dual function ofmixing and moving the product.

The ingredients are dosed simultaneously and continuously with greataccuracy, according to their physical characteristics, with designatedsystems that are located on load cells or on precision volumetric counters.

The sugar, cocoa liquor, cocoa powder, cocoa butter or other fats with milkpowder are mixed to produce paste, in a fully automatic mode, of a roughtexture with a consistency of plastic. The paste is consist of minimum 30%fat.

The required heating and transfer pumps should be provided.

OROROROR

BatchBatchBatchBatch MixerMixerMixerMixer :::: The mixer should be composed of mixer, mechanicalweighing equipment with load cells and the extracting screw conveyor

Designed to mix the chocolate masses of solid ingredients and liquidingredients. It is a horizontal or vertical structure, double - walled for hotwater heating. An opening for loading of solid ingredients flanged for fixing ofthe lid is provide in the upper part of the mixer while the suitable connectionfor the liquid product feeding piping are provided at the sides .The product isdischarged through an electro-pneumatically control flat gate valve with sashclosing movement plug. The gate valve is opened for instantaneousnessdischarging of the product into a holding hopper placed below the mixer. Onesteel lid with, on opening for fixing of the solid ingredients load hopper andon the other side, a hinged door providing access for cleaning and a second ,smaller hinged door for the introduction of lecithin.

Mechanical weighing equipment with four load cells which transmit the weightinformation to the dosing system.

Double- walled hopper suitable for hot water heating to be mounted on thelower flange of the product discharge gate valve.Extracting screw conveyorwith gear motor drive to feed the product from the mixer to Pre -refiner feedhopper.

The required heating / cooling and transfer pump should be provided. Shouldbe CIP enabled.

IntermediateIntermediateIntermediateIntermediate bufferbufferbufferbuffer tanks:tanks:tanks:tanks: 2 tanks of 14 KL capacity each. Suitablesolution to be provided which avoids separation of heavier and lightermaterials. Should be equipped with insulated, heated, CIP enabled,required instrumentation for levels and temperature and required unloadingpumps.


92

Pre-Refiner:Pre-Refiner:Pre-Refiner:Pre-Refiner: After the mixing of all row materials, the mixed mass comes inpre-refiner where it reduce the particle size suitable to refiner (120-220micron ).The working cycle is fully automatic. For feeding the mass to refinereither conveyor or horizontal and vertical screw conveyor to refiner hopper .Aload cell system with max/min level signal in PLC panel with opening of thefeeding hopper. The machine is equipped with dry run control system andregulating the gap between the roller system. Both the gap is Equipped withthe protection system against the overload of extraneous matter. Rolls arecooled by cold water and is regulated by PLC Product is discharged to thescrew feeding conveyor to Refiner by pneumatical controlled tapping blade asper roller

The control system consists of PLC with touch screen operator panel.Through the operator interface it should store and display all workingparameter. Bidder should consider the particle of sugar for feeding and forPre refiner of 2 mm.

The required heating / cooling should be provided.

TwoTwoTwoTwo ScrewScrewScrewScrew Conveyors:Conveyors:Conveyors:Conveyors: Two jacketed screw conveyors, one vertical andone horizontal conveyor to transfer the chocolate mass from the pre refinerto the Refiner with inbuilt heating system.

AutomaticAutomaticAutomaticAutomatic FiveFiveFiveFive rollsrollsrollsrolls Refiner:Refiner:Refiner:Refiner: The working cycle is fully automatic andPLC controlled. The machine consist of feed hopper, with five roll refiner withthe discharge hopper. Bar magnet is required to trap the blades particlecoming out while operation. The product is received from the conveyor beltor screw conveyors to the machine feed hopper. The refined product isscraped from the upper cylinder pneumatically controlled tapping blade anddischarged onto a conveyor belt to be carried to the next conching process.The output product should be an average particle size distribution of less then20 micron. The work parameter can be set manually. The drive system iselectro mechanical for the main movement of cylinder rotation, pneumaticfor movement of the scrapper blade, shoulders, feed hopper shield and itstranslation, electro-hydraulic for the regulation pressure system betweencylinders and for belts tensioning.

The product is loaded from above by conveyor belt or screw conveyor intothe automatic feed hopper, with a pneumatically controlled bottom shield.The width of the shield opening is regulated by the laser probes. The Hopperand all product contact part are stainless steel. The hoper is anchored to theRefiner by means of two horizontal slides rods that allow it to be moved forcleaning and maintenance. Hopper should be equipped with load cell withmaximum and minimum level signal.

The product is fed between the cylinders by the automatic opening of the feedhopper. The feed cylinder should be equipped with lateral shoulder to holdthe product. The dry run control system is by two probes which control the


93

distribution of the product on the third cylinder. Level sensor in the betweenthe first and second roller to avoid the machine running without product.

The discharge should be equipped tilting discharge hopper for easy access tothe rear of the machine for cleaning

The Cylinder are cool down by cold water and controlled and regulated byPLC .

Overload safety devices between the first and the second cylinders

The machine noise level should be less then 80 dBA

The required heating / cooling should be provided.

The fineness distribution curve (20 micron) will be provided by the bidder.

SteelSteelSteelSteel BeltBeltBeltBelt ConveyorsConveyorsConveyorsConveyors :::: Steel belt conveyor horizontal and inclined with SSstructure, side guards and bottom trays to convey the refined mass fromRefiner to the conch with the 2 nos. pneumatic scraping station to disposethe refined powder to the conch. Ends are suitable with the riveting,preferable endless joints.

OROROROR

ContinuousContinuousContinuousContinuous Refiner:Refiner:Refiner:Refiner: It is Ten roll refiner followed by the ball mill . PreRefiner mixes the ingredients thoroughly and makes lumps of chocolate masshaving particle size 150 to 500 microns. The same is conveyed to refiner(minimum Ten roll refiner). In this refiner makes chocolate mass havingparticle size approx. 20 microns after the ball mill. The same is conveyedthrough lobe pump to rotary conche. The fineness distribution curve (20micron) will be provided by the bidder.

The refiner consisting of Ten roll mounted vertically pressure exerted willensure that a film of chocolate of even thickness is spread over the entireinner body surface. Due to the absence of relative velocity between the rollsand the rolls being rotated about the central axis (free to rotate about theirown axis), shearing action is avoided.

The entire process should be in liquid state, with some attention required tothe recipes about the fat content. This means good quality refining withreduced energy usage.

The whole process should be completely closed for safety and hygiene.

The required heating / cooling should be provided with auto controls.

PGPRPGPRPGPRPGPR storagestoragestoragestorage tank:tank:tank:tank: Suitable for storage of PGPR including transfer pumpsand lines to the conch. Tank should be equipped with appropriate agitator,level sensor / load cells , flow meter and dosing pump.


94

ConchConchConchConch:::: The refined chocolate, that comes from the refining system,through the pump / steel belt conveyor, supplies the conche, where theshaft rotates, immediately starting the process. The machine is to beinstalled on load cells to control the introduced quantity, so that, once theset value is reached, the arriving feeding flow is switched to the next conche.At a certain point the re-circulation system in the tower starts, here thechocolate is distributed on the surface and descends in a thin layer, while anupward current of air facilitates evaporation.

This process, carried out at a temperature that is possibly higher comparedto the mass contained in the conch, and for a relatively short time, brings asignificant contribution to the good execution of the process.

Containers specially made for the last ingredients, like emulsifiers and aromas,should allow for their addition with the automatic opening of the respectivevalve at the specific moment required by the recipe.

After the conch filter with magnet trap should be provided before storagetanks to avoid metal and foreign material.The necessary pumps to transferto the product to the storage tanks are to be included.

ChocolateChocolateChocolateChocolate StorageStorageStorageStorage tanks:tanks:tanks:tanks: Storage tanks are there to store differentchocolate mass. There are 5 nos. such tanks having capacity of 10000 kgeach, with necessary controls, instrumentation, pumps and automatic valvesto transfer the mass to the tempering machine. The appropriate heating,stirring, agitation and / or scraping arrangements are to be provided.

TemperingTemperingTemperingTempering Machine:Machine:Machine:Machine: The purpose of the tempering machine is to createstable Beta V crystals in the chocolate mass and to ensure perfect gloss,long shelf life, crispy break and good contraction of the final chocolateproduct. The technology should allow the machine to run with up to 20degrees Celsius cooling water. The output temperature of the tempered massshould be increased (by up 2 to 3 degrees Celsius). Machine Should have asuper efficient insulation technology to create distinct temperature separationbetween cooling and heating zones. The machine should have a hygienicdesign, stainless steel cabinet and frame, as well as reduced startup time.The output temperature of the product is to be set, by entering the masstype and fat content. The machine should have the ability to automaticallyachieve this desired output temperature. It should have inbuilt refrigerationsystem require for tempering of the chocolate mass. The required transfersystem to the continuous mixer for inclusions should be provided.

ContinuousContinuousContinuousContinuous MixerMixerMixerMixer (For(For(For(For Inclusion)Inclusion)Inclusion)Inclusion):::: The mixer should be suitable formixing of chocolate temper mass and the inclusions. This uniformly mixedmass will feed to the depositor. Used to evenly doze and mix the liquid andsolid ingredients that are in the recipes. The system consists of an innercradle container fitted with an inner horizontal stirrer with the dual function ofmixing and moving the product.


95

The ingredients are dosed simultaneously and continuously with greataccuracy, according to their physical characteristics, with designated systemsthat are located on load cells or on precision volumetric counters. Heating, ifnecessary, should be provided. Product transfer to the hopper for thedepositor should be provided.

The level sensors for the depositor hopper should be provided by the bidderto maintain a constant level in the hopper by appropriate signal exchange.

MeltingMeltingMeltingMelting unitunitunitunit forforforfor chocolatechocolatechocolatechocolate recovery:recovery:recovery:recovery: Used to recover chocolate waste.Should be equipped with own electrical and operational panel andtemperature controller system for the water. The waste is introduced to thehopper to crusher that feeds a melter which is water heated. The chocolateshould come out perfectly melted at a temperature that allows it to be reusedstraight away. The machine should also be suitable for melting chocolatedrops. Should include a sieve to separate inclusions. Fully hygienic designshould be considered.

CIPCIPCIPCIP systemsystemsystemsystem //// cleaningcleaningcleaningcleaning

The following equipment is to be CIP / cleaned:

• Continuous Melter

• Static Melter

• Tanks

• Refiners

• Conch

• Tempering Machine

Cleaning system should be equipped with supply tanks, return tanks, pumps,fat tanks, High pressure pump, valves and different sizes and types of spraynozzles suitable for cleaning of said equipment. The necessaryinstrumentation, electrical instrumentation and controls as well as requiredheating systems should be considered. Detailed description should beprovided by the bidder.

B)B)B)B) ChocolateChocolateChocolateChocolate dropsdropsdropsdrops line:line:line:line: The 800 kg/hr (for 5 gm) line should consist of achocolate buffer tank, tempering machine, piston depositor, an intermittentmotion plastic food grade feed belt, with a lifting device, on which thechocolate is deposited, and a cooling tunnel, discharge conveyor, packingmachine.

Should include suitable independent tempering machine and de crystallizingcircuit, including buffer tank. The cooling system needs to be provided forthe tempering machine and drops line.


96

Production capacity to be specified by bidder according to the drop size.

Drop size range: 0.125 gm – 5 gm

Capacity for 5 gm drops should be 800 kg /hr. The same machine should alsobe able to produce drops of 0.125 gm at up to 380 kg/hr.

TemperingTemperingTemperingTempering Machine:Machine:Machine:Machine: The purpose of the tempering machine is to createstable Beta V crystals in the chocolate mass and to ensure perfect gloss,long shelf life, crispy break and good contraction of the final chocolateproduct. The technology should allow the machine to run with up to 20degrees Celsius cooling water. The output temperature of the tempered massshould be increased (by up 2 to 3 degrees Celsius). Machine Should have asuper efficient insulation technology to create distinct temperature separationbetween cooling and heating zones. The machine should have a hygienicdesign, stainless steel cabinet and frame, as well as reduced startup time.The output temperature of the product is to be set, by entering the masstype and fat content. The machine should have the ability to automaticallyachieve this desired output temperature. It should have inbuilt refrigerationsystem require for tempering of the chocolate mass.

PistonPistonPistonPiston Depositor:Depositor:Depositor:Depositor:The depositor should be located upstream of the line,controlled by brushless drives which can vary the weight of the drops byaccurately acting on the stroke of the pumping pistons. It should be mountedon a special removable frame which facilitates cleaning operations. To obtainthe desired level of the drops on the belt, there should be an adjustablevibrating floor in the lower part of the casting area.

CoolingCoolingCoolingCooling Tunnel:Tunnel:Tunnel:Tunnel: cooling tunnel should be design for easy cleaning,automatic bend tracking, air flow, insulation and cooling cover suitable tomaintain the required temperature across the entire band width.

DischargeDischargeDischargeDischarge Conveyor:Conveyor:Conveyor:Conveyor: At the end of the cooling tunnel belt shall havesystem to remove the product from the belt and feed to the dischargeconveyor.

PackingPackingPackingPacking Machine:Machine:Machine:Machine: The product from discharge conveyor feed to the packingmachine hopper.The machine should be FFS type fully automatic and suitableto pack 5 kg bag.The machine should have in built weigh system,controlmechanism,operated through in built HMI panel.


97

PackPackPackPack 1.A1.A1.A1.A ChocolateChocolateChocolateChocolate ProcessProcessProcessProcess FlowFlowFlowFlow ChartChartChartChart forforforfor CCCContinuousontinuousontinuousontinuous ProcessProcessProcessProcess

Storage Tanks- 5 nos.

To DepositorHopper

Sugar BagCutting Station

(1500 kg/hr)

Cocoa Butter StorageTank x 2 Nos.

ContinuousMixer

3 Stage Refiner:

1. 2 Roll Horizontal

2. 10 Roll Vertical

3.Ball Mill

Buffer Tank

Chocolate Buffer

Tank – 14 KL X 2

Cocoa PowderCutting Station

(1000 kg/hr)

Milk PowderCutting Station

(1000 kg/hr)

Blocks (15 kg & 25 kg)

Sugar BufferHopper

Cocoa PowderBuffer Hopper

Milk PowderBuffer Hopper

Cocoa Butter

Static Melter

Cocoa MassContinuousMelter

Vibrating Sieve withMagnet trap andexit Hopper

PGPR Tank

From Tanker

15 KL to 20 KL

From Tanker

15 KL to 20 KL

Cocoa Mass StorageTank x 2 Nos.

Lecithin Tank

Conch 1 Conch 2

Chocolate Buffer Tank

Tempering Machine

Inclusion Mixer

De-Crystallizer

Rework Melter

Inclusion

Filter with Magnet Trap


98

PackPackPackPack 1.A1.A1.A1.A ChocolateChocolateChocolateChocolate ProcessProcessProcessProcess FlowFlowFlowFlow ChartChartChartChart forforforfor BatchBatchBatchBatch TypeTypeTypeType

Storage Tanks- 5 nos.

To DepositorHopper

Sugar BagCutting Station

(1500 kg/hr)

Cocoa Butter StorageTank x 2 Nos.

Batch Mixer

Buffer Tank

Cocoa PowderCutting Station

(1000 kg/hr)

Milk PowderCutting Station

(1000 kg/hr)

Blocks (15 kg & 25 kg)

Sugar BufferHopper

Cocoa PowderBuffer Hopper

Milk PowderBuffer Hopper

Cocoa Butter

Static Melter

Cocoa MassContinuousMelter

PGPR Tank

From Tanker

15 KL to 20 KL

From Tanker

15 KL to 20 KL

Cocoa Mass StorageTank x 2 Nos.

Lecithin Tank

Conch 1 Conch 2


Tempering Machine

Inclusion Mixer

De-Crystallizer

Rework Melter

Inclusion

Pre-Refiner : 2 Roll

Refiner : 5 Roll

Filter with Magnet Trap


99

PackPackPackPack 1.B1.B1.B1.B ChocolateChocolateChocolateChocolate DropDropDropDrop LineLineLineLine ProcessProcessProcessProcess FlowFlowFlowFlow ChartChartChartChart ....

Chocolate StorageTanks- 5 nos.


Cooling Tunnel

Discharge Conveyor

Chocolate Tank forCompound Chocolate

Tempering Machine

Depositor

Chocolate Drops PkgMachine

De-Crystallizer

Rework Melter


100

DrawingDrawingDrawingDrawing No.1No.1No.1No.1


101



102



103



104



105



106

SECTIONSECTIONSECTIONSECTION –––– VVVVSUBSUBSUBSUB SECTIONSECTIONSECTIONSECTION –––– 4444RESPONSIBILITIESRESPONSIBILITIESRESPONSIBILITIESRESPONSIBILITIES


107

4.4.4.4. ResponsibilitiesResponsibilitiesResponsibilitiesResponsibilities

4.1.4.1.4.1.4.1. BidderBidderBidderBidder’’’’ssss ResponsibilitiesResponsibilitiesResponsibilitiesResponsibilities

4.1.1. Developing the process design, complete engineering design and ensuringbest performance of individual equipment/system, for which he shall availthe assistance of reputed specialists in their respective fields, whereverrequired.

4.1.2. Performance and suitability of the total system.4.1.3. Performance tests should be carried out by the bidder in the presence of and

to the satisfaction of Purchaser/Client's in‐charge.4.1.4. Execution of the project in accordance with the prevailing Indian Standards,

Indian Boiler Regulations, Indian Electricity Rules, Indian Explosives Act,Indian Factories ct, Indian Pollution Act and any other Acts. WhereverIndian Standards are not available the bidder shall follow InternationalStandards.

4.1.5. Arranging for approvals from various statutory authorities on behalf of theClient / Purchaser. The statutory fees shall be reimbursed by theClient/Purchaser on production of receipts.

4.1.6. Ensuring satisfactory performance and After‐Sales service of 'Bought‐Out'items included in the scope of supply.

4.1.7. First charge of oil, lubricants and consumables. "First charge” means thatthese items shall be replenished whenever and wherever required till thesuccessful completion of product trials and commissioning.

4.1.8. Test kits required for establishing performance parameters.4.1.9. Necessary manpower and tools.4.1.10. Performance guarantees with regard to the following:4.1.10.1.Rated performance of individual equipment and complete system(s).4.1.10.2. Product quality standards conforming to the prevailing Standards.4.1.10.3.Consumption of utilities for individual equipment and for the complete

system.4.1.10.4 Visual safety and operational requirement boards, indicators, markers

Bidder has to submit utility consumption date in separate sheet.

4.2.4.2.4.2.4.2. PurchaserPurchaserPurchaserPurchaser’’’’ssss ResponsibilitiesResponsibilitiesResponsibilitiesResponsibilities

4.2.1. Details of civil design, building layout and drainage and sewage details.4.2.2. Documents on local site conditions related to climate, access and

communications.4.2.3. Temporary water and power supply at one point within the plant premises

during erection. Water supply will be free of cost. However for temporarypower, the bidder shall pay actual charges against supporting bills, ifavailed. The bidder shall have option of making arrangements for temporarypower on its own.


108

4.2.4. Lighting and domestic wiring system and internal telephone system includingthe switch boards for lighting. Engineering personnel to liaison with thebidder, Project Manager and the execution team.

4.2.5. Permanent water and power supply at the time of pre‐commissioning of theplant.

4.2.6. Adequate staff including operators, supervisors and engineers for producttrials. However commission trials should be taken by bidders only.

4.2.7. All civil works including buildings, roads, cable trench, undergroundcondensate piping and drainage.

4.2.8. Provision of and cost of services, row products, packaging materials &chemicals.

4.2.9. Timely provision of personnel for training.4.2.10. Provide open storage area only and office space during erection and

commissioning of project. The bider need to arrange the office structure.4.2.11. Suitable Site fabrication yard4.2.12. Lighting distribution system in RMG and FPG and non‐plant areas.4.2.13. Telephone and fax on chargeable basis.4.2.14. Payment as per agreed terms and conditions.4.2.15. Approval of drawing within 10 days from date of submission and decision

withina week on any issue which will come up.

4.2.16. Project manager with team throughout the implementation.4.2.17. Lightening protection system & protection against rain.4.2.18. Readiness of Civil Building, clear civil fronts in all respects along with

necessary utilities within agreed schedule to enable commencement oferection activities to meet the overall completion schedule.

4.2.19. Availability of required quantity of row material for the designed product toconduct the first run of product trials at the rated plant capacity.


109


PROJECTPROJECTPROJECTPROJECT MANAGEMENTMANAGEMENTMANAGEMENTMANAGEMENT


110

5.5.5.5. ProjectProjectProjectProject ManagementManagementManagementManagement

5.1.5.1.5.1.5.1. TimeTimeTimeTime ScheduleScheduleScheduleSchedule5.1.1. The project execution shall be time‐ bound as per the mutually agreed time

schedule. A competent execution team shall be deputed at site and shall beheaded by a Project Engineer who shall be stationed at site and adequatelyexperienced in Project Management of such magnitude and type. The ProjectEngineer shall avail of assistance from reputed experts in various fields whoshall be directly responsible for satisfactory execution.

5.1.2. The project‐staffing pattern shall be submitted before commencement ofwork and should include sufficient personnel to meet the execution timeschedule.

5.2.5.2.5.2.5.2. ManagementManagementManagementManagement TeamTeamTeamTeam5.2.1. Project Manager who shall be adequately experienced in projects of similar

magnitude and type shall head a competent executive team. Reputedexperts in various fields who shall be responsible for satisfactory executionof the project shall assist the Project Manager. He shall be responsible foroverall implementation of the project, from commencement to final takeover of the plant.

5.2.2. A Project Engineer shall be appointed for day to day operation and co-ordination, and to ensure successful and satisfactory design, procurement,manufacture, inspection, erection, testing and commissioning of all theequipment/facilities/systems within the time bound schedule.

5.2.3. The Project Manager and Project Engineer shall attend technical and reviewmeeting between various parties involved in the project, and ensureimplementation of all decision taken in the meetings.

4.2.4. The Project Manager shall also be responsible for detailed materialaccounting at site and management of project materials and equipmentstored at site.

5.2.5. The Purchaser will nominate a Project Manger with whom the ProjectManager of the bidder shall communicate/co‐ordinate.

5.2.6. For smooth execution of the project, a team of Project Manager and KeyPersonnel shall remain consistent throughout the execution period.

5.2.7. The Project Manager shall be fully authorized to take on‐spot decision withregards to:• Modification in layout and execution programme to suit local condition.• To purchase essential materials from local market to avoid delays.

5.3.5.3.5.3.5.3. ApprovalApprovalApprovalApproval5.3.1. Purchaser shall give approval on technical documentation within 7 working

days after submission. Amendments, which are not in the original scope ofwork or due to changes in concept, shall be taken up by the bidder as per


111

mutually agreed rates to be decided before execution, and shall be bindingon the bidder.

5.3.2. Bidder shall obtain approval for purchase of specific makes of equipmentwhose makes are not mentioned in his offer. If two or more makes ofequipment are mentioned in the form of alternatives in the approved list ,the bidder shall select any one of the particular make from the approved listafter mutual discussions with the Purchaser.

5.4.5.4.5.4.5.4. InspectionInspectionInspectionInspection5.4.1. For indigenous items, the bidders shall invite Purchaser for inspection and

preliminary testing. Inspection may be required at various stages ofmanufacture/assembly for some items. The Purchaser will arrange tocomplete such inspection as maybe necessary along with clearance within areasonable time (7 days) from the date of intimation by the bidder.

5.4.2. For imported items, however, the bidder shall do the inspection at his costand submit the necessary test certificate wherever possible.

5.5.5.5.5.5.5.5. SiteSiteSiteSite WorkWorkWorkWork andandandand InstallationInstallationInstallationInstallation5.5.1. Protection of electronic equipment. It is the responsibility of the bidder to

ensure that all electronic equipment and control system shall be fullyprotected against hostile environment, humidity, heat and dust that will beencountered during storage and installation.

5.5.2. Temporary power supplies. Power supply at site is normally very stable, butthe bidder is responsible to ensure that delicate electronic equipment usedduring construction, such as welding machine, testing devices etc. areprotected against damage from mains supply. In the event of a major powerfailure in the system, it shall be the responsibility of the bidder to hire adiesel generator if this proves to be necessary.

5.6.5.6.5.6.5.6. CommissioningCommissioningCommissioningCommissioningAfter satisfactory erection and testing, a competent team shall be deputedto commission the plant and to run product trials and to establishperformance parameters.

5.7.5.7.5.7.5.7. ProductProductProductProduct TrialTrialTrialTrial andandandand PerformancePerformancePerformancePerformance GuaranteeGuaranteeGuaranteeGuarantee5.7.1. On completion of the Commissioning period, the plant will be operated at

full capacity to the satisfaction of the Project Authority for a period of 30days on the designed product.

5.7.2. If shut down occurs due to External Force Majeure reasons after 16 hours ofoperation in any day, this shall be considered as a full day of testing. If atless than 16 hours of operation, the trials shall be continued for anadditional full day.

5.7.3. Performance Guarantee: Performance and services consumption


112

Guarantees and the relevant penalties for not meeting the rated capacitiesand efficiencies are covered in the tender.

5.8.5.8.5.8.5.8. TrainingTrainingTrainingTraining5.8.1. Training pertaining to the use of the various process equipment in the plant

shall form an important component of Project Management.5.8.2. Training shall be undertaken by the bidder for a period of six weeks during

which the contractor should guide and train the staff of the client inoperating the plant equipment to achieve the optimum plant efficiency andproduct quality.

5.8.3. Training should commence during the commissioning period and include:5.8.3.1. Familiarization with major equipment like Mixire , Refiner, Conch, Storage

Tanks etc including the operation of the computer based auto batch weigher.5.8.3.2. Procedure for attaining the rated output and optimum product quality.5.8.3.3. Familiarization with the basic principles of Electronic/Electrical control

systems, if any including fault finding.5.8.3.4. Familiarization with start‐up procedures, regular maintenance and

operational procedures including dismantling of machine parts, replacementof spares/ components, preventive maintenance etc.

5.8.3.5. Condition monitoring of equipments.5.8.4. Training shall be given to all the personnel required to operate the plant,

and their immediate Supervisors /Engineers.5.8.5. The training schedule should be proposed by the bidder together with the

content of training programme, their duration etc.

5.9.5.9.5.9.5.9. StandStandStandStand ByByByBy AfterAfterAfterAfter CommissioningCommissioningCommissioningCommissioning5.9.1. Once the commissioning and warranty runs are over, the bidder shall

provide to the plant standby technical supervisory support as follows5.9.1.1. For one month after warranty runs in which further training of the

Purchaser/Client's operating staff if required shall be done andequipment/system still needing finer adjustment/changes shall be carried out.

5.9.1.2. For a week each after 4 months, 8 months and 1 year from warranty runs,to have discussions with plant staff, to review the correctness of operations& maintenance procedures.

5.9.2. These visits of the Bidder other than those covered under guarantee clause,which shall be undertaken whenever required separately.

5.10.5.10.5.10.5.10. ServiceServiceServiceService CoverCoverCoverCover5.10.1. In order to ensure that the efficiency of the plant is maintained at an

optimum level, a proposal to offer a service coverage for a period of twoyears from the date of plant acceptance shall be given by the bidder.Theobjectives of this coverage shall be:‐

5.10.2 To arrange for regular service visits by the bidder of these equipments toinspect, service and carry out repairs if necessary and whenever there is a


113

breakdown/failure of the system. The frequency and duration of the visitsmay be clearly specified.


114


TECHNICALTECHNICALTECHNICALTECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONSSPECIFICATIONSSPECIFICATIONSSPECIFICATIONS


115

PACKPACKPACKPACK 1111A.A.A.A. Design,Design,Design,Design, Supply,Supply,Supply,Supply, InstillationInstillationInstillationInstillation CommissioningCommissioningCommissioningCommissioningofofofof ChocolateChocolateChocolateChocolate ProcessingProcessingProcessingProcessing Line(CapacityLine(CapacityLine(CapacityLine(Capacity :::: 1500150015001500KGPH).KGPH).KGPH).KGPH).AtAtAtAt FoodFoodFoodFood Complex,MogarComplex,MogarComplex,MogarComplex,Mogar


116

6.06.06.06.0 ChocolateChocolateChocolateChocolate processingprocessingprocessingprocessing LineLineLineLine

Quantity : 1 SetCapacity : 1500 KGPH .

Site Address : Food Complex, Mogar , A Unit of Amul Dairy, Anand.

FunctionalFunctionalFunctionalFunctional RequirementRequirementRequirementRequirement ::::

This Line will be used to manufacture two different types of Chocolates (Milkand Dark) with different pack sizes.

BriefBriefBriefBrief descriptiondescriptiondescriptiondescription ::::

New 1500 KGPH chocolate processing line to be installed at Food Complex,Mogar, Unit of Amul dairy, Anand . New line shall be used for manufacturingtwo types of chocolate one milk chocolate and other dark chocolate indifferent pack sizes.

6.0.16.0.16.0.16.0.1 TankerTankerTankerTanker UnloadingUnloadingUnloadingUnloading PumpPumpPumpPump

Rotary type Lobe Pump for pumping Cocoa butter/ Cocoa liquor from RoadTanker to 20 KL Storage Silos. The Pump should have jacketed body for HotWater Circulation, Should be VFD driven.

Capacity : 20, 000 LPHQuantity : 3 Nos. (2 working + 1 standby)M.O.C : AISI 304Rating of gear Motor : SuitableType of Seal : Mechanical Shaft sealMotor H.P : SuitableVFD : Suitable

6.0.26.0.26.0.26.0.2 ContinuousContinuousContinuousContinuous MelterMelterMelterMelter forforforfor cocoacocoacocoacocoa mass.mass.mass.mass.

Melter shall be equipped with CIP spray ball. The melter should be providedwith insulated, jacketed with temperature control facility. Rest Platformshould be provided for Blocks and emptying boxes.

Type : Continuous melterQuantity : 1 No. for cocoa massCapacity : 1000 kg/hrM.O.C : AISI 304Thickness : To be specified for inner, intermediate, outer and

bottom shell.Motor(kw) (VFD driven) : To be specified

Block Inlet temp : 10 – 15 deg CMelted product outletTemperature : 45 deg CBlock weight : 15 to 25 kgBlock dimensions : 15 kg – 455 X 335 X 130 mm

: 25 kg – 355 X 355 X 265 mm


117

Instrumentation : temperature control, high and low level sensorsand controller.

Accessories and fittings : CIP spray ball, thermal control module tomaintain melting temperature, lifting hook, SS304 with chequred platform. Outlet valve,pumps and fittings for product emptying from vat.

Insulation : thermal insulation

6.0.2.16.0.2.16.0.2.16.0.2.1 BatchBatchBatchBatch MelterMelterMelterMelter ForForForFor CocoaCocoaCocoaCocoa Butter.Butter.Butter.Butter.

Melter shall be equipped with CIP spray ball. The melter should be providedwith insulated, jacketed with temperature control facility. Rest Platformshould be provided for Blocks and emptying boxes.

Type : Batch type melterQuantity : 1 No. for cocoa butterCapacity : 600 kg/hrM.O.C : AISI 304Thickness : To be specified for inner, intermediate, outer

and bottom shell.Motor(kw) (VFD driven) : To be specified

Block Inlet temp : 10 – 15 deg CMelted product outletTemperature : 45 deg CBlock weight : 15 to 25 kgBlock dimensions : 15 kg – 455 X 335 X 130 mm

: 25 kg – 355 X 355 X 265 mmInstrumentation : Temperature control, high and low level sensors

and controller.Accessories and fittings : CIP spray ball, thermal control module to

maintain melting temperature, lifting hook, SS304 with chequred platform. Outlet valve,pumps and fittings for product emptying fromvat.

Insulation : Thermal insulation

6.0.2.26.0.2.26.0.2.26.0.2.2 MeltedMeltedMeltedMelted massmassmassmass transfertransfertransfertransfer pumppumppumppump

The pump is to be used for transferring product from continuous or batchmelters to storage tanks. The Pump should have jacketed body, Should beVFD driven.

Type : Rotary type lobe pumpQuantity : 3 Nos. (2 working + 1 standby)Capacity : SuitableMotor (kw) : To be specifiedVFD : To be specified


118

6.0.2.36.0.2.36.0.2.36.0.2.3 InlineInlineInlineInline FiltersFiltersFiltersFilters

Duplex Inline filter should be provided before both the liquid storage tankswith changeover facility.

Quantity : 2 sets. One set consists of 2 filters (1 set Forcocoa butter tanks and 1 set for cocoa liquortanks)

M.O.C : AISI 304

6.0.36.0.36.0.36.0.3 CocoaCocoaCocoaCocoa ButterButterButterButter andandandand CocoaCocoaCocoaCocoa LiquorLiquorLiquorLiquor StorageStorageStorageStorage TanksTanksTanksTanks

These tanks should be used to storage cocoa butter and cocoa liquor atrequired 40 to 50 Deg C temperature. Tanks should be jacketed, Insulatedand equipped with scrapped surface type top mounted agitator driven by VFD.

Capacity : 20 KLQuantity : 04 Nos.Inner shell thickness : To be specified by bidder, SS 304 LOuter shell thickness : To be specified by bidder, SS 304 LTop cone thickness : To be specified by bidder, SS 304 LBottom cone thickness : To be specified by bidder, SS 304 LCladding top & bottomThickness : To be specified by bidder, SS 304Jacket thickness : To be specified by bidder, SS 304Insulation : To be specified by bidderInstruments : HI- Low level sensor , Temp Transmitter, Level

Transmitter.Leg pipe with adjustableBall feet : 100 NB Schedule 40 x 6 NThermowell : 3/4" BSP x 500 mm longNozzle for level switches/Transmitter : SuitableProduct discharge valve : Pneumatic seat valve with teflon sheet and

actuatorInstruments : Level Sensor, Temperature Transmitter, Load

Cell with indicator with a Ethernet Connectivity.Accessories and fittings : Nitrogen purging facility should be considered,

air vent, CIP rotary turbine, sight glass,inspection. Timer based agitation.

6.0.3.16.0.3.16.0.3.16.0.3.1 SSSSSSSS PipesPipesPipesPipes &&&& FittingsFittingsFittingsFittings

The Pipes should have heating system .All Pipes and Instruments for storagetanks with electrical cables and connection are in Bidder's scope.

Quantity : 1 LotThickness : 1.6 mm up to 51 dia. & 2.0 mm for

63.5mm and 76 mm dia.M.O.C : AISI 304Inside finish : 180 grit polished outside, pickled inside as per

dairy standard


119

6.0.46.0.46.0.46.0.4 LecithinLecithinLecithinLecithin StorageStorageStorageStorage Tank:Tank:Tank:Tank:

The tank should be equipped with agitator and 2nos. of out feed lines onelines goes to mixer and other to Conch. The estimated need of lecithin isMax.0.5%.Pump should be provided for unloading lecithin from barrel to storage tank.

Capacity : 250 litersQuantity : 01 No.M.O.C : AISI 304.Agitator : Top mounted scrapper agitator – VFD controlled.

Timer based agitation.Thickness : Suitable, To be specified by bidderInstruments : level Transmitter, Temperature Controller, Load

Cell.

6.0.4.16.0.4.16.0.4.16.0.4.1 LecithinLecithinLecithinLecithin transfertransfertransfertransfer pump.pump.pump.pump.

To transfer the lecithin from storage tank to continuous mixer andConche .The Pump should have jacketed body, Should be VFD driven.

Type : Rotary type lobe / Screw type Metering pump.Quantity : 1 Nos.Capacity : SuitableMotor(kw) : To be specifiedVFD : To be specified

6.0.56.0.56.0.56.0.5 PGPRPGPRPGPRPGPR StorageStorageStorageStorage TankTankTankTank ....

To store the PGPR. The estimated need of PGPR is Max.0.2%.

Capacity : 100 litersQuantity : 01 No.M.O.C : AISI 304, JacketedAgitator : Top mounted scrapper agitator – VFD controlled.

Timer based agitation.Inner shell Thickness : To be specifiedJacket shell Thickness : To be specifiedOuter shell Thickness : To be specifiedInstruments : level Transmitter or Load Cell.Accessories : Valves, 1 dispatch line – to both conchs

6.0.5.16.0.5.16.0.5.16.0.5.1 PGPRPGPRPGPRPGPR TransferTransferTransferTransfer Pump.Pump.Pump.Pump.

Pump to transfer the material from storage tank to Conch. The Pump shouldbe VFD driven.

Type : Rotary type lobe / Screw type / Positivedisplacement Metering pump

Quantity : 1 Nos.Capacity : SuitableMotor(kw) : To be specified


120

VFD : To be specified

6.0.66.0.66.0.66.0.6 Sugar/SMPSugar/SMPSugar/SMPSugar/SMP Powder/CocoaPowder/CocoaPowder/CocoaPowder/Cocoa PowderPowderPowderPowder DumpingDumpingDumpingDumping StationStationStationStation shouldshouldshouldshould bebebebe ATEXATEXATEXATEXversion.version.version.version.

Valid ATEX certificate for every single component is required.The Purchaserremains responsible for the definition of the ATEX zone and relatedcompliance

6.0.6.16.0.6.16.0.6.16.0.6.1 SugarSugarSugarSugar DumpingDumpingDumpingDumping Station.Station.Station.Station.

For handling 25 / 50 kg sugar bags, with 4000 micron SS sieve with staticdischarge device, conveying system with magnet. Bag rest Platform shouldbe provided with station for keep the weighted and empty bag.

Capacity : 1500 kg/HrM.O.C : AISI 304Qty : 1 No.

6.0.6.1.16.0.6.1.16.0.6.1.16.0.6.1.1 SugarSugarSugarSugar SieveSieveSieveSieve ....


6.0.6.1.26.0.6.1.26.0.6.1.26.0.6.1.2 SugarSugarSugarSugar GrinderGrinderGrinderGrinder

It grinds the sugar as per the required par tical size for pre refiner.Biddershould consider the grinder as per the sugar par tical size for pre-refiner.


6.0.6.1.36.0.6.1.36.0.6.1.36.0.6.1.3 SugarSugarSugarSugar FeedingFeedingFeedingFeeding SystemSystemSystemSystem

Sugar Passes from sieve, fed with a screw extractor to thepneumatic/vacuum transport system that keeps the level of the buffer hopper.


6.0.6.26.0.6.26.0.6.26.0.6.2 MilkMilkMilkMilk PowderPowderPowderPowder DumpingDumpingDumpingDumping StationStationStationStation

For handling 25 kg milk powder bags (low fat milk powder bags: 20 kg),with 4000 micron SS sieve with magnet and static discharge device +conveying system.Bag rest Platform should be provided with station for keepthe weighted and empty bag.

Capacity : 1000 kg/HrM.O.C : AISI 304


121

Qty : 1 No.

6.0.6.2.16.0.6.2.16.0.6.2.16.0.6.2.1 MilkMilkMilkMilk PowderPowderPowderPowder SieveSieveSieveSieve


6.0.6.2.26.0.6.2.26.0.6.2.26.0.6.2.2 MilkMilkMilkMilk PowderPowderPowderPowder FeedingFeedingFeedingFeeding SystemSystemSystemSystem

Milk Powder passes from sieve, fed with a screw conveyor to thepneumatic/vacuum transport system that keeps the constant level of thebuffer hopper.


6.0.6.36.0.6.36.0.6.36.0.6.3 CocoaCocoaCocoaCocoa PowderPowderPowderPowder DumpingDumpingDumpingDumping StationStationStationStation

For handling 25 kg cocoa powder bags with 4000 micron sieve with magnetand static discharge device + conveying system. Bag rest Platform should beprovided with station for keep the weighted and empty bag.


6.0.6.3.16.0.6.3.16.0.6.3.16.0.6.3.1 CocoaCocoaCocoaCocoa PowderPowderPowderPowder SieveSieveSieveSieve


6.0.6.3.26.0.6.3.26.0.6.3.26.0.6.3.2 CocoaCocoaCocoaCocoa PowderPowderPowderPowder FeedingFeedingFeedingFeeding SystemSystemSystemSystem

Cocoa Powder passes from sieve, fed with a screw conveyor to thepneumatic/vacuum transport system that keeps the constant level of thebuffer hopper.


6.0.76.0.76.0.76.0.7 BufferBufferBufferBuffer SilosSilosSilosSilos forforforfor SolidSolidSolidSolid Products.Products.Products.Products.

All products out feed will be to the continuous dosing and mixing machine.Product conveying system (pipes, pumps, etc).

Qty : 1 Set.M.O.C : AISI 304


122

6.0.7.16.0.7.16.0.7.16.0.7.1 SugarSugarSugarSugar bufferbufferbufferbuffer silo.silo.silo.silo.

This buffer hopper should be equipped with load cell

Capacity : 2000 kgM.O.C : AISI 304 with load cell / level sensorQty : 1 No.

6.0.7.26.0.7.26.0.7.26.0.7.2 MilkMilkMilkMilk PowderPowderPowderPowder bufferbufferbufferbuffer silo.silo.silo.silo.

Required hopper volume for minimum 1 hour buffer (considering maximumusage).


6.0.7.36.0.7.36.0.7.36.0.7.3 CocoaCocoaCocoaCocoa PowderPowderPowderPowder bufferbufferbufferbuffer silo.silo.silo.silo.

Required hopper volume for minimum 1 hour buffer (considering maximumusage).


6.0.7.46.0.7.46.0.7.46.0.7.4 SiloSiloSiloSilo DischargeDischargeDischargeDischarge valvesvalvesvalvesvalves //// DeviceDeviceDeviceDevice

The Device/ valve should be suitable for sugar, Milk Powder and Cocoapowder with pneumatic control system.

Qty. : 3 Nos.Capacity : SuitableM.O.C : AISI 304.

6.0.8.6.0.8.6.0.8.6.0.8. ConveyingConveyingConveyingConveying systemsystemsystemsystem

The conveying system should be suitable for conveying sugar, Milk Powderand Cocoa powder from the buffer silos to the mixer with control system.

Type : vacuumCapacity : 2000 kg/HrQty. : 1 Set


123

6.16.16.16.1 ContinuousContinuousContinuousContinuous MixerMixerMixerMixer (Jacketed)(Jacketed)(Jacketed)(Jacketed)

Liquid products should be transferred to mixer through pump via flow meterand dry Products should be transferred to mixer through pneumatic/screwconveyor. Mixer should be fully automatic, ensure high accuracy andconsistently mixed product. Pigging Facility should be provided with mixer.

Capacity : 1500 kg/hr.M.O.C : AISI 304Motor (KW) : SuitableVFD : Suitable

OROROROR

6.16.16.16.1 BatchBatchBatchBatch MixerMixerMixerMixer (Jacketed)(Jacketed)(Jacketed)(Jacketed)

Mixer should be fully automatic and design to mix chocolate masses of solidsingredients, liquids ingredients and heterogeneous powders. The mixingproduct should be discharged through electro-pneumatically controlled valvewith sash closing movement and plug. Cleaning facility should be provided.Pigging Facility should be provided with mixer.

Capacity : 1500 kg/hr.M.O.C : AISI 304Motor (KW) : SuitableVFD : Suitable

6.1.16.1.16.1.16.1.1 ScrapedScrapedScrapedScraped Hopper(jacketed)Hopper(jacketed)Hopper(jacketed)Hopper(jacketed)

The Scrapped hopper should be insulated, should have double big lid for abetter clean ability.

Capacity : 300 litreQuantity : 01 No.M.O.C : AISI 304Inner shell thickness : To be specifiedInner Jacket thickness : To be specifiedInsulation thickness : To be specifiedInstruments : Temperature Sensor, Load cell.

6.1.26.1.26.1.26.1.2 ProductProductProductProduct TransferringTransferringTransferringTransferring Pump.Pump.Pump.Pump.

Product transferred Pump pumping the product from mixer outlet hopper tocontinuous pre-refiner/refiner/Buffer tank. The Pump should have jacketedbody for Hot Water Circulation, Should be VFD driven.

Capacity : 3000 LPHQuantity : 2 Nos.M.O.C : AISI 304


124

Rating of gear Motor : SuitableType of Seal : Mechanical Shaft sealMotor H.P : SuitableVFD : Suitable

OROROROR

6.1.26.1.26.1.26.1.2 ExtractingExtractingExtractingExtracting ScrewScrewScrewScrew conveyorconveyorconveyorconveyor

Screw conveyor shall be jacketed with controlled heating system and to bemounted on the lower part of product discharge gate valve. Conveyorshould have gear-motor drive to transfer the product from Mixer to pre-refiner. The operation cycle should be fully automatic. Any other suitableconveying system can be offered.

Capacity : SuitableM.O.C : AISI 304Quantity : 1 Set.

6.1.36.1.36.1.36.1.3 ChocolateChocolateChocolateChocolate BufferBufferBufferBuffer TankTankTankTank

The Tanks Should be used to storage Liquid chocolate coming from mixer atrequired 40 to 45 Deg C temperature. Tanks should be jacketed, Insulatedand equipped with scrapped surface type top mounted agitator driven byVFD.

Capacity : 14000 kgQuantity : 2 Nos.Inner shell thickness : Suitable, SS 304Outer shell thickness : Suitable , SS 304Top cone thickness : Suitable, SS 304Bottom cone thickness : Suitable, SS 304Cladding top & bottomThickness : Suitable, SS 304Jacket thickness : Suitable, SS 304Insulation : SuitableInstruments : HI- Low level sensor , Temp Transmitter, Level

Transmitter.Leg pipe with adjustableBall feet : 100 NB Schedule 40 x 6 NThermowell : 3/4" BSP x 500 mm longNozzle for level switches/Transmitter : SuitableProduct discharge valve :Pneumatic seat valve with teflon sheet and

actuator

6.26.26.26.2 ContinuousContinuousContinuousContinuous 3-Stage3-Stage3-Stage3-Stage RefinerRefinerRefinerRefiner (Jacketed)(Jacketed)(Jacketed)(Jacketed)

3- Stage Refining Process should consist of 2 rolls horizontal grinder,Vertical rolls refiner and Ball Mill. It should be double modular design thatperforms the required capacity. For the required 1500 Kg/hour it will be set a


125

twin machine. The stated capacity depends on the recipe and kind of rowmaterials. In general we could expect to perform more than the target for thedark and extra dark chocolate and less than the target for the milk chocolate.Refiner output particle size should be less than 20 micron according tofineness distribution curves.

Capacity : 1000 kg/ HrQuantity : 2 Nos.M.O.C : AISI 304,Motor(kw) : SuitableVFD : SuitableRoller Size : Suitable

6.2.16.2.16.2.16.2.1 VibratingVibratingVibratingVibrating SieveSieveSieveSieve withwithwithwith magnet.magnet.magnet.magnet.

By using vibrating sieve with magnet to avoid lumps and impurities.

Quantity : 1 No.Capacity : 1500 kg/hrM.O.C : AISI 304Motor : SuitableVFD : Suitable

6.2.26.2.26.2.26.2.2 TransferTransferTransferTransfer PumpPumpPumpPump totototo conch.conch.conch.conch.

Pump for pumping the product from vibrating sieve to conche. The Pumpshould have jacketed body, should be VFD driven.

Type : Rotary type Lobe pumpCapacity : 2000 kg/hrQuantity : 2 Nos.M.O.C : AISI 304Rating of gear Motor : SuitableType of Seal : Mechanical Shaft sealMotor H.P : SuitableVFD : Suitable

OROROROR

6.2.26.2.26.2.26.2.2 ScrewScrewScrewScrew ConveyorConveyorConveyorConveyor

After the mixing of chocolate mass it has to convey from mixer to pre-refiner.It should be jacketed with controlled heating system.

Capacity : SuitableM.O.C : AISI 304Quantity : 1 Set.

6.26.26.26.2 Pre-Refiner.Pre-Refiner.Pre-Refiner.Pre-Refiner.

After the mixing of all row materials it is comes in pre-refiner where it shouldreduce the particle size 150 to 200 microns. It should be a Fully Automatic 2-


126

roll refiner. It must have inbuilt cooling and heating system to maintain theproduct temp.

Capacity : 2000 kg/ HrQuantity : 1 No.M.O.C : AISI 304,Motor(kw) : SuitableVFD : SuitableRoller Size : Suitable

6.2.16.2.16.2.16.2.1 BeltBeltBeltBelt Conveyor.Conveyor.Conveyor.Conveyor.

Automatic conveying system (SS belt) to transfer the product from pre-refinerto refiner.

Capacity : SuitableQuantity : 1 No.M.O.C : AISI 304,Motor (kW) : SuitableVFD : Suitable

6.2.26.2.26.2.26.2.2 RefinerRefinerRefinerRefiner

Fully Automatic 5- roll refiner. It should be able to produce 20 micronparticle size according to fineness distribution curve. It must have inbuiltrefrigeration system to maintain the product temperature. It must haveonline product fineness gauge and automatically controlled defined in recipe.It should have a bar magnet at the outlet of refiner.

Capacity : 2000 kg/ HrQuantity : 1 No.M.O.C : AISI 304,Motor (kw) : SuitableVFD : SuitableMagnet : Suitable

6.2.36.2.36.2.36.2.3 SSSSSSSS BeltBeltBeltBelt ConveyorConveyorConveyorConveyor

Fully automatic conveying system to transfer the product from refiner toconche.

Capacity : SuitableQuantity : 1 No.M.O.C : AISI 304,Motor (kW) : SuitableVFD : Suitable

6.36.36.36.3 ConcheConcheConcheConche (Capacity:(Capacity:(Capacity:(Capacity: 6666 tontontonton xxxx 2)2)2)2)The Machine Suitable for the final processing of refined chocolate, forconversion into finished product. The Machine includes cradle stirred with ahorizontal single shaft with paddles designed to assure the optimal intensive


127

mixing, a conching tower to allow a fast stripping of the off flavors. Theprocess is fully automated and controlled parameter set on to the touchscreen operator panel. Should have a provision for adding aroma, lecithinand PGPR. The Complete conching process should be in liquid form. Theproduct layer formed inside the tower should have a sufficient upwardcurrent of air, facilitating evaporation. It must have a SS jacketed sievebetween the outlet valve of conch and discharge pump.

Capacity : 6000 kg

Quantity : 2 Nos.M.O.C : AISI 304 jacketedMotor (kW) : SuitableVFD : SuitableInstruments : Temperature controller, indicator and sensor

for cradle and tower individually.

6.3.16.3.16.3.16.3.1 FilterFilterFilterFilter withwithwithwith MagnetMagnetMagnetMagnet TrapTrapTrapTrap

After the conch filter with magnet trap should be provided before storagetanks to avoid metal and foreign partical.

Capacity : SuitableM.O.C : SS 304Size : 100 MicronMagnet : 10,000 gaussQty : 1 No.

6666.3..3..3..3.2222 ChocolateChocolateChocolateChocolate transferringtransferringtransferringtransferring PumpPumpPumpPump

Pump to Transfer the Product from Conche to Chocolate Storage Tanks.Pump should have jacketed body for Hot Water Circulation, Should be VFDdriven.

Type : Rotary type lobe pumpCapacity : 10, 000 kg/hrQuantity : 3 Nos.M.O.C : AISI 304Rating of gear Motor : SuitableType of Seal : Mechanical Shaft sealMotor H.P : SuitableVFD : Suitable

6.46.46.46.4 ChocolateChocolateChocolateChocolate StorageStorageStorageStorage Tanks.Tanks.Tanks.Tanks.

The Tanks Should be jacketed for hot water circulation to maintain thetemperature of finished Product. The agitator should be provided in eachtank with timer base operation and driven by VFD.

Capacity : 10000 kgQuantity : 5 Nos.Inner shell thickness : Suitable, SS 304Outer shell thickness : Suitable , SS 304


128

Top cone thickness : Suitable, SS 304Bottom cone thickness : Suitable, SS 304Cladding top & bottomThickness : Suitable, SS 304Jacket thickness : Suitable, SS 304Insulation : SuitableInstruments : HI- Low level sensor , Temp Transmitter, Level

Transmitter.Leg pipe with adjustableBall feet : 100 NB Schedule 40 x 6 NThermowell : 3/4" BSP x 500 mm longNozzle for level switches/Transmitter : SuitableProduct discharge valve : Pneumatic seat valve with teflon sheet and

actuator

6.4.16.4.16.4.16.4.1 TransferTransferTransferTransfer PumpPumpPumpPump totototo temperingtemperingtemperingtempering machinemachinemachinemachine

Pump used to Transfer the Product from storage tank to chocolate buffertank of both tempering machines (one for chocolate bar moulding and onefor chocolate chips line) through flow diversion valves. Pump Should havejacketed body, Should be VFD driven.

Type : Rotary Lobe pumpM.O.C : SS 304Capacity : 2000 Kg/HrQuantity : 6 Nos. (5 working + 1 standby)Rating of gear Motor : SuitableType of Seal : Mechanical Shaft sealMotor(kw) : SuitableVFD : Suitable

6.56.56.56.5 TemperingTemperingTemperingTempering MachineMachineMachineMachine

This tempering machine is able to produce the optimal amount of Beta 5crystals that assure a longer shelf life and a nice shining surface of thechocolate. The Machine should have horizontal exchange plates to have thebiggest exchange surface and the best quality of the beta-five crystals. Itmust have inbuilt cooling system to maintain the product temperature.

Capacity : 1500 kg/hr.Working Range : 50 to 110 %Quantity : 1 No.M.O.C : AISI 304.


To feed the tempering machine. This tank is important as the temperingcircuit must be fed with about 10% more flow than the molding usage,which return back to this buffering tank.


129

Capacity : 500 kgQuantity : 1 No.M.O.C : AISI 304Inner shell thickness : To be specifiedOuter shell thickness : To be specifiedInsulation : To be specifiedInstruments : HI- Low level sensor, Temp indicator with

sensor.Motor (KW) : SuitableVFD : Suitable

6.66.66.66.6 MobileMobileMobileMobile ChocolateChocolateChocolateChocolate TankTankTankTank

The mobile chocolate tank should be jacketed, with agitator, unloadingpump with inline filter and control panel.

Capacity : 300 kgQuantity : 1 No.M.O.C : AISI 304Inner shell thickness : SuitableOuter shell thickness : SuitableInsulation : SuitableInstruments :HI- Low level sensor, Temp indicator with


6.76.76.76.7 De-CrystallizerDe-CrystallizerDe-CrystallizerDe-Crystallizer

It is the heat exchanger intended to re-melt the small quantity of chocolatethat returns to the buffer tank after the depositor. Pigging system should beprovide in this line.

Capacity : 1500 kg/hr (Max. range flow of temperingmachine)

M.O.C : AISI 304.

6.86.86.86.8 InclusionInclusionInclusionInclusion MixerMixerMixerMixer

To mix the tampered chocolate mass with the inclusion at appropriateratio with required doses of flavors. Should be equipped with requiredcapacity hopper for solid and liquid ingredients and flavors. It should be ableto mix inclusions up to 20%

Capacity : 1500 kg/hrM.O.C : AISI 304


130

PACKPACKPACKPACK 1111B.B.B.B. Design,Design,Design,Design, Supply,Supply,Supply,Supply, InstillationInstillationInstillationInstillation CommissioningCommissioningCommissioningCommissioningofofofof ChocolateChocolateChocolateChocolate DropDropDropDrop Line(CapacityLine(CapacityLine(CapacityLine(Capacity :::: 800800800800 KGPH@5KGPH@5KGPH@5KGPH@5gmgmgmgm andandandand 380380380380 [email protected])[email protected])[email protected])[email protected]) AtAtAtAt FoodFoodFoodFood ComplexComplexComplexComplexMogar.Mogar.Mogar.Mogar.


131

6.96.96.96.9 ChocolateChocolateChocolateChocolate DropDropDropDrop LineLineLineLine

Chocolate chips line consists of buffer tank, tempering machine, PistonDepositor with weight adjustment, cooling tunnel, discharge conveyor,packaging machine.The line should have food grade plastic belt on whichchocolate is deposited from pneumatic piston depositor with coolingtunnel.cooling tunnel should be design for easy cleaning, automatic bendtracking, air flow, insulation and cooling cover suitable to maintain therequired temperature across the entire band width.At the end of the coolingtunnel belt shall have system to remove the product from the belt.

Required cooling system including compressor,condenser and evaporatorare is supplier scope.

Chocolate chip line output : 380 kg/hr @ 0.1 gm up to 800 kg/hr @ 5 gmChocolate chips weightrange : from 0.1 gm to 5 gmM.O.C : AISI 304


To feed the tempering machine from the 5 storage tanks. This tank isimportant as the tempering circuit must be fed with about 10% more flowthan the molding usage, which return back to this buffering tank.

Capacity : 500 kgQuantity : 1 No.M.O.C : AISI 304Inner shell thickness : To be specifiedOuter shell thickness : To be specifiedInsulation : To be specifiedInstruments : HI- Low level sensor, Temp indicator with


6.9.26.9.26.9.26.9.2 TransferTransferTransferTransfer PumpPumpPumpPump totototo temperingtemperingtemperingtempering machinemachinemachinemachine

Pump used to Transfer the Product from chocolate buffer tank to temperingmachine. Pump Should have jacketed body, Should be VFD driven.

Type : Rotary Lobe pumpM.O.C : SS 304Capacity : SuitableQuantity : 1 No.Rating of gear Motor : SuitableType of Seal : Mechanical Shaft sealMotor(kw) : SuitableVFD : Suitable


132

6.9.36.9.36.9.36.9.3 TemperingTemperingTemperingTempering MachineMachineMachineMachine forforforfor dropdropdropdrop linelinelineline

This tempering machine is able to produce the optimal amount of Beta 5crystals that assure a longer shelf life and a nice shining surface of thechocolate. The Machine should have horizontal exchange plates to have thebiggest exchange surface and the best quality of the beta-five crystals. Itmust have inbuilt cooling system to maintain the product temperature.

Capacity : 800 kg/hr.Working Range : 50 to 110 %Quantity : 1 No.M.O.C : AISI 304.

6.9.46.9.46.9.46.9.4 DepositorDepositorDepositorDepositor withwithwithwith hopperhopperhopperhopper

It should be equipped with VFD driven agitator, should provide requiredheating systems, jacketed. Capable of depositing chocolate drops, withautomatic weight control. Level sensors should be provided for signaltransfer with the upstream equipment.

Capacity : from 0.1 gm to 5 gmMOC : SS 304

6.9.56.9.56.9.56.9.5 CoolingCoolingCoolingCooling TunnelTunnelTunnelTunnel

Cooling system for tunnel should be openable for easy cleaning andmaintenance.It should be energy efficient.Line should have automatic bandtracking, cooling units contain a built-in hermetic air cooled condenser andan air circulation fan evaporator.At the end of cooling tunnel there shouldbe a scrapper that will take out the chips from the belt and drop to thedischarge belt.

M.O.C : AISI 304Capacity : Suitable

6.9.66.9.66.9.66.9.6 DischargeDischargeDischargeDischarge ConveyorConveyorConveyorConveyor

Collect the chips from the cooling tunnel belt and delivered to Packing (5kgper beg) station. Belt must be food grade.Conveyor Belt of cooling tunnelmust be food grade, intermittent motion, have a lifting device under thedepositor, vibrator.

M.O.C : AISI 304Capacity : suitable

6.9.76.9.76.9.76.9.7 MetalMetalMetalMetal DetectorDetectorDetectorDetector

Metal Detector to be provided on discharge conveyor belt.

Qty : 1 no.Sensitivity : 0.8 mm fe / non fe /ss Max.


133

6.106.106.106.10 FFSFFSFFSFFS BagBagBagBag PackingPackingPackingPacking MachineMachineMachineMachine forforforfor chocolatechocolatechocolatechocolate chips.chips.chips.chips.

FFS Machine should be able to pack chocolate chips in 5kg bag and hopperto be provided. Inbuilt weighing system should be provided.

Quantity : 1 no.Machine Speed : 200 bags/hrAccuracy : +/- 0.5%

6.116.116.116.11 ProductProductProductProduct Pipes,Pipes,Pipes,Pipes, ValvesValvesValvesValves andandandand FittingsFittingsFittingsFittings

Product Pipe line should be jacketed with heating system.

Quantity : 1 Lot

Comprising of following:

SSSSSSSS pipespipespipespipes ::::

Sizes : As required

Type : TIG welded, annealed and de-scaled Pipemanufactured as per standard ASTM-A 270.

Material : AISI 304

Finish : 180 grit polished outside, pickled inside as perdairy standard

Thickness : 1.6 mm up to 51 dia & 2.0 mm for63.5mm and 76 mm dia

AISI 304 Fittings : SMS union.

Unions : Will be complete with liner, male nut and gasket.Liner made of male parts will be suitable forexpansion joints.

Pipe Clamps : Will be quick opening type

PipePipePipePipe SupportsSupportsSupportsSupports

Sizes : Square sections as required

Type : Supported from walls, ceilings & floors

Material : AISI 304

PneumaticPneumaticPneumaticPneumatic SeatSeatSeatSeat ValvesValvesValvesValves ::::


134

Type : Two way / three way pneumatically operatedbreak valve, on-off valves, Mix proof valves,flow diversion valves etc.

Material : AISI 304

Sealing : Positive

Controls : Electrically or electronically Operated Integralsolenoid valves and valve position feed back (bothopen & close) with DI/DO to main PLC.


135

UtilityUtilityUtilityUtility consumptionconsumptionconsumptionconsumption detailsdetailsdetailsdetails ::::UtilityUtilityUtilityUtilityUtilityUtilityUtilityUtilityUtilityUtilityUtilityUtility ConsumptionConsumptionConsumptionConsumption

Steam: *

Break up & Total steam, kg/hr withpressure in Kg/Sq. cm

*

Cooling water, m3/hr *

row / RO water consumption m3/hr *

Compressed air consumption, m3/hr *

Power, KW/hr *

**** ==== totototo bebebebe filledfilledfilledfilled bybybyby thethethethe bidder.bidder.bidder.bidder.

MotorsMotorsMotorsMotors DetailsDetailsDetailsDetails

ListListListList ofofofof motorsmotorsmotorsmotors QtyQtyQtyQty TotalTotalTotalTotal InstalledInstalledInstalledInstalledPowerPowerPowerPower (KW)(KW)(KW)(KW)

1

2

3

4

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

TotalTotalTotalTotal kWkWkWkW


136

6.126.126.126.12 DetailsDetailsDetailsDetails SpecificationSpecificationSpecificationSpecification ofofofof Utility,Automation,InstrumentUtility,Automation,InstrumentUtility,Automation,InstrumentUtility,Automation,Instrumentandandandand ElectricalElectricalElectricalElectrical ReferReferReferRefer PagePagePagePage No.No.No.No. 159159159159

1) Chill Water Pipes,Valves & Fittings.

2) Compressed Air Pipes & Fittings.

3) Raw Water Pipes & Fittings.

4) RO Water Pipes & Fittings.

5) Plant Supporting Structure & Maintenance Platform.

6) Automation System.

7) Field Instruments,Control Valves & Accessories.

8) Electrical & Earthing System.


137

Pack-Pack-Pack-Pack- 1.A1.A1.A1.A EquipmentEquipmentEquipmentEquipment ListListListList ofofofof ChocolateChocolateChocolateChocolate ProcessingProcessingProcessingProcessing line:line:line:line:

clauseclauseclauseclauseNo.No.No.No.

ItemItemItemItem DescriptionDescriptionDescriptionDescription CapacityCapacityCapacityCapacity Qty.Qty.Qty.Qty. UnitUnitUnitUnit

6 Chocolate Processing Line 1500 kg/hr 1 No.6.0.1 Tanker Unloading Pump 20 KLPH 3 Nos.6.0.2 Continuous Melter for Cocoa mass 1000 kg/hr 1 No.

6.0.2.1 Batch Melter for Cocoa Butter 600 kg/hr 1 No.6.0.2.2 Melted mass transfer pump Suitable 3 Nos.6.0.2.3 Inline Filters Suitable 2 Sets.6.0.3 Cocoa Mass & Cocoa Liquor storage

tank20 KL 4 Nos.

6.03.1 SS Pipes & Fittings 1 Lot.6.0.4 Lecithin Storage Tank 250 liter 1 No.

6.0.4.1 Lecithin Transfer pump Suitable 1 No.6.0.5 PGPR storage tank 100 liter 1 No.

6.0.5.1 PGPR transfer pump Suitable 1 No6.0.6 Sugar / Powder dumping station Suitable 1 set

6.0.6.1 Sugar Dumping Station 1500 kg/hr 1 No.6.0.6.1.1 Sugar sieve 1500 kg/hr 1 No.6.0.6.1.2 Sugar Grinder 3000 kg/hr 1 No.6.0.6.1.3 Sugar Feeding station 1500 kg/hr 1 No.6.0.6.2 Milk Powder Dumping station 1000 kg/hr 1 No.

6.0.6.2.1 Milk Powder sieve 1000 kg/hr 1 No.

6.0.6.2.2 Milk Powder feeding system 1000 kg/hr 1 No.6.0.6.3 Cocoa powder Damping station 1000 kg/hr 1 No.

6.0.6.3.1 Cocoa Powder sieve 1000 kg/hr 1 No.6.0.6.3.2 Cocoa Powder feeding system 1000 kg/hr 1 No.

6.0.7 Buffer Silos for solid products Suitable 1 Set.

6.0.7.1 Sugar Buffer Silo 2000 kg 1 No.6.0.7.2 Milk Powder buffer Silo 1000 kg 1 No.6.0.7.3 Cocoa Powder buffer Silo 1000 kg 1 No.6.0.7.4 Rotary Valve Suitable 3 Nos.6.0.8 Conveying system 2000 kg/hr 1 set6.1 Continuous mixer(jacketed) 1500 kg/hr 1 No.6.1 Batch mixer 1500 kg/hr 1 No.

6.1.1 Scraped Hopper (Jacketed) 300 litre 1 No.6.1.2 Product Transferring pump 3 KLPH 2 Nos.6.1.2 Ex tracing Screw Conveyor Suitable 1 Set.6.1.3 Chocolate buffer tank 14000 kg 2 nos.6.2 Continuous 3-stage refiner (Jacketed) 1000 kg/hr 2 Nos.

6.2.1 Vibrating sieve with magnet 1500 kg/hr 1 No.6.2.2 Transfer pump to conch 2 KLPH 2 Nos.6.2.2 Screw Conveyor Suitable 1 Set.6.2 Pre-refiner 2000 kg/hr 1 No.

6.2.1 SS Belt conveyor Suitable 1 No.


138

6.2.2 Refiner 2000 kg/hr 1 No.6.2.3 SS Belt conveyor Suitable 1 No.6.3 Conche 6000 kg 2 Nos.

6.3.1 Filter with Magnet Trap Suitable 1 No.6.3.2 Chocolate transfer pump 10 KLPH 3 Nos.6.4 Chocolate Storage Tank 10 KL 5 Nos.

6.4.1 Transfer pump to tempering machine 2 KLPH 8 Nos.6.5 Tempering Machine 1500 kg/hr 1 No.

6.5.1 Chocolate buffer tank 500 kg 1 No.6.6 Mobile chocolate tank 300 kg 1 No.6.7 De-Crystallizer 1500 kg/hr 1 No.6.8 Inclusion Mixer 1500 kg/hr 1 No.

PackPackPackPack 1111 BBBB EquipmentEquipmentEquipmentEquipment ListListListList ofofofof ChocolateChocolateChocolateChocolate DropDropDropDrop linelinelineline

6.9 Chocolate Drop Line 380 kg/[email protected] gm &800 kg/hr@ 5 gm

1 No.

6.9.1 Chocolate buffer tank 500 kg/hr 1 No.6.9.2 Transfer Pump to Tempering Machine Suitable 1 No.6.9.3 Tempering Machine for Chocolate Chips

Line800 kg/hr 1 No.

6.9.4 Depositer with hopper 0.1 gm to 5gm

1 No.

6.9.5 Cooling Tunnel Suitable 1 No.6.9.6 Discharge Conveyor Suitable 1 Set.6.9.7 Metal Detector Suitable 1 No.6.10 FFS Bag Packing machine 200 bags/hr 1 No.6.11 Product pipes, Valves & fittings 1 Lot


139

PackPackPackPack -2-2-2-2

Design,Design,Design,Design, Supply,Supply,Supply,Supply, InstillationInstillationInstillationInstillation CommissioningCommissioningCommissioningCommissioning ofofofofChocolateChocolateChocolateChocolate MouldingMouldingMouldingMoulding andandandand PackagingPackagingPackagingPackaging LineLineLineLine(Capacity:1500(Capacity:1500(Capacity:1500(Capacity:1500 KGPH)KGPH)KGPH)KGPH) AtAtAtAt FoodFoodFoodFood Complex,Mogar.Complex,Mogar.Complex,Mogar.Complex,Mogar.


140

SECTIONSECTIONSECTIONSECTION –––– VVVVTECHNICALTECHNICALTECHNICALTECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONSSPECIFICATIONSSPECIFICATIONSSPECIFICATIONS


141


DESIGNDESIGNDESIGNDESIGN BASISBASISBASISBASIS FORFORFORFOR (PACK-2)(PACK-2)(PACK-2)(PACK-2)


142

3333 .... IntroductionIntroductionIntroductionIntroduction

This plant will be used for to manufacture two different types of Chocolates milkand Dark with different pack sizes with inclusions up to 20%(up to 10 mm).

3.13.13.13.1 Description:Description:Description:Description:

New 1500 KGPH chocolate Moulding and Packaging Line to be installed at FoodComplex, Mogar, the unit of Amul dairy Anand. This Line will be used formanufacturing chocolate with and without inclusion in different pack sizes.

3.23.23.23.2 DesignDesignDesignDesign BasisBasisBasisBasis ofofofof ChocolateChocolateChocolateChocolate PackingPackingPackingPacking Line:Line:Line:Line:

Capacity : 1500 KG / HR.

Working hrs. Per day : 20.

Type of Chocolate : Milk and Dark.

Fully automatic PLC based SCADA operated 1500 KG/HR Chocolate Mouldingand Packaging Line shall be design for manufacturing with and without inclusion,Milk , Dark and Extra Dark Chocolates.

Different varieties of chocolates are as follows:

3.53.53.53.5 FullyFullyFullyFully AutomaticAutomaticAutomaticAutomatic ChocolateChocolateChocolateChocolate MouldingMouldingMouldingMoulding Line.Line.Line.Line.

The Chocolate mass is mixed of nuts, raisins candied orange peels, cracker-carbonate crystals etc.

The Chocolate Moulding Line should consists of Moulding line, Vibratingsystem, Cooling tunnel to cool the product temp at 10 Deg C, Automatic De-moulding system with moulds twist and in line metal detector. AutomaticDistribution system with traffic management system supply to respective fullyautomatic packing lines with intermediate on line storage facility shall beconsidered. The Line shall be operated and controlled by HMI and centralizedPLC based SCADA system.

From the tempering machine , the tempered mass feed to the moulding linedepositor and in case of the inclusion chocolate , the tempered mass is feedto the mixer along with the inclusion in required ratio which is uniformly

Milk Chocolate Dark ChocolatePlainMilk Cracker Plain

DarkFruits &Nuts

TropicalOrange

MysticMocha Bitter Sugar

Free35/40gm

35/40gm

35/40gm

35/40gm

35/40gm

35/40gm

35/40gm

35/40gm

100/150gm

100/150gm

100/150gm

100/150gm

100/150gm

100/150gm

100/150gm

100/150gm


143

mixed and feed to the dispositor of the moulding line .The depositor whichmust be rotary without gasket on the piston, must be able to drop from thenozzle up to 10 mm inclusion added in the chocolate mass.Rotary servodriven depositor with piston, jacketed SS hopper with temperature controlsystem, controlling instruments like sensors and valves, safety protectiongrids with safety micro switches and HMI shall be consider for operation.

Suitable Mould heating system shall be considered to achieved a precise anduniform temperature of the moulds. The facility shall be considered to avoidover heating of Mould in case of line stoppage.

Dosing plate Ribbon type of depositor shall be considered.

The design of the machine shall be easy for cleaning, maintenance andchangeover.

Electro mechanical device shall be considered to beat the moulds in order togently even the chocolate inside the Mould’s cavities.

The Mould twisting device with fully automatic de moulding system.

Mould return line shall be considered with moulds dispensing and loadingstation.

Required Cooling system should be provided and suitable to maintain therequired temperature across the entire band width.

In line check-weigher should be provided before the flow wrapper.It canweight chocolate individually with control system to remove the chocolate incase of outside the range define in programme.

3.63.63.63.6 PackingPackingPackingPacking linelinelineline forforforfor 35gm,35gm,35gm,35gm, 40gm40gm40gm40gm andandandand 100gm,100gm,100gm,100gm, 150150150150 gmgmgmgmproducts.products.products.products.

The 35gm, 40gm chocolates coming from the moulding line through rowdistribution system which consists of row aliner, metal detector, lower crossconveyors and buffer system, are feed to aluminum foil wrappingmachine(without heat sealing).This aluminium foiled wrapped chocolatesshould be covered with to regular glued paper and then goes to the cold sealflow wrap machine.All operations should be automatic.

After cold seal flow wrapping machine, the cold seal wrapped chocolate shallpasses through cartoning packing machine where the 20 nos. Chocolate isfilled in secondary pack automatically with robotics (optional) .This secondarypacks of chocolates shall be placed in CBX box and passed through tappingmachine then to the cold storage conveyor.

The 100gm, 150gm chocolates coming from the moulding line through rowdistribution system which consists of row aliner, metal detector, lower cross


144

conveyors and buffer system, are feed to the hot seal flow wrapmachine.This laminate wrapped chocolate packs should be feed to automaticcarton packing machine.

Both the packing operation should be automatic and finally to the automaticsecondary pack filling system where 10 packed chocolate is filled in thesecondary pack .This secondary packs should be filled-up in outer box andwhich finally goes to the tapping machine.


145

FlowFlowFlowFlow chartchartchartchart forforforfor chocolatechocolatechocolatechocolate MouldingMouldingMouldingMoulding andandandand packagingpackagingpackagingpackaging

From ContinuousMixer for Inclusionand TamperedChocolate Mass

MouldingTransport Line.

Mould Heating andSurface CleaningStation

Depositor Vibrating Station

Final CoolingDe Moulding /Twisting Station

High Speed Row Distribution System with Metal Detector, rowAligner, Cross Conveying System for all Packaging Machine.

Servo Feeding Line 100 gm, 150 gm

Flow Wrapper

Automatic Feeding System

End load Cartoner

Aluminum Foiling with Paper , 35 to 40 gm

Cold Seal Flow Wrapping Machine

Secondary Cartoning Machinewith Robotics(optional)

Mould LoadingUnloading Station

Mould CheckingStation

From TemperingMachine (Pack 1)

On Line Check Weigher

Tertiary Cartoning and TappingMachine with Robotics(optional)

On Line Check Weigher

Servo Feeding Line 35 gm, 40 gm

Merging System

Tertiary Cartoning and TappingMachine with Robotics(optional)

Secondary Cartoning Machinewith Robotics(optional)


146

SECTIONSECTIONSECTIONSECTION –––– VVVVSUBSUBSUBSUB SECTION-6SECTION-6SECTION-6SECTION-6

TECHNICALTECHNICALTECHNICALTECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONSSPECIFICATIONSSPECIFICATIONSSPECIFICATIONS


147

ProductsProductsProductsProducts SpecificationSpecificationSpecificationSpecification

35353535 gmgmgmgm andandandand 40404040 gmgmgmgm Chocolates:Chocolates:Chocolates:Chocolates:

21212121 mouldsmouldsmouldsmoulds perperperper minutesminutesminutesminutes

MouldMouldMouldMould SizeSizeSizeSize :::: 750750750750 xxxx 255255255255mmmmmmmm

Pack.SiPack.SiPack.SiPack.Sizezezeze(gm)(gm)(gm)(gm)

ProductsProductsProductsProductsDimeDimeDimeDimensionnsionnsionnsion

PerPerPerPermoulmoulmoulmoulddddchocchocchocchocolateolateolateolate

MoulMoulMoulMouldsdsdsdsperperperperminuminuminuminutetetete

TotalTotalTotalTotalNo.No.No.No.ofofofofChocolateChocolateChocolateChocolate/minute/minute/minute/minute

WeightWeightWeightWeight(kg)(kg)(kg)(kg)

TotalTotalTotalTotalweightweightweightweightofofofofChocolaChocolaChocolaChocolate/hourte/hourte/hourte/hour

FoilFoilFoilFoilWrapperWrapperWrapperWrapperspeedspeedspeedspeedppm(160ppm(160ppm(160ppm(160xxxx 4)4)4)4)

35

MilkChocolate

105 x55

x6.55mm

24 21 504504504504 17.64 1058.41058.41058.41058.4 130DarkChocolate

Fruits&nuts

40

MilkChocolate

105 x55 x8mm

24 21 504504504504 20.16 1209.61209.61209.61209.6 130DarkChocolate

Fruits&nuts


148

ForForForFor 100100100100 gmgmgmgm andandandand 150150150150 gmgmgmgm Chocolate:Chocolate:Chocolate:Chocolate:

21212121 mouldsmouldsmouldsmoulds perperperper minutesminutesminutesminutes

MouldMouldMouldMould SizeSizeSizeSize :::: 750750750750 xxxx 255255255255mmmmmmmm

PackPackPackPackSizeSizeSizeSize

(gm)(gm)(gm)(gm)

ProductsProductsProductsProducts DimensionDimensionDimensionDimensionPerPerPerPer mouldmouldmouldmouldchocolatechocolatechocolatechocolate

MouldsMouldsMouldsMouldsperperperperminuteminuteminuteminute

TotalTotalTotalTotalNo.No.No.No.ofofofofChocolatChocolatChocolatChocolate/minutee/minutee/minutee/minute

WeigWeigWeigWeight(kg)ht(kg)ht(kg)ht(kg)

TotalTotalTotalTotalweightweightweightweightofofofofChocolChocolChocolChocolate/hrate/hrate/hrate/hr

FlowFlowFlowFlowWrapperWrapperWrapperWrapperspeedspeedspeedspeedppmppmppmppm

100

MilkChocolate

185 x 85 x7

8 21 168168168168 16.8 1008100810081008 260260260260

DarkChocolate,

DarksugarChocolate

BitterChocolate

MysticMocha

150

Fruits&nuts

185 x 85 x10.5

8 21 168168168168 25.2 1512151215121512 260260260260TropicalOrange

Crackers


149

6.36.36.36.3 ChocolateChocolateChocolateChocolate MouldingMouldingMouldingMoulding LineLineLineLine

6.3.16.3.16.3.16.3.1 MouldingMouldingMouldingMoulding LineLineLineLine ::::

Intermittent loose moulding line shall be considered

Moulding Transport line includes moulds return circuit, and sideguards.Whole line protected with fix doors on side opposite to the operatorand on the top of the line according to the HACCP protocol.The doors by theoperator side can be opened side, with 180° angle. Each access door iscontrolled by micro switch allowing the doors opening only when the line isnot in operation.The pneumatics are located in the lower frame, by thecontrol side. Each line section has its own pneumatic panel. A general panelwill be positioned closed to the line.All the stations for the production of thechocolates are installed on a deck plate.The working station should beadjustable.

Capacity : 1500 Kg/Hr.

Qty : 1 Lot.

Lower Frame : Epoxy painted steel(RAL 9006)

Side Guards : Clear Polycarbonate.

Deck Plate : AISI 304

Chain : Self-lubricating and well sized

Electrical Cabinet : IP 65 Protection class

Servo Motor(kw) : Suitable

VFD : Suitable

6.3.26.3.26.3.26.3.2 MouldMouldMouldMould HeatingHeatingHeatingHeating StationStationStationStation andandandand SurfaceSurfaceSurfaceSurface Cleaning.Cleaning.Cleaning.Cleaning.

The Mould heating to be done by a variable infrared power source fitted onthe radiating elements and located ahead of the chocolate depositor.TheTemperature of Mould should be maintained 31 Deg C in case of linestoppage.The heating intensity and the relevant timing should be controlledfrom HMI. The unit consist of a mould pre heating area , a mould cleaningcross roller and ahead of the depositing heater.In case of line stoppage apneumatic device will turn 180 the radiator automatically to avoid mouldoverheating.A probe check secures that the moulds have reached the correcttemperature, out of temperature moulds will not be deposited.

Heating Power(kw) : To be specified

Heating Time : To be specified


150

Qty : 1 Lot

Camera checking system to be considered

Moulds storage system shall be considered for 21 moulds loading station

6.3.36.3.36.3.36.3.3 RotaryRotaryRotaryRotary coaxialcoaxialcoaxialcoaxial singlesinglesinglesingle head,head,head,head, ribbonribbonribbonribbon stylestylestylestyle depositor.depositor.depositor.depositor.

The Depositor should have double head rotary servo driven pistons and SShopper with thermostat; hopper with horizontal stirrer, specifically designedfor easy removal for cleaning and maintenance purposes the rotation speed isadjustable by the operator on the HMI.The Depositor hopper should havelaser sensor which are controlling the valve on the tempering machine’sfeeding pipe to maintain product level.The Machine should have vibratingsensor to avoids any accidental product leakages.The head’s and hopper’stemperature are adjustable and controlled control by a heating/coolingexchanger.Depositor must have inbuilt automatic heating system.

One dozing plate ribbon for instant products making. The dosing plate is fixedto the depositor by means of pneumatic pistons with no-return devices,allowing easy and quick replacement while securing its holding even in theevent of pneumatic pressure decrease or sudden drop. The Mould is elevatedupward to receive the chocolate and downwards at the end of dosing stage.The dosing valve suction, together with the Mould descent facilitates the“tails” breaking.

The pistons are to be executed without sealing elements and are to bemaintenance free by all means, avoiding the possibility of contamination ofthe products, by plastic material, impossible to detect later.

The depositor is to be equipped with a control panel, to modify theparameters of the machine, of the line and select the different recipes for theproduction.

Mould Size : 750 x 255 mm for 100 gm & 150 gm , 750 x 255 mmfor 35 gm & 40 gm.

Moulding Capacity : 21 moulds per minute minimum

Qty : 1 No.

Rotary depositor without gasket on the piston shall be considered.

Change over parts for 100/150g and for 35/40g for depositor.

6.3.46.3.46.3.46.3.4 VibratingVibratingVibratingVibrating station.station.station.station.

Suitable vibrating device will beat the moulds in order to gently even thechocolate, inside the Mould’s cavities.The station should have shock absorberwith sound proof cover under maximum permissible noise level(>80 db)


151

Capacity : Suitable

Qty : 1 No.

6.3.56.3.56.3.56.3.5 CoolingCoolingCoolingCooling Box.Box.Box.Box.

The cooling unit should consist of one ascending and one descending column.The main frame containing the fans, evaporators, refrigeration system withauto defrosting device. The construction must prevent the accumulation ofmaterial in the lifting device to ensure cleaning and long life for the coolingunit.The cooling box must have required refrigeration system and the entirechilling unit should have glycol water and chilling pipes.

Moulds for layer : To be confirmed

Layers for column : To be confirmed

Total Moulds : To be confirmed

Cooling time : To be confirmed

Refrigeration load : To be confirmed

Frame : AISI 304

Cooling Capacity : 21 Moulds/Minute

Qty : 1 No.

Electrical panel cabinet to be specified

6.3.66.3.66.3.66.3.6 MouldMouldMouldMould twistingtwistingtwistingtwisting stationstationstationstation....

The Mould twisting station works as a pre-de-Moulding unit. Once the Mouldis in a stop phase of the transport, two lateral pneumatic devices twist it withdouble action, causing the detachment of the products from their cavities.Twisting angle is adjustable.

Capacity : Suitable

Qty : 1 No.

6.3.76.3.76.3.76.3.7 DemouldingDemouldingDemouldingDemoulding section.section.section.section.

This section consists of a Moulding elevator that lift and turn upside down themoulds onto an upper step chain conveyor. The moulds are carried forwardby an upper chain reaching the hammering area. The products, due to thepercussive action are released onto the main product’s conveyor.Thechocolate demouder should of high accuracy with no pre falling , maintainingthe chocolate gloss and the line.


152

The emptied moulds are turned upward and a camera detects the presenceof product(s) into the cavities. If, for any reason, a product if left the Mouldis discharged from the circuit and replaced by an automatic Mould’s dispenser.

Capacity : Suitable

Qty : 1 No.

6.3.7.16.3.7.16.3.7.16.3.7.1 SetSetSetSet ofofofof MouldsMouldsMouldsMoulds

Quantity : 100 gm / 150 gm 1 set.

35 gm / 40 gm 1 set.

M.O.C : 100 % food grade virgin Poly carbonate

20 % Extra moulds for both variants (100/150 gm and 35/40 gm)consideredin scope of supply

6.3.7.26.3.7.26.3.7.26.3.7.2 MouldsMouldsMouldsMoulds StorageStorageStorageStorage RacksRacksRacksRacks

SS storage racks for storage of empty moulds.

Quantity : 2 Nos.

M.O.C : AISI 304

6.3.7.36.3.7.36.3.7.36.3.7.3 MouldsMouldsMouldsMoulds CleaningCleaningCleaningCleaning SystemSystemSystemSystem

Washing / Cleaning system should be provided for unused moulds.

Quantity : 1 No.

M.O.C : AISI 304

6.3.86.3.86.3.86.3.8 MetalMetalMetalMetal DetectorDetectorDetectorDetector

Qty : 2 Nos.(1 for chips line and 1 for moulding line)

Sensitivity : 0.8 mm, fe / non fe /ss Max.


153

6.46.46.46.4 PackagingPackagingPackagingPackaging LineLineLineLine

6.4.16.4.16.4.16.4.1 HighHighHighHigh speedspeedspeedspeed rowrowrowrow’’’’ssss distributiondistributiondistributiondistribution system:system:system:system:

High speed distribution line shall fully automatic with PLC controlled andall motor shall be servo driven

This system should have a modular servo driven, flexible system to transferproducts coming from the processing in set rows, at high speed.This systemshould be compatible with a wide range of automatic feeding and packagingsolutions with adjustable end rollers and minimum belt transfer gaps.Allcomponents should be reliable, low-maintenance and perfectly coordinated.All belts shall be replaced quickly and without tools. The absence of staticparts above the process belt shall ensures that there is no productcontamination through dust or other pollutants.

The system should have separate electrical cabinet, touch Screen 10" HMI foroperation as well as for format and parameter changes. The belt should haveservo based an aligner which to ensure right align and right gap beforeentering in to packing section through metal detector.Product then passesthrough photo cells to check misalign row .

There is a pull nose system to discharge the product in a lower crossconveyor which shall be reverable with trolley mounted 2 no SS 304collection box for contaminated products and rejected products from metaldetector .FDA approved belts with SS304 supporting plates, rollers with longlife self lubricated bearings, heavy duty polycarbonate cover the pivoting area,strong welded construction RAL 9006.The scrapers should be provided forbelt cleaning from product crumbs.

The system should be provided with servo driven pivot station and servodriven row aligner, separator station 35/40g 100/150g each stationequipped with main belt conveyor , pivoting nose , servo driven pivotingnose , isometrically controlled polycarbonate safety guards.

closed cable tray and product over lapping system.The structure allows forfast and clear access to all required sectors and functions: parameter entry,faults indicator, shift statistics, troubleshooting procedures.

At the end of the line, there shall be 5.0 meter of extended long beltconsidered with dedicated serve motor in order to collect all the unwrappedproduct and refeed manually or automatically (100 and 150g ) to thewrapping machine at the end of the day.

Maximum transfer capacity : >50 rows/min

Product length : 40-200mm

Standard system width : 800÷2000mm (200mm incremental)


154

Maximum product’s row width : 790÷1920 mm

Pivoting end actuator : servo motorized

Capacity : Suitable

Qty : 1 Lot


155

FlowFlowFlowFlow CCCCharthartharthart forforforfor RowRowRowRow DistributionDistributionDistributionDistribution SystemSystemSystemSystem

To Cold Storage

De Moulding andTwisting System

High Speed Row DistributionSystem with Metal Detector, rowAligner, Cross Conveying Systemfor all Packaging Machine

Reversible CrossConveyor with SS 304Collection Box forRejected Packs

Flow Wrap Machine for 100gm and 150 gm(1111 Nos)Nos)Nos)Nos)

Automatic Cartoner Machine

Secondary Cartoner Machine

Cartoning Pkg Machine (Optional)

Flow Wrap Machine 2 for35 gm and 40 gm

Secondary Cartoner Machine

Tapping MachineMachine

Cold Storage Conveyor

Merging System 2

Foil WrapMachine no.1




Merging System 1

Tapping Machine

Cartoning Pkg Machine (Optional)

Flow Wrap Machine 1 for35 gm and 40 gm


156

6.4.1.16.4.1.16.4.1.16.4.1.1 ChocolateChocolateChocolateChocolate BufferBufferBufferBuffer systemsystemsystemsystem forforforfor packingpackingpackingpacking line.line.line.line.

In case of Packaging machine failure the chocolate shall be stored in buffersystem.

Capacity : 1000 kg to 1500 kg

Qty : 1 No.

6.4.26.4.26.4.26.4.2 HiHiHiHi FeedFeedFeedFeed ServoServoServoServo FeedingFeedingFeedingFeeding LineLineLineLine

The Line should avoid empty spaces and fill every gap by means ofacceleration and deceleration of the belt speed by the motion control unit.Thelength and width of the belt should be compatible with the line. The feedingline should provide final orientation as well as product's flow exit position tothe packing machine with perfect synchronization of the products in thecorrect pitch and the feeding onto the wrapping machine lugs chain.The lineshould be able to handled 168 PPM but design for 250 PPM maximum.

Feeding line shall be servo driven and controlled from flow wrap machinepanel.

Contact Parts M.O.C : AISI 304

Capacity : Suitable

Qty : 1 No.

SR.NO MODULEQuantity inNos.

Length in mm

1 Gap Closing Conveyor 2 500

2 Pre Orienting and orienting Unit 1 To be mention

3 Gap Closing Conveyor 2 1000

4 Timing module with aspiration 1 To be mention


157

6.56.56.56.5 FlowFlowFlowFlow wrapwrapwrapwrap packingpackingpackingpacking machinemachinemachinemachine forforforfor 100100100100 gmgmgmgm &&&& 150150150150 gmgmgmgm....

ProductProductProductProduct SpecificationSpecificationSpecificationSpecification :::: The Chocolate bar of 100 and 150 gm, will be flowwrapped and then cartoning.

MachineMachineMachineMachine DescriptionDescriptionDescriptionDescription :::: Flow wrap machine should be simple to operateelectronic controls and mechanical adjusts that offer fast and precise productchangeover capabilities. The machines and its control should be configuredspecific to our application and can be adapted for automated high-speedwrapping.

ProductProductProductProduct

TotalTotalTotalTotalCapacityCapacityCapacityCapacity SizeSizeSizeSize

No.No.No.No. ofofofofchocolatechocolatechocolatechocolateperperperper

minutesminutesminutesminutes

100100100100 gmgmgmgm LengthLengthLengthLength WidthWidthWidthWidth HeightHeightHeightHeight

Milk Chocolate1.0081.0081.0081.008MTMTMTMT perperperperHrHrHrHr

185185185185mmmmmmmm 88885555mmmmmmmm 7777mmmmmmmm 168168168168

Dark Chocolate1.0081.0081.0081.008MTMTMTMT perperperperHrHrHrHr


Dark Sugar Free1.008MT1.008MT1.008MT1.008MTperperperper HrHrHrHr


Bitter Chocolate1.008MT1.008MT1.008MT1.008MTperperperper HrHrHrHr


Mystic Mocha1.0081.0081.0081.008MTMTMTMT perperperperHrHrHrHr


150150150150 gmgmgmgm

Fruits & NutsChocolate

1.5121.5121.5121.512MTMTMTMT perperperperHrHrHrHr


Tropical Orange1.5121.5121.5121.512MTMTMTMT perperperperHrHrHrHr


Crackers1.512MT1.512MT1.512MT1.512MTperperperper HrHrHrHr



158

Supplier are requested for testing and evaluating of product and wrappingmaterial at their own cost.

The Machine should be cantilevered strong welded constructed 100 % servodriven machine, suitable for 24/7 multi-shift operation. High modularity toguarantees optimal system integration, featuring strict separation betweenproduct/packaging material handling and drive elements. The Machine Shouldbe User friendly intuitive menus MMI as well as reduced change over time,easy to perform interface tasks with any equipment up stream. The Machineshould have independent brushless motors with separate digital control,through optic fibers synchronized by the central control, to drive In feedchain, Longitudinal fin seal wheels, Transverse sealing crimpers.Should besuitable heat seal wrapping film.It should have printing facility, automatic reelsplicing, balancing arm for constant film tension control, electronicallycontrolled print registration with +/- correction . No product no film, codingdevices fitting provision that is print head & micro switch, Machine shouldhave plate cooling system, additional crimpers stainless steel executionsystem, provision for gas flushing device .

The in feed conveyor should have FDA approval belt, offset lug chain,mechanical chain tensioning device, removal catch pans and online productrejection system.

MaterialMaterialMaterialMaterial SpecificationSpecificationSpecificationSpecification :::: 100 gm and 150 gm it will be heat sealablelaminated Film. Supplier needs to visit the plant and check and test (ifrequired) the packing material / film at his own cost.

FeaturesFeaturesFeaturesFeatures ofofofof thethethethe MachineMachineMachineMachine ::::

Heated fin wheels should open automatically when the machine is stopped.

Servo drive torque protection.

Two-way eye correction of registered film, a function of the independentservo fin wheel drive.

Controlled acceleration and deceleration of wrapper during start and stop.Machine stops with crimpers in the open position during normal stop mode.

Servo wrapper equipped with 4 independent servo motors with electroniccontrol, features low noise, low maintenance and high speed.

Servo control unwinding feed roll for easy film tension adjustment andmemory.

Troubleshooting instruction function.Smart control system features self-diagnostic function.

Independent control of length, cutting and feeding make the productionchangeover easy and quick.


159

Four sets of automatic temperature controllers it should be control thetemperature with the machine speed.

Equipped photocell sensor for tracing control.

The machine will stop automatically when eye mark registration is error.

The machine stops automatically when the film runs out

The timing belt transmission design resulting in long life span and reducingthe noise, maintenance.

Auto-Centering single film reel.

Two sets of fin sealing rollers with pitching angle adjustable.

Brushes help the product through the discharging conveyor smoothly.

All products contacted areas are in stainless steel construction.

The end sealing jaws and the fin sealing wheels releases automatically whenthe machine stops.

Adjustable bag former one unit.

roduct Temperature : 10 ° C to 20 ° C

Wrapping style : Pillow Pack, without label on the portion

Wrapping material :12 micron Met petsurface +20 micron HST BOPP , reverseprinted +2 GSM adhesive

Sealing type : Hot type/cooling provision to be given atthe bottom of hot sealing area to avoidchocolate melting

Output required :up to 260 Pack/min for 100 gm and 150 gm

Qty : 1 No.

Description : The solid chocolate bar coming from thede moulding station via metal detector andon line check weigher continuously.

End Sealing Chain Conveyor

Milk and Dark Chocolate, density 1.3

Tolerance on 100 gm and 150 gm ± 1 gm )

185 x 85 x 7 and 10.5 mm


160

Output : 21 moulds /minute.

Machine Exit : On horizontal conveyor belt

Machine Control : Siemens / Allen Bradley. Touch screenshould be framed on machine for theoperator control.

Electrical : All motors should be eff-2 only andoperated through VFD. UPS must beinbuilt (suitable capacity) in electric panel.Only 3-phase, 415 V, AC supply will begiven at one point. Further distribution ofpower will be in supplier scope.

Electrical Cabinet : Fully integrated in machine

Modem : Modem for remote connection with portionpacking machine (Ethernet connection )

Interfacing :The Portion Packing machine (Flow wrappingmachine) is to be interfaced with theCartoning Machine.

Utilities Consumption : To be specified.

Safety : As per latest EC standards

Machine colour : Standard RAL 9006 / Equivalent.

Spare parts :2-years spare parts kit should be suppliedwith the machine and it must be additionalthan the commissioning spares.2- sets of Allrequired special tools and tackles is to besupply with machine.

With online printing device, tapping machine and box printing machine

The discharge conveyor should have FDA approved belt with rotating brush ,High Pressure Air Reject for splicing, empty, doubles, not cut, notregistered packs .

Details of feeder and MCC load shall be given by bidder .MCC is in scope ofsupply


161

6.66.66.66.6 AutomaticAutomaticAutomaticAutomatic FeedingFeedingFeedingFeeding SystemSystemSystemSystem

The automatic feeding system connects the out feed of the flow wrapper tothe in feed chain of the cartoner.The wrapped product coming from flowwrap machine is discharge on a inspection belt where the pack position ismonitored, out of pace products are discharge by means of air blast.Theoutlet of the inspection belt is connected crosswise to twin train pocketedstep racetrack collator from where there is a pick and place mechanism whichplace the product on to the cartoner product chain.

Operating speed : 170 ppm

Maximum machine speed : 250 PPM .

Qty : 1 No.


162

6.76.76.76.7 PrimaryPrimaryPrimaryPrimary CartoningCartoningCartoningCartoning MachineMachineMachineMachine afterafterafterafter flowflowflowflow wrapwrapwrapwrap forforforfor 100100100100gmgmgmgm &&&& 150150150150 gm.gm.gm.gm.

ProductProductProductProduct SpecificationSpecificationSpecificationSpecification ::::


TotalTotalTotalTotalCapacityCapacityCapacityCapacity SizeSizeSizeSize

MachineMachineMachineMachineSpeedSpeedSpeedSpeed

PPMPPMPPMPPM

100100100100 gmgmgmgm LengthLengthLengthLength WidthWidthWidthWidth HeightHeightHeightHeight

Milk Chocolate1.0081.0081.0081.008MTMTMTMT perperperperHrHrHrHr


Dark Chocolate1.0081.0081.0081.008MTMTMTMT perperperperHrHrHrHr


Dark Sugar Free1.0081.0081.0081.008MTMTMTMT perperperperHrHrHrHr


Bitter Chocolate1.008MT1.008MT1.008MT1.008MTperperperper HrHrHrHr


Mystic Mocha1.0081.0081.0081.008MTMTMTMT perperperperHrHrHrHr


150150150150 gmgmgmgm

Fruits & NutsChocolate



Tropical Orange1.1521.1521.1521.152MTMTMTMT perperperperHrHrHrHr


Crackers1.5121.5121.5121.512MTMTMTMT perperperperHrHrHrHr



163

The Chocolates hot sealed flow wrapped shall automatically feed to theprimary cartoning machine with online coding / printing system.It can beindividually controlled and synchronized with up stream and down streamequipments. No product no carton and no carton no load feature. Positivecarton erection and hot melt system to be included. The proper safety system


164

shall be consider for immediate shutdown of machine in case of jamming ofthe product and suitable facility for removal of trapped product.The finallyprimary pack shall be feed to the secondary cartoning machine.

Product to pack

Machine will pack pre flow-wrapped laminate chocolate tablets intocardboard packing.

Qty : 1 No.

Cartoner Dimension : will be given actual

Carton Dimension : 210 x 95 x 10.5

Type of packing : Cardboard case (flat carton) or pre formcarton .

Specifications : Actually cartoon sizes will be given

Type of feeding : Automatic

Speed : Up to 260 packs/min. for 100-150g

Functioning : Supplier needs to submit detail functioningalong with offer.

6.86.86.86.8 SecondarySecondarySecondarySecondary CartoningCartoningCartoningCartoning MachineMachineMachineMachine (Optional)(Optional)(Optional)(Optional)

Product after the Cartoning machine shall be feed to the secondary cartoningmachine where it should be automatic filled into the inner carton of 10chocolates. The output packet of the secondary cartoning machine should bedischarged to conveyor belt, which shall be filled manually into outer boxeswhich constitute of 4 boxes. It should be finally feed to the tapping machinewhich shall have coding/printing facility and then finally placed to theconveyor belt of finished product cold storage.

100 gm and 150 gm : 2140 x 1200 x 1010 mm(product height to be cross check bysupplier at site) which will be coming outfrom en-load cartoner .

Type of packing : Cardboard case (flat carton) or pre formcartoner .

Specifications : Actually cartoon sizes will be given

Type of feeding : Automatic

Speed : Up to 60 packs/min. for 100-150g

Operation speed 50 PPM


165

Qty : 1 No.

Functioning : Supplier needs to submit detail functioningalong with offer.

2-years spares is to be offered which should be separated from thecommissioning spare.

SpecialSpecialSpecialSpecial notenotenotenote :::: Installation and commissioning charges must be inclusive ofAir fare of the commissioning engineer, Local transportation, hotels, foodand conveyance charges.


166

6.96.96.96.9 FoilFoilFoilFoil WrappingWrappingWrappingWrapping machinemachinemachinemachine forforforfor 35353535 gmgmgmgm andandandand 40404040 gm.gm.gm.gm.

ProductProductProductProduct DetailsDetailsDetailsDetails ::::

MachineMachineMachineMachine DescriptionDescriptionDescriptionDescription :::: The Chocolate bar of 35 to 40 gm, will be envelopetype internal aluminum foil(10-12 micron) wrapped (without heat sealing ) ,external regular glued paper(80g/sqm, L x W : 145 * 89 mm)wrapped andfinally wrapped with cold flow laminate .Machine should have product in feedbelt equipped with capacitive sensors which control the start and stop of themachine.Fiber optical device should be provided for stop the machine in casethe wrapping material has not arrived or is not correctly positioned.Machineshould have automatic lubrication system and hot-melt spots distributiongun.Machine should be fully automatic PLC based with touch screen controlpanel.

The Machine in feed belt should be consists of two parallel conveyor beltsrunning at faster speed to create a certain gap between products.These beltshould be properly distanced to allow the rejection of broken products andavoid their proceeding towards the wrapping station.The first product rowshould be separated from the others and transferred onto the elevator by anappropriate device.The wrapping material shall be fed from reel, unwound by acontinuous motion unwinder and cut by a rotary blades.The wrapping stationshould be made of rotating head with four pairs of grips to carry the product tothe working positions.

MaterialMaterialMaterialMaterial DescriptionDescriptionDescriptionDescription :::: For 35 gm to 40 gm it will be aluminium foil thenregular glued paper and cold seal laminate. Supplier needs to visit the plantand check and test (if required) the packing material / film at his own cost.


TotalTotalTotalTotalCapacityCapacityCapacityCapacity

SizeSizeSizeSize Nos.Nos.Nos.Nos. ofofofofchocolatechocolatechocolatechocolateperperperper

minutesminutesminutesminutesLengthLengthLengthLength WidthWidthWidthWidth HeightHeightHeightHeight

Milk Chocolate35 gm


105105105105mmmmmmmm 55555555mmmmmmmm6.56.56.56.55555mmmmmmmm

504504504504

Dark Chocolate35 gm


105105105105mmmmmmmm 55555555mmmmmmmm6.556.556.556.55mmmmmmmm

504504504504

Fruits & NutsChocolate 40

gm




167

Product Temperature : 10 ° C to 20 ° C

Wrapping style : Foil wrapping without heat seal(enveloptype)

Wrapping material : 12 micron aluminum foil.

Output required : up to 130 Pack/min for 35 gm and 40 gm

No. of machine : 4 nos.

PACKAGINGPACKAGINGPACKAGINGPACKAGING MACHINEMACHINEMACHINEMACHINE

Description : The solid chocolate bar coming from thede moulding station via metal detector andon line check weigher continuously.

Output : 540 chocolates /minute.







The discharge conveyor should have FDA approved belt.

6.9.16.9.16.9.16.9.1 MergingMergingMergingMerging SystemSystemSystemSystem

The Product after foil wrap machine should be passed through mergingsystem.The system should have a buffer conveyor.Machine should have highoperational safety, high efficiency, servo motor, without tool belt change overfacility and optimum hygiene standards.

Capacity : Suitable

Qty : 2 Nos.

6.106.106.106.10 FlowFlowFlowFlow WrapWrapWrapWrap machinemachinemachinemachine forforforfor 35-4035-4035-4035-40 gmgmgmgm foilfoilfoilfoil PackedPackedPackedPacked chocolate.chocolate.chocolate.chocolate.

The Machine should be cantilevered strong welded constructed 100 % servodriven machine, suitable for 24/7 multi-shift operation. High modularity toguarantees optimal system integration, featuring strict separation betweenproduct/packaging material handling and drive elements. The Machine Should


168

be user friendly intuitive menus MMI as well as reduced change over time,easy to perform interface tasks with any equipment up stream. The Machineshould have independent brushless motors with separate digital control,through optic fibers synchronized by the central control, to drive in feedchain, Longitudinal fin seal wheels, Transverse sealing crimpers, should besuitable cold seal wrapping film.It should have printing facility, automatic reelsplicing, balancing arm for constant film tension control, electronicallycontrolled print registration with +/- correction . No product no film, codingdevices fitting provision that is print head & micro switch.Machine shouldhave additional crimpers stainless steel execution system, gas flushing device.

The in feed conveyor should have FDA approval belt, offset lug chain,mechanical chain tensioning device, removal catch pans and online productrejection system.

Filling Temperature : 10 ° C to 20 ° C

Wrapping style : Pillow Pack,

Wrapping material : 15µ BOPP (Rev PRTD)/12µ Pet/ Cold Seal

Output required : up to 260 Pack/min for 35 gm and 40 gm

Nos. of Machine : 2 Nos.

PACKAGINGPACKAGINGPACKAGINGPACKAGING MACHINEMACHINEMACHINEMACHINE

Description : The solid chocolate bar coming from thede moulding station via metal detector andcontinuously on line checkweigher(Optional).

Output : 540 PPM.



Electrical : All motors should be eff-2 only andoperated through VFD. UPS must be inbuilt(suitable capacity) in electric panel. Only 3-phase, 415 V, AC supply will be given atone point. Further distribution of power willbe in supplier scope.


Modem Modem for remote connection with portion packing machine(Ethernet connection )


169

Interfacing The Portion Packing machine (Flow wrapping machine) is tobe interfaced to stacker




Spare parts :2-years spare parts kit should be suppliedwith the machine and it must be additionalthan the commissioning spares.2- sets of Allrequired special tools and tackles is to besupply with machine.

With online printing device, tapping machine and box printing machine

The discharge conveyor should have FDA approved belt with rotating brush ,High Pressure Air Reject for splicing, empty, doubles, not cut, notregistered packs

6.116.116.116.11 SecondarySecondarySecondarySecondary CartoningCartoningCartoningCartoning MachineMachineMachineMachine forforforfor WrappedWrappedWrappedWrapped PackedPackedPackedPackedchocolate.chocolate.chocolate.chocolate. (optional)(optional)(optional)(optional)

Product after the flow wrap pack machine shall be feed to the secondarycartoning machine which is synchronized with the other cold seal wrappingmachine output should be automatic filled into the inner carton of 20chocolates with robotic / Pick and Place system .Machine should be PLCoperated and should design for easy loading with pick up and forcedopening arms fitted with suction cup ensuring that the cases is maintainedperfectly erected during products insertion The output packet of thesecondary cartoning machine should be discharge through conveyor belt, thisshall be filled manually into outer boxes which constitute of 18 boxes. Itshould be finally feed to the tapping machine which shall have coding/printingsystem and finally placed to the conveyor belt of finished product coldstorage.

Capacity : Suitable

Qty. : 1 No.


170

6.126.126.126.12 ProvisionalProvisionalProvisionalProvisional PartPartPartPart andandandand EquipmentEquipmentEquipmentEquipment ListListListList

6.136.136.136.13 FinishedFinishedFinishedFinished ProductProductProductProduct ConveyorConveyorConveyorConveyor

Conveyor to transfer finish products boxes from packing section to coldstorage with automation (auto start/stop).

Capacity : Suitable

Qty. : 1 No.

6.146.146.146.14 StorageStorageStorageStorage FacilityFacilityFacilityFacility ofofofof PackagingPackagingPackagingPackaging MaterialMaterialMaterialMaterial ....

Packaging Material storage facility(Racks)should be provided in packingroom.Conveyor facility should be provided form packaging material storage topacking section.

Capacity : Suitable

M.O.C : AISI 304

SRSRSRSR NONONONO PARTPARTPARTPART //// EQUIPMENTEQUIPMENTEQUIPMENTEQUIPMENT MAKEMAKEMAKEMAKE

1 Control Cabinet2 Motion Control Processor3 Drivers4 Servomotors5 AC motor6 Gear Motors7 Inverters8 MMI9 Beacon light10 Photo Sensors11 Static Relays12 Auxiliary Relays13 Safety Door Switches14 Safety Module15 Terminals16 Push-Buttons17 24 Volts DC feeder18 Power Switch19 Automatic Switches20 I/O21 Probes22 Inductive Sensors23 Pneumatics24 Suction Pump


171

UtilityUtilityUtilityUtility consumptionconsumptionconsumptionconsumption detailsdetailsdetailsdetails ::::UtilityUtilityUtilityUtilityUtilityUtilityUtilityUtilityUtilityUtilityUtilityUtility (design)(design)(design)(design)

Steam: *

Break up & Total steam, kg/hr withpressure in Kg/Sq. cm

*

Cooling water, m3/hr *

row / RO water consumption m3/hr *

Compressed air consumption, m3/hr *

Power, KW/hr *

**** ==== totototo bebebebe filledfilledfilledfilled bybybyby thethethethe bidder.bidder.bidder.bidder.

MotorsMotorsMotorsMotors DetailsDetailsDetailsDetails

ListListListList ofofofof motorsmotorsmotorsmotors QtyQtyQtyQty TotalTotalTotalTotal InstalledInstalledInstalledInstalledPowerPowerPowerPower (KW)(KW)(KW)(KW)

1

2

3

4

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

TotalTotalTotalTotal kWkWkWkW


172

Pack-Pack-Pack-Pack- 2,2,2,2, EquipmentEquipmentEquipmentEquipment ListListListList ofofofof MouldingMouldingMouldingMoulding linelinelineline andandandand PackingPackingPackingPackingMachine.Machine.Machine.Machine.

ClauseClauseClauseClauseNo.No.No.No.


6.3 Chocolate Moulding Line6.3.1 Moulding line 1500 kg/hr 1 Lot6.3.2 Mould Heating Station & Surface

CleaningSuitable 1 Lot

6.3.3 Rotary Co-axial single head ribbonstyle depositor.

1500 kg/hr 1 No.

6.3.4 Vibrating Station Suitable 1 No.6.3.5 Cooling Box 21 moulds/

minute1 No.

6.3.6 Mould twisting station Suitable 1 No.6.3.7 De-Moulding section Suitable 1 No.

6.3.7.1 Sets of Moulds 2 Sets.6.3.7.2 Moulds Storage Racks Suitable 2 Nos.6.3.7.3 Mould Cleaning System Suitable 1 No.6.3.8 Metal Detector Suitable 2 Nos.6.4 Packaging Line Suitable 1 Lot

6.4.1 High speed row’s distribution system: > 50 row/min

1 No.

6.4.1.1 Chocolate Buffer System for PackingLine

1000 to1500 kg

1 No.

6.4.2 Hi-Feed Screw Feeding Line Suitable 1 No.6.5 Flow wrapper 260 PPM 1 No.

6.6 Automatic Feeding System 170 to 250PPM

1 No.

6.7 Primary Cartoning Machine after Flowwrap

260 PPM 1 No.

6.8 Secondary Cartoning Machine 50 to 60PPM

1 No.

6.9 Foil Wrap Machine for 35 and 40 gm 130 PPM 4 Nos.

6.9.1 Merging System Suitable 2 Nos.

6.10 Flow Wrap Machine for 35 and 40 gmFoil Packed Chocolate

260 PPM 2 Nos.

6.11 Secondary Cartoning Machine forWrapped packs Chocolate

Suitable 1 No.

6.12 Provisional Parts & Equipments 1 Set.

6.13 Finished Product Conveyor Suitable 1 No.

6.14 Storage Facility for packaging Material Suitable 1 No.


173

UTILITY,AUTOMATION,INSTRUMENTUTILITY,AUTOMATION,INSTRUMENTUTILITY,AUTOMATION,INSTRUMENTUTILITY,AUTOMATION,INSTRUMENTANDANDANDAND ELECTRICALELECTRICALELECTRICALELECTRICAL PARTPARTPARTPART

FORFORFORFORPACKPACKPACKPACK 1111 ANDANDANDAND PACKPACKPACKPACK 2222


174

1.1.1.1. WaterWaterWaterWater DistributionDistributionDistributionDistribution SystemSystemSystemSystem

1111.1.1.1.1 ChilledChilledChilledChilled waterwaterwaterwater pipes,pipes,pipes,pipes, valvesvalvesvalvesvalves &&&& fittingsfittingsfittingsfittings

Quantity : 1 Lot

GI ‘B’ class pipes and fittings to interconnect chilled, chilled water tank andchilled water pump sets. The pipes will be as per IS 1239 for size 150NB andbelow & as per IS3589 for sizes above 150 NB. The necessary pipe support,valves, non-return valves etc. as per compact layout.

1.1.1.1.2222 RawRawRawRawwaterwaterwaterwater PipesPipesPipesPipes &&&& FittingsFittingsFittingsFittings

Quantity : 1 Lot

Water ring mains of medium duty galvanized mild steel. The fittings shallinclude valves, non return valves, control valves flow meters and supportingstructural.

1.1.1.1.3333 ROROROROwaterwaterwaterwater PipesPipesPipesPipes &&&& FittingsFittingsFittingsFittings

Quantity : 1 Lot

Water ring mains of medium duty galvanized mild steel. The fittings shallinclude valves, non return valves, control valves flow meters and supportingstructural.

2.2.2.2. CompressedCompressedCompressedCompressed airairairair pipespipespipespipes &&&& fittingsfittingsfittingsfittings

Quantity : 1 Lot

Instrument air ring mains shall be of ERW pipes/ galvanized MS heavy duty (Cclass) . From ring main, a line shall be tapped for particular sections andaccessories considered are isolating valve, air filter regulator and distributionplate. From distribution plate, nylon tube shall be provided to connect to theutility points. Instruments tubing more than 1 meters shall be laid in protectiveflexible hose / conduit. All valves and fittings, which are not welded up to 50mm NB shall be, screwed type and above 50 mm shall be flanged type.

3.3.3.3. PlantPlantPlantPlant supportingsupportingsupportingsupporting structurestructurestructurestructure &&&& MaintenanceMaintenanceMaintenanceMaintenance PlatformsPlatformsPlatformsPlatformsetc.etc.etc.etc.

Maintenance platforms shall be provided by the bidder.

Support for these platforms shall be taken from the civil building beams and /or columns. Approach to these platforms shall be provided from the nearestbuilding floor level through suitable walk way and / or ladders. Railings – up to1 M height, shall be provided, wherever required.


175

Bidders to include Pipe supports, small Crossover Bridge, Utility bridge,standing platforms as required.

Quantity : 1 Lot

M.O.C : AISI 304

4.4.4.4. AUTOMATIONAUTOMATIONAUTOMATIONAUTOMATION SYSTEMSYSTEMSYSTEMSYSTEM

4.14.14.14.1 PLCPLCPLCPLC basedbasedbasedbased controlcontrolcontrolcontrol systemsystemsystemsystem

Quantity :1 no

Microprocessor based Programmable Logic Controller (PLC) will be used forcentralized operation of the plant.

The PLC system offered will have open architecture and will use commonengineering tool for operator station, automation system, communicationsystem, engineering system and I/O. Sub systems are integrated togetherwith standard & proven networks with fully optimized & standard openprotocols.

Comprehensive self-diagnostic features will be provided to facilitate easy faultlocation and detection of failure without individually checking each module.On-line testing facility of control system while the unit is in operation, will beprovided with suitable indication for easy identification of faulty module.

The process / final control element interface section of PLC will comprise ofvarious signal interface cards suitable for hard wired DI/DO & AI & AOcommunication with field devises, I/O stations, local control panel,actuator/sensor, frequency drives.

Sensors will be checked for open and short circuit conditions. Failure of sensor/ transmitter will not lead to malfunction of the corresponding control systemas shown in the configuration diagram.

4.24.24.24.2 SSSServererverervererver

Quantity : 01 Lot

Server will store all the relevant information from the PLC and all networkedcomputer connected and will generate the MIS report.Necessary RDBMSsoftware either ORACLE or SQL server and D2K or visual basis as front end willbe considered for data storage and MIS report generation.

4.34.34.34.3 OperatorOperatorOperatorOperator WorkWorkWorkWork StationStationStationStation PCPCPCPC

Quantity : 2 Nos.Type : Quad Processor PC with 21” color TFT screen

The HMIs (21” color TFT – LCD display with keyboard & mouse) would behigh end PC & shall have DVD_RW drives with back-up data recording facility.


176

The hard disc shall have data storage capacity of at least 90 days plant data.Suitable hardware &software shall support multi screen technology.

The monitoring / control terminal will be fully capable of addressing any plantdata thus, will function as a single window for operation and monitoring.Each terminal will be independent with its support hardware includingadequate local memory for resident database to reduce data traffic throughthe highways. The resident data will be continuously updated at all terminals

All navigation buttons should be visible on one screen at a time.

Printing of graphs/trends & report would be possible from the HMIs.

4.44.44.44.4 EngineeringEngineeringEngineeringEngineering PCPCPCPC cumcumcumcum OperatingOperatingOperatingOperating ConsoleConsoleConsoleConsole PCPCPCPC

Quantity : 1 No. for main control room

Type : Quad Processor PC with 21” color TFT screen

The PC shall be similar to HMI PC (21” color TFT – LCD display with keyboard& mouse) would be high end type & shall have DVD_RW drive with back-updata recording facility. Facility of operation/ monitoring/ control as well asengineering programming would also be required in this PC.

The hard disc shall have data storage capacity of at least 90 days plant data.Suitable software shall support multi screen technology.

Printing of graphs/trends & report would be possible from this PC.

4.54.54.54.5 PrintersPrintersPrintersPrinters

Laser Jet B/W suitable for A4 /A3 ---- 1 No.Dot Matrix 132 column - 1 No.

4.64.64.64.6 NetworkNetworkNetworkNetwork hardhardhardhard warewarewareware

Fiber Optic Cable – 1 LotUTP / STP Cables – 1 LotSwitches – As required

4.74.74.74.7 SystemSystemSystemSystem SSSSofofofoftwaretwaretwaretware

The system software will be based on open architecture. For networkingTCP/IP or ISO-OSI model will be in use. It will be latest object orientedsoftware, which result in fully scalable system. Original license version of thelatest release of software will be used.

Quantity : 1 Set.

4.84.84.84.8 ControlControlControlControl deskdeskdeskdesk /Cabinet/Cabinet/Cabinet/Cabinet

The design of all console / panels / cabinets and layout will be based onhuman engineering considerations, fully keeping in view of the convenienceof operation and maintenance personnel.


177

Operator’s Consoles will be free-standing type. All keyboards and other cursorcontrol devices will be mounted on the horizontal part of the console. Themonitors will be mounted on the raised part of the Console.

All system modules, power supply components as required for completenessof the systems will be housed in System Cabinets. The cabinets will be totallyenclosed free-standing type equipped with full height front and rear doors.Cabinets will be designed for front access to system modules and rear accessto wiring. The cabinets will be, in general, designed for bottom entry ofcables and will have non-welded construction only.

ConstructionalConstructionalConstructionalConstructional FeaturesFeaturesFeaturesFeatures:

Modular steel internal Structure.Wood/metal work surfacePowder coated MS structureUnder Counter keyboard traysSlide out CPU shelvesFoot restTelephone mounting shelvesBinder storageUnder counter pencil traysPrinter table

Quantity : 1 Lot

4.94.94.94.9 UPSUPSUPSUPS systemsystemsystemsystem forforforfor Automation,Automation,Automation,Automation, InstrumentsInstrumentsInstrumentsInstruments

The Suitable capacity UPS ( 1W + 1parallel ) power supply is considered forPLC power supply. On total failure of the incoming A.C. supply to the

plant, sufficient battery back-up has been envisaged to allow all control and

instrumentation equipment to operate for at least 30 minutes to allow safe

shutdown of the plant.

24 V DC power supply will be used wherever applicable for Control Systemand will be derived from UPS, Any other voltage level required for the systemwill be the responsibility of the Bidder along with all required hardware.

Quantity : 2 Nos.

5.5.5.5. FieldFieldFieldField Instruments,Instruments,Instruments,Instruments, ControlControlControlControl ValvesValvesValvesValves &&&& AccessoriesAccessoriesAccessoriesAccessories

5.15.15.15.1 ProcessProcessProcessProcess transmitterstransmitterstransmitterstransmitters

Quantity : 1 Lot

All the Process Transmitters will be based on Hard wired AI/AO modules withLocal Digital Indicator.

Measuring ranges of transmitters will be selected in such a way that the ratedvalue of the measuring variables appears at approx. 50-70% of the span.


178

The sensing elements and internal parts will be constructed with AISI 316 . Incase of stock and corrosive fluid application, diaphragm seal type transmitterwith capillary is foreseen.

Transmitters will generally be installed on Instrument Stands made of 2” SSpipes located at convenient points.

5.25.25.25.2 ProcessProcessProcessProcess gaugesgaugesgaugesgauges

Quantity : 1 Lot

Process gauges will be provided for local indication on all utility lines.

Pressure gauge sensing element will be Bourdon / Bellow / Diaphragm type ingeneral depending upon the process condition. Direct reading Pressure /Differential Pressure gauges will be used of SS 316 sensing element and AISI304 movement material.

All accessories, such as 2-valve manifold etc. will be provided with pressuregauges according to application. Where process temperature exceeds 70 °C,siphon loops will be utilized.

Local temperature measurement will be done bi-metal Temperature gauges.Temperature gauges may be direct mounted type (multi angle) or with SScapillary extension ( at least 3 Mtrs ) as per the application area.

The sensing element / bulb / capillary etc. will be of SS 316 for temperaturegauges

5.35.35.35.3 TemperatureTemperatureTemperatureTemperature elementselementselementselements

Quantity : 1 Lot

All Temperature Sensors Elements will be of Duplex type with SS 316 sheathand MgO filled. Depending on temperature ranges, Pt-100 3-wire ResistanceTemperature Detector (RTD).

Thermocouple / RTD heads, with chain holder, will be of the waterproof type,with duplex terminal block, gas kitted cover and stainless steel chain.Screwed covers will be used.

5.45.45.45.4 ControlControlControlControl valvesvalvesvalvesvalves

Quantity : 1 Lot

Pneumatic control valves complete with microprocessor based electropneumatic positioners.

The control valve sizing will be done in such a way that the calculated noiselevel at worst operating condition will not be more than 85 DBA at 1 mdistance.


179

Valve trim material will be harder than, but compatible with, the pipe inwhich it is installed.

All control valves will have sufficient overload range. At maximum operation,the control valves will be at 75-80% open. Valve bodies will be no more thantwo (2) line sizes smaller than the pipe in which they are installed.

Leakage class ANSI IV

All control valves (independent of their type) will have a tight shutoff againstat least 110% of the maximum design pressure. The stroke/throughputcharacteristic will, dependent on the purpose. The valve stems will be wellguided and the valves will operate without excessive vibration and noise. Theabove will achieve a stable fluid control over the entire flow range. Controlvalve design and location will take into account flashing and cavitationconditions.

In case of failure of electric or pneumatic supply or in case of failure of thecontroller output signal, the actuators will remain locked in actual position orwill reach a safe position, depending on the particular case.

Calve positioners will be suitable for Analog input/output to PLC system.

5.55.55.55.5 ControlControlControlControl cablescablescablescables &&&& OtherOtherOtherOther MiscellaneousMiscellaneousMiscellaneousMiscellaneous itemsitemsitemsitems likelikelikelike InstrumentInstrumentInstrumentInstrument H/wH/wH/wH/w ,,,,TubingTubingTubingTubing &&&& conduitsconduitsconduitsconduits

Quantity : 1 Lot

6.6.6.6. ElectricalElectricalElectricalElectrical

6.16.16.16.1 IntelligentIntelligentIntelligentIntelligent MotorMotorMotorMotor ControlControlControlControl CenterCenterCenterCenter

Quantity : 1 NosType : Suitable for indoor installation with a provision for expansion.Feeders : Incoming feeder from Existing Electrical System. All outgoing

feeders shall have isolation facility, protection and monitoring, .All feeders shall have vfds . Cable entry shall be from Top.

Instruments : Standard switch gears with ON off facility from PLC

GeneralGeneralGeneralGeneral specificationsspecificationsspecificationsspecifications

FunctionalFunctionalFunctionalFunctional Requirement:Requirement:Requirement:Requirement:

To receive, control & distribute electrical power at 415V, 50Hz AC in a sheetsteel housing. The variation in voltage is +/- 5% & frequency is +/-6%.

DesignDesignDesignDesign RequirementRequirementRequirementRequirement &&&& ScopeScopeScopeScope ofofofof SupplySupplySupplySupply

Intelligent Motor control center is to be manufactured/ assembled as per thelatest IS specification, Indian electricity rule, including special requirements of


180

concerned state electricity Inspectorate & the detailed specification mentionedbelow.

HousingHousingHousingHousing Details:Details:Details:Details:

The IMCC will be Non-drow out type having top cable entry. The switchboardwill be fabricated out of 2.0 mm ( for load bearing members ) & 1.6 mm ( fordoors & covers ) sheet steel & will consist of freestanding front openablepanels arranged to form a continuous line up of uniform height. Cold rolledsheet steels will be used for doors & front covers. Front doors will be hingedtype. Busbar & cable alleys cover will be bolted type. Switchboard will beextensible at both the ends by addition of vertical section. Ends of the busbarwill be suitably drilled for this purpose.The switchboard will be totally enclosed dust, weather & vermin proof.Gaskets of durable material will be provided for door & other openings. Suitablehooks will be provided for lifting the boards. These hooks when removed willnot leave any opening in the board. All hardware will be corrosion resistant. Alljoints & connection will be made by galvanized zinc passivated or cadmiumplated high tensile strength steel bolts, nuts & washers secured againstlooseningThe switchboard will be in cubicle design (each feeder component is housed inindividual cubicle). Suitable cable & busbar alley will be provided. Allcomponents of the switchboard will be approachable from front. The maximum& minimum operating handle/ pushbutton height of any feeder will not be morethan 2050 mm or less than 250 mm with reference to panel bottom.Supporting arrangement for dressing of power & control cable in cable alleysalso will be provided. Maximum shipping length of MCC will be 2500mm.

Painting:Painting:Painting:Painting:

All metal surfaces will be thoroughly cleaned & degreased to remove all scales,rust, grease & dust. Fabricated structure will be prickled & treated to removeany trace of acid. The undersurface will be prepared by applying phosphatepaint & a coat of yellow zinc chromate primer. The undersurface will be madefree from all imperfections before undertaking the final coat. After preparationof the under surface, the panel will be powder coated shade RAL7032 texturedfinish of 50 micron & sheet steel fabrication shall be treated in seven tank coldtreatment process before powder coated painting.The finish panels will be driedin stove ovens in dust free atmosphere, panel finish will be free fromimperfections like pinhole, orange peels, run of paint etc.All unpainted steelparts will be cadmium plated or suitably treated to prevent rust corrosion etc.

NameNameNameName Plate:Plate:Plate:Plate:

Three Ply bi colour plastic nameplates for all incoming & outgoing feeders willbe provided on the doors of each compartment. Nameplates will be fixed byscrew only. Special danger plate will be provided as per requirement. Insidepanels, sticker will be provided for all components giving identification numberas per detailed wiring diagram.

Busbar Sizing Connection & Supports:


181

The busbar will be made from high conductivity electrolytic aluminiumconforming to grade E91E of IS 5082. The busbar & supports will be capable ofwithstanding rated & short circuit current. Minimum size of power busbar will be200 amps rating. Maximum current density permissible for aluminium busbarwill be 0.8-amps/ sq. Mm. An earthing busbar of minimum 150 sq. mm sectionaluminium will be provided at bottom throughout the length of the panel.Thebusbar will be provided with heat shrinkable insulating sleeve, supports forbusbar will be made of suitable size, heavy duty SMC & this shall be adequatein numbers so as to avoid any sag in the busbar. Busbars are black PVC sleeved.Red, yellow, blue bands will be provided at intervals to identify the respectivephases. Black band is used to identify neutral. Minimum clearance betweenphase to phase will be 50 mm & that between phase to neutral/ earth will be32 mm.The busbar will be capable of carrying 1.25 times the load connected tothat particular bus.

PowerPowerPowerPower ConnectionConnectionConnectionConnection ::::

Flexible Copper wires of adequate cross section will be used up to 100 Amp.Cable lugs/ sockets of suitable size & type will be used for interconnections.Aluminium busbar strips of adequate rating will be used for current rating ofabove 100 amps. For aluminium to copper connections the copper surface willbe silver-plated & the aluminium surface will be properly cleaned & suppliedwith oxide inhibiting grease. For incoming & outgoing feeders of IMCC,aluminium cables will be used & hence the panel is to be designed for receivingthese & wherever required, cable boxes with busbar extension for receivingmore number of cables will be provided in panel by supplier. Removable glandplate will be provided for cable entries. To prevent accidental contacts allinterconnecting cables/ busbar & all terminals also shall be shrouded. Standardcolor code of red, yellow & blue for phases & black for neutral to be followedfor all busbar/conductor.

AuxiliaryAuxiliaryAuxiliaryAuxiliary WiringWiringWiringWiring &&&& TerminalsTerminalsTerminalsTerminals ::::

Wiring for all controls, protection, metering, signaling etc. inside theswitchboard will be done with 650 volts Grey color PVC insulated copperconductor. Minimum size of these conductors will be 1.5 sq. mm. Control wiringto components fixed on doors will be flexible type. The complete panel shall beof cubical design & will have its own control circuit with fuse & indication.Terminal block (minimum 3 ways) for control wiring will be provided for eachoutgoing motor feeder in its cubical. 10% spare terminal will always beavailable in each terminal block. All control wiring shall be provided withnecessary cable sockets/ lugs at both ends. Conductors will be terminated usingcompression type lugs. Each termination will be identified at both the ends byPVC ferrules. The identification terminal numbers shall match with those in thedrawing. Control wiring for motor feeders shall be such that green light formotor feeder is ON only when control as well as power circuit of feeder is ON &it will have its own fuse. For all motor starter feeders provision for controlwiring to remote ON/OFF control through ICP is to be provided. The auxiliarywiring for the same will be brought up to terminal blocks in the feeder cubicle.240V AC auxiliary supply will be tapped from incoming side of incomer. 240V ACpanel space heater supply will be tapped from incoming side of incomer. Panelspace heater will be mounted in cable alley of each panel. Each space heater


182

will have 1 number thermostat, 1 number single pole toggle switch, 1 number2A fuse & 1 number neutral link. All wires used for auxiliary circuit are flexiblegrade 1100/660v.All power switches are provided with door interlocking and padlocking facility inoff & on position.Reset cord with actuator at front door will be provided with thermal overloadrelay.For all 63 amps outgoing feeder the cable will be 4 square mm aluminium.For all 630 amps outgoing feeder the cable will be 2 numbers 400 square mmaluminium.

AirAirAirAir circuitcircuitcircuitcircuit breaker:breaker:breaker:breaker:

These will be motor operated drow-out type suitable for 415 V, 50Hz supply.The ACB will have suitable built in solid state/ microprocessor based protectivedevice with all accessories. Current rating, short circuit current, protectionrelays etc. will be provided. Mechanical interlock will be provided such that theACB feeder cubical door can not be open when ACB is ON. All accessories suchas 6 NO/6 NC auxiliary contact, safety shutter, door interlocking, locking inisolated position, racking interlock will be provided.

ModuledModuledModuledModuled casecasecasecase circuitcircuitcircuitcircuit breaker:breaker:breaker:breaker:

MCCBs will be manual type provided with operating handle mechanism anddoor interlocking. The MCCBs will be with triple pole construction arranged forsimultaneous three pole manual closing or opening & automatic instantaneoustripping on short circuit. Closing mechanism will be quick make & quick break &trip free type & will give a clear indication ON, OFF & TRIP indication. Controlvoltage for MCCB will be 240 volts. Fault rating of MCCB will be minimum 35kA.

Switches:Switches:Switches:Switches:

Switches will be load break, heavy duty, air break having continuos maximumrating type with manual quick make & break mechanism. Mechanism will beprovided to prevent opening of door in switch closed position & prevent closingof switch in door open position. However it shall be possible to defeat thisarrangement for testing purpose.

Pushbutton:Pushbutton:Pushbutton:Pushbutton:

Push buttons will be complete with actuator & contact block & will be generallymounted on doors of the cubicle. Colors will be as follows.

Stop/open/emergency : RedStart/close : Green

It shall have minimum 1NO+1NC contact. Pushbutton will conform to IP-65protection against dust & water ingress.

IndicationIndicationIndicationIndication lamp:lamp:lamp:lamp:


183

All outgoing & incoming feeders will be provided with on indication lamps.Colors will be as under.Phases : Red, yellow, blueON : RedOFF : GreenTripped : Yellow

Indication lamps will be in the form of cluster of high intensity light emittingdiodes (LED) to give bright indication.CurrentCurrentCurrentCurrent transformer:transformer:transformer:transformer:

CTS will be cast resin insulated type primary & secondary terminals will bemarked indelibly. CTS will preferably be mounted on stationary parts. These willbe capable of withstanding momentary short circuit current for 1 second.Neutral side of CTS will be earthed.Common protection class CTS have been offered for microprocessor basedrelays for protection & metering.

SpecialSpecialSpecialSpecial Requirement:Requirement:Requirement:Requirement:

All motor feeders will have VFD or Soft starter at suitable rating and each feedershould have local start/ stop, Reset push button , Auto / manual switch.

All motor feeders will be provided with suitable breaking capacity.

For incoming feeder of rating higher than 400 amps. ACB will be providedunless stated otherwise.

If the outgoing feeder rating is higher than 100 amps, Manual MCCB will beprovided unless stated otherwise & preferably this will be located at the lowerportion of the panel. These feeders will also have isolating link for neutral.

Electrical interlocking will be provided between various feeders as required bythe process.

6.26.26.26.2 LTLTLTLT powerpowerpowerpower &&&& controlcontrolcontrolcontrol cablescablescablescables

Quantity : 1 Lot

GeneralGeneralGeneralGeneral specificationsspecificationsspecificationsspecifications

PowerPowerPowerPower Cables:Cables:Cables:Cables:

ApplicableApplicableApplicableApplicable standards:standards:standards:standards:

Cables will comply, as a minimum, with the latest issue including all parts,revision and addends as on the date of the contract of Indian Standard.


184

OperatingOperatingOperatingOperating Conditions:Conditions:Conditions:Conditions:

All cables shall be suitable for laying in open air exposed to natural elementsand in trenches and underground buried installation with uncontrolled backfilland possibility of flooding by water. The outer sheath shall be resistant toattack by vermin and rodents. Special treatment will be given to make thecables rodent proof.

TemperatureTemperatureTemperatureTemperature rise:rise:rise:rise:

For the ambient and operating condition specified above, the combination ofambient temperature and temperature rise due to load will result in a steadyconductor temperature not exceeding 700 C.

MaterialMaterialMaterialMaterial Specification:Specification:Specification:Specification:

Conductor:Conductor:Conductor:Conductor:

The conductor will be composed of aluminium/copper wires complying with IS8130. The conductor will be without joints. The conductors for nominal crosssectional area up to 10-sq. mm will be solid, those greater than 10-sq. mm willbe stranded. Conductors of nominal cross sectional area less than 25 sq. mmwill be of circular shape whereas those greater than 25 sq. mm and above willbe of sector shaped.

Insulation:Insulation:Insulation:Insulation:

Cable insulation will be of PVC compound as per IS 5831. It will be extruded sothat it fits closely on the conductor and it will be easily possible to remove itwithout damage to the conductor. Minimum insulation thickness as well astolerance will be as per IS 1554 (Part I).

CoreCoreCoreCore Disposition:Disposition:Disposition:Disposition:

Cores will be identified by the color of their PVC insulation with different colorfor each core as per IS 1554. The cores will be laid up together with a suitablelay. The outermost layer will have right hand lay and successive layers will beof opposite lay. Wherever necessary, core interstices will be filled up with non-hygroscopic material

InnerInnerInnerInner Sheath:Sheath:Sheath:Sheath:

Inner sheath will be of type ST-1 PVC compound as per IS 5831 and will be ofblack color. The inner sheath will be so applied that it fits closely on the laid upcores & this will be as circular as possible. It will be possible to remove theinner sheath without damaging the insulation. The thickness of the innersheath will be as per IS 1554.

Armouring:Armouring:Armouring:Armouring:

Armouring will be of either galvanized round steel wire/steel strip as per IS3975. Armouring will be applied as closely as possible over the insulation in case


185

of single core cable and over the inner sheath in the case of multi-core cables.The direction of lay of the Armour will be left hand and the Armour will consistof galvanized round / flat steel wires of dimensions as per IS 1554.

OuterOuterOuterOuter Sheath:Sheath:Sheath:Sheath:

The outer sheath will be of PVC compound confirming to the requirement oftype ST-1 as per IS 5831. Rodent/termite proof treatment will be given to theouter sheath of the cables. The outer sheath will be applied by extrusion overthe armouring. The color of the outer sheath will be Grey for copper cable &black for aluminium cable.

Identification:Identification:Identification:Identification:

The manufacturer's name or trade mark, cable size with type of cable will beeither indented, printed or embossed on the outer sheath of the cable alongthe length of the entire cable at regular intervals.

Packing:Packing:Packing:Packing:

The cable will be packed in drums in continuous lengths.

b)b)b)b) ControlControlControlControl Cable:Cable:Cable:Cable:

ApplicableApplicableApplicableApplicable standards:standards:standards:standards:

Cables will comply, as a minimum, with the latest issue including all parts,revision and addends as on the date of the contract of Indian Standard.

OperatingOperatingOperatingOperating Conditions:Conditions:Conditions:Conditions:

All cables shall be suitable for laying in open air exposed to natural elements.The outer sheath shall be resistant to attack by vermin and rodents.

TemperatureTemperatureTemperatureTemperature rise:rise:rise:rise:

For the ambient and operating condition specified above, the combination ofambient temperature and temperature rise due to load will result in a steadyconductor temperature not exceeding 700 C.

MaterialMaterialMaterialMaterial Specification:Specification:Specification:Specification:

Conductor:Conductor:Conductor:Conductor:

The conductor will be composed of stranded annealed high conductivity copperwires complying with IS 8130. The conductor will be stranded. Nominal crosssectional area of each conductor will be as specified in cable quantities withoutany joints. For signal cable Pairs/ Triads will be formed uniformly twistingtogether two insulated conductors.

Insulation:Insulation:Insulation:Insulation:


186

Cable insulation will be of PVC compound as per IS 5831. It will be extruded sothat it fits closely on the conductor and it will be easily possible to remove itwithout damage to the conductor Minimum insulation thickness as well astolerance will be as per IS 1554 (Part I).

CoreCoreCoreCore //// PairPairPairPair Disposition:Disposition:Disposition:Disposition:

The cores will be laid up together with a suitable lay. The outermost layer willhave right hand lay and successive layers will be of opposite lay. Wherevernecessary, core interstices will be filled up with non-hygroscopic material.

BinderBinderBinderBinder TapeTapeTapeTape (for(for(for(for instrumentinstrumentinstrumentinstrument signalsignalsignalsignal cable):cable):cable):cable):

A non-hygroscopic tape of minimum thickness 0.023-mm will be applied overthe final layer with 50% overlap & offering 100% coverage.

CollectiveCollectiveCollectiveCollective screenscreenscreenscreen (for(for(for(for instrumentinstrumentinstrumentinstrument signalsignalsignalsignal cable):cable):cable):cable):

A laminated screen tape will be applied with the metallic side down in electricalcontact with the longitudinally run collective drain wire. The laminated tape willbe AI foil having thickness of 0.08 mm & maximum pitch of 50 mm.

InnerInnerInnerInner Sheath:Sheath:Sheath:Sheath:

Inner sheath will be of type ST-1 PVC compound as per IS 5831 and will be ofblack color. The inner sheath will be so applied that it fits closely on the laid upcores & this will be as circular as possible. It will be possible to remove theinner sheath without damaging the insulation. The thickness of the inner sheathwill be as per IS 1554.

Armouring:Armouring:Armouring:Armouring:

Armouring will be of either galvanized round steel wire/steel strip as per IS3975. Armouring will be applied as closely as possible over the insulation. Thedirection of lay of the Armour will be left hand and the Armour will consist ofgalvanized round steel wires of dimensions as per IS 1554.

OuterOuterOuterOuter Sheath:Sheath:Sheath:Sheath:

The outer sheath will be of PVC compound confirming to the requirement oftype ST-1 as per IS 5831. The outer sheath will be applied by extrusion overthe armouring. The color of the outer sheath will be Grey for control cable &blue for instrument signal cable....

Identification:Identification:Identification:Identification:

The manufacturer's name or trade mark, cable size with type of cable will beeither indented, printed or embossed on the outer sheath of the cable alongthe length of the entire cable at regular intervals.

Packing:Packing:Packing:Packing:


187

The cable will be packed in drums in continuous lengths

6.36.36.36.3 EarthingEarthingEarthingEarthing systemsystemsystemsystem

GeneralGeneralGeneralGeneral specifications:specifications:specifications:specifications:

EarthingEarthingEarthingEarthing Strips:Strips:Strips:Strips:

The earthing strips will be of MS as per IS 2062. The MS strips will undergosurface treatment like de rusting, degreasing before being processed for hotdip galvanizing. The thickness of galvanizing will be minimum 85 micronsgenerally as per IS 2633.

EarthingEarthingEarthingEarthing PlatePlatePlatePlate ForForForFor Pit:Pit:Pit:Pit:

Each set will consist of followingOne number of 600mm X 600mm X 6thick plateOne number of 50-mm diameter, 900 mm long GI pipe along with 80mm X50mm GI funnel (made out of concentric reducer) & GI mesh.One number of 300mm X 300mm X 10 thick CI hinged, lockable cover.

For PLC system, copper earthing will be used. The earth pits and earthingsystem of instrumentation, computers and controls shall not share the earthingsystem of electrical power equipment.

Sr.Sr.Sr.Sr.nononono

ItemItemItemItem ApplicationApplicationApplicationApplication

1 25 mm x 6 mm hot dip galvanizedstrip

Switch Board, Earth Ring

2 25 mm X 3 mm hot dip galvanizedstrip

YD motor

3 8 SWG GI wire DOL motor4 14 SWG GI wire PBs & isolator


188

UtilityUtilityUtilityUtility ,,,, AutomationAutomationAutomationAutomation ,,,, InstrumentInstrumentInstrumentInstrument andandandand ElectricalElectricalElectricalElectrical EquipmentEquipmentEquipmentEquipmentssss ....

ClauseClauseClauseClauseNo.No.No.No.


1111 WaterWaterWaterWater DistributionDistributionDistributionDistribution SystemSystemSystemSystem1.1 Chilled Water Pipes, Valves & Fittings Suitable 1 Lot.1.2 Raw Water Pipes & Fittings Suitable 1 Lot.1.3 RO Water Pipes & Fittings Suitable 1 Lot.2 Compressed Air Pipes & Fittings Suitable 1 Lot.3 Plant Supporting Structure &

Maintenance Platform etc.1 Lot

4444 AutomationAutomationAutomationAutomation SystemSystemSystemSystem4.1 PLC Based Control System 1 No.4.2 Server 1 Lot.4.3 Operator Work Station PC 2 Nos.4.4 Engineering PC cum Operating PC 1 No.4.5 Printers 2 Nos.4.6 Network hard ware 1 Lot4.7 System Software 1 Set4.8 Control Desk / Cabinet 1 Lot4.9 UPS System for Automation,

Instruments2 Nos.

5555 FieldFieldFieldField Instruments,Instruments,Instruments,Instruments, ControlControlControlControl valvesvalvesvalvesvalves&&&& Accessories.Accessories.Accessories.Accessories.

5.1 Process Transmitter 1 Lot5.2 Process Guage 1 Lot5.3 Temperature Elements 1 Lot5.4 Control Valves 1 Lot5.5 Control Cables & Other Miscellaneous

items like instrument H/W, Tubing &Conduits

1 Lot

6666 ElectricalElectricalElectricalElectrical6.1 Intelligent Motor Control Center 1 No.6.2 LT Power & Control Cables 1 Lot6.3 Earthing System 1 Lot


189

SECTIONSECTIONSECTIONSECTION –––– VVVVSUBSUBSUBSUB SECTIONSECTIONSECTIONSECTION –––– 7777BATTERYBATTERYBATTERYBATTERY LIMITSLIMITSLIMITSLIMITS


190

BATTERYBATTERYBATTERYBATTERY LIMITSLIMITSLIMITSLIMITS ANDANDANDAND SCOPESCOPESCOPESCOPE ofofofof SUPPLYSUPPLYSUPPLYSUPPLY ::::

Sr.Sr.Sr.Sr.NoNoNoNo

ItemItemItemItem ParticularsParticularsParticularsParticulars PurchaserPurchaserPurchaserPurchaser ScopeScopeScopeScope BidderBidderBidderBidder scopescopescopescope

1 Utility

A Electrical Power At single Point GEB Power 3Phase and shall be madeavailable at input of IMCC.

Scope starts fromoutput of IMCC. Cable,Cable laying andtermination in thescope.

Power Distributionscope starts fromsupply available at newplant building.

Further distribution torequired Point is in thescope of bidder.

Supply , Installation,testing andcommissioning andintegration with mainautomation system ofMCC with multifunctionmeter.

All required earthing inthe scope.

Energy Data to betransfer to Mainautomation system forReport generationPurpose.

B Compressed Air System Compressed Air given atone point in the ChocolatePlant Building

Complete AirDistribution system.

Further distribution torequired Point is in thescope of bidder.

Air consumption Data tobe transfer to Mainautomation system for


191

Report generationPurpose.

C Steam Steam at 10 bar shall bemade available at singlePoint.

Steam Distributionscope starts from outletPoint available at newplant building.

Further distribution torequired Point is in thescope.

NecessaryInstruments , controland steam traps in thescope.

steam consumptionData to be transfer toMain automationsystem for Reportgeneration Purpose.

D Water row Water and RO

water shall be made

available at one point.

Scope starts from outletpoint available atsection. Furtherdistribution of all typesof water from outlets ofthe respective Hydro-flow systems to allprocess and return linesto utilities sections is inthe scope. Integrationwith main automationsystem for MIS &monitoring purpose is inthe scope

NecessaryInstruments , controlvalve , NRV andisolation valves in thescope.

Water consumptionData to be transfer toMain automationsystem for Report


192

generation Purpose.

E Refrigeration system In Bidders Scope

3 Hot and cold Insulation ofAll Line with cladding.

All Line wherever Hotand cold Insulationrequired in scope.

4 Structural /

Pipe Bridge &

supports

All necessary approachplatform & ladderswherever required inthe scope. railings, inSS-304 constructionshall be provided. Allpipe line supports forproduct lines/cabletrays inside the plantshall be constructedfrom SS-304 boxsections shall beprovided.


193

MakesMakesMakesMakes ofofofof BoughtBoughtBoughtBought outoutoutout ItemsItemsItemsItems

DescriptionDescriptionDescriptionDescription MakesMakesMakesMakes

Rotary type lobe Pump OMAC / ALFA LAVAL / FRISTAM

PHE GEA-ECOFLEX /APV / ALFA LAVAL / IDMC /

EPS / PUF Insulation Materials LLOYDS / BEARDSELL / FRICK/

Saddles for Cold Insulation SUPERTHERM (LLOYD) / BEARDSELL

Resin bonded mineral wool LLOYD / UP TWIGA / ROCKWOOL

Tank Agitator (Top Mounted) STELZER / ALFA LAVAL (IMPORTED) /EQUIVALENT

INSTRUMENTATIONINSTRUMENTATIONINSTRUMENTATIONINSTRUMENTATION,,,, CONTROLSCONTROLSCONTROLSCONTROLS &&&& AUTOMATIONAUTOMATIONAUTOMATIONAUTOMATION

VFD YASKAWA / SIEMENS / DANFFOSS

Level Transmitter & indicator E&H / EMERSON / SIEMENS

Temperature / Pressure Transmitter E&H / EMERSON / SIEMENS / INOR / RADIX

RTD E&H / EMERSON / SIEMENS / RADIX

Flow Switch DANFOSS / SWITZER / IFM, GMBH /HONEYWELL / JOHNSON

Level Switch

(float type &

vibrating fork type)

E&H / EMERSON / SIEMENS

Vortex / Magnetic Flow meter E&H / EMERSON

Mass Flow meter E&H / EMERSON

Control Valve DEMBLA / SAMSON / SCHUBERT & SALZER

Pressure switch / Temp. switch /Thermostat

DANFOSS / ALCO / HANSEN / PARKER /AMERICAN SPECIALITIES, USA/ SWITZER /INDFOSS

Pressure & Temperature Gauge FIEBIG / PRICO /GIC / WIKA / BAUMER

Dual type Pressure / temp gauges FIEBIG /PRICOL /GIC / WIKA / BAUMER

Load Manager / Power / EnergyMonitor

ROCKWELL /SIEMENS / ABB / SCHNEIDER


194

PC (Personal Computer) COMPAQ/HEWLETT-PACKARD/IBM LENEVO/ACER / DELL

DCS/ PLC System SCHNEIDER /SIEMENS / ALLEN BRADLEY

ELECTRICALSELECTRICALSELECTRICALSELECTRICALS

Electric Motors SIEMENS / CROMPTON / ABB

Air Circuit Breaker SCHNEIDER /ABB / SIEMENS

MCCB SCHNEIDER / MDS-LEGRAND / SIEMENS /ABB

Starter Overload Relays SIEMENS / ABB / SCHNEIDER

Intelligent Motor Protection Relays SIEMENS / ABB / SCHNEIDER / ROCKWELL

Timers Electronic L&T / SIEMENS / ABB / SCHNEIDER

Switch Fuse Units ABB / SCHNEIDER / SIEMENS

MCBs LEGRAND / SCHNEIDER / SIEMENS / HAGER

Push Buttons TEKNIC / ABB / SCHNEIDER / GE

Indicating Lamps (LED) TEKNIC /L&T / SCHNEIDER

Digital Ammeter & Voltmeter CONZERV / MECO / HPL SOCOMEC /RISHABH

Digital Energy Meter SIEMENS

PVC Conduit & accessories PRECISION / CLIPSAL / P – PLAST /POLYCAB

Power Factor Meter RISHABH / AE

Programmable Protection Relay MINILEC/ CONZERV

Current Transformer KAPPA / MECO / AE / IMP / INDCOIL /BHARTI

LT Power Cables GLOSTER/POLYCAB / RR / FINOLEX /

CCI

LT Copper Control Cables POLYCAB / RPG ASIAN / FINOLEX / RRKABELS (UNILAY) / POLYCAB/CONCAB

Signal & Instrument cable FINOLEX /POLYCAB / ICON


195

Power Capacitors EPCOS / SCHNEIDER / KHATAU JHANKAR /SIEMENS / UNISTAR / L & T

APFC Relay SCHNEIDER /BELUKE / EPCOS / L&T /PHASITRON/ SIEMENS

Cable Tray INDIANA / MEK / PILCO / ELCON /METALICA PRESSINGS / POWER CONTROLS/ SILVER LINE

Isolating Switches SIEMENS / L&T / ABB / SCHNEIDER

Plug & Socket LEGRAND / CLIPSAL/ SCHNEIDER / BCH /HENSEL

Terminal Blocks WAGO / CONNECT WELL / ELMEX

Rotary Selector Switch KAYCEE / SALZER / L&T / SIEMENS

Cable Glands COMMET / EX-PROTECTA / DOWELS /BRACKO

Cable Lugs DOWELS / COMMET

Mechanical Interlock L&T / SCHNEIDER / ABB

Electronic Soft Starter DANFOSS / L&T/ SIEMENS / ROCKWELL(ALLEN BRADLEY) / SCHNEIDER / ABB

Servo Voltage Stabilizer SUVIK / APLAB / NEEL / CRYCARD / DBELECTRONICS

UPS SIEMENS / EMERSON-LIEBERT / HI-REL /APC / APLAB / DB ELECTRONICS

SMF Battery YUASA-ROCKET / FURUKAWA / EXIDE

VALVESVALVESVALVESVALVES &&&& PIPESPIPESPIPESPIPES (MS(MS(MS(MS &&&& GI)GI)GI)GI)

Water Valves ( Butterfly / Ball) AUDCO / CIPRIANI / INTERVALVE / BDK /CRESCENT / FESTO / DELVAL

Non-return Valve for water AUDCO / INTERVALVE / BDK / LEADER

Water Foot Valve KIRLOSKAR / GG / LEADER

GI Pipes for water TATA / JINDAL / / MST / ZENITH

MS Pipes for air, steam, condensate TATA / JINDAL / KALYANI / MST

NRV for Air INTERVALVE / AUDCO / LEADER


196

Solenoid Valve for Water line DANFOSS / AVCON / ROTEX / BURKERT /ASCO/FESTO

Hot Water pipe/ Globe Valves AUDCO / SPIRAX / ARMSTRONG, USA /BDK

SSSSSSSS PIPESPIPESPIPESPIPES &&&& VALVESVALVESVALVESVALVES

SS Pipes RATNAMANI / BHANDARI FOILS & TUBES /APEX TUBES

SS seat type Pneumatic Valves GEA TUCHENHAGEN / ALFA LAVAL/ APV

Pneumatic SS Butterfly / Ball typevalves

GEA TUCHENHAGEN / ALFA LAVAL / APV

SS Manual Valves & Fittings ALFA LAVAL / IDMC / CIPRIANI

AIRAIRAIRAIR LINELINELINELINE FITTINGSFITTINGSFITTINGSFITTINGS

Air lines accessories SHAVO NORGEN / FESTO / LEGRIS / NUCON

Auto Drain Valve ULTRA FILTER / ZANDER/HYDINT

MISCELLANEOUSMISCELLANEOUSMISCELLANEOUSMISCELLANEOUS ITEMSITEMSITEMSITEMS

Geared Motor / Gear Box PBL / POWER MASTER / ELECON / ICBAUER/ BON FIGOLIC / EURO DRIVES

Structural Steel SAIL / TISCO / RINL / IISCO / ESSAR

Note:Note:Note:Note: ----

1) Additional makes proposed by the bidder is accepted but KDCMPUL reserves rightto select any one of the makes from the above list

2) Since this will be Turnkey job it will be full responsibility of the bidder to carryout minor works necessary to achieve rated capacity of the plant eventhough they might not have been expressly mentioned in the tender document.

3) All the Equipment to be supplied will have to be manufacture as per standardsSpecification adopted by Indian dairy industry


197


TECHNICTECHNICTECHNICTECHNICAAAALLLL DEVIATIONSDEVIATIONSDEVIATIONSDEVIATIONS


198

8.8.8.8. DeviationDeviationDeviationDeviation FromFromFromFrom TechnicalTechnicalTechnicalTechnical RequirementRequirementRequirementRequirement

8.1. This tender document provides guidelines for the processes and equipment to beused in tender package and the "basis of design" and the "standards andspecifications", define the qualitative parameters against which equipment will berequired to perform.

8.2. It is incumbent on bidder to provide a fully detailed list of equipment andservices, which they intend to provide a fully execute the contract inline with thetender document.

8.3. At various points in the tender the purchaser has stated that alternativeprocesses or alternative equipment will be considered. The bidder as part of thebid document shall provide the fully detailed list of such alternatives, togetherwith a consider rationale for employing such alternatives.

8.4. Items, which deviate from the tender proposal, shall be as per designspecification of the bidder and shall be treated as a deviation from the text of thistender document. Deviated item should fulfill the minimum performanceparameters as specified in the tender.

8.5. This tender does not allow bidders to make exclusions from any part of tenderpackages for which they bid, and an incomplete list of equipment or anincomplete schedule of services to be provided would be considered as anonresponsive bid.

Table 3Technical Deviation Statement FormSr. No Clause Reference Deviation Remarks

(Justification)

Above are the particulars of deviations from the requirements of the tenderspecifications. The technical specifications furnished in the bidding document shallprevail over those of any other document forming a part of our bid, except onlyto the extent of deviations furnished in this statement.

DateSignature of Authorised Signatory of Bidder

NOTE:Where there is no deviation, the statement should be returned dulysigned with an endorsement indicating "No Deviations"


199

SECTIONSECTIONSECTIONSECTION –––– VVVVSUBSUBSUBSUB SECTIONSECTIONSECTIONSECTION –––– 9999OPTIONALOPTIONALOPTIONALOPTIONAL ITEMSITEMSITEMSITEMS


200

9999.... OptionalOptionalOptionalOptional ItemsItemsItemsItems

9.1. All items mentioned in the tender packages or in the basis of design asoptional items shall be quoted on the basis of equipment of the systems thatare supplied "ready to pipe in ". The price for such items shall include supply,installation, commissioning and connections including all necessary piping,fitting, instrumentation, controls, utilities etc.

9.2. The entire system shall be designed with all provisions to include theoptional items in such a way that no major changes would be required in thesystem. The provision shall be made in the system irrespective of whetherthese additional items are supplied or not. The specifications of optionalitems shall be the same as that of similar items mentioned in tender.

9.3. The cost of optional items shall not be included in the calculation of total bidprice. In the event that the purchaser, for supply, selects optional items,the quoted price for the optional item shall include all incidental costs ofinstalling that item as part of the contract.


201

SECTIONSECTIONSECTIONSECTION –––– VVVVSUBSUBSUBSUB SECTIONSECTIONSECTIONSECTION––––10101010DDDDRAWRAWRAWRAWINGS,INGS,INGS,INGS, DATADATADATADATAANDANDANDAND DOCUMENTSDOCUMENTSDOCUMENTSDOCUMENTS


202

10101010.... ListListListList ofofofof DDDDrawrawrawrawingsingsingsings andandandand DocumentsDocumentsDocumentsDocuments ::::10.1. Following drawings are enclosed along with the tender:10.1.1. Flow Diagram10.1.2. Overall site plan. Bidders to consider the site plan of the purchaser.10.2. The following drawings shall be enclosed with the offer by the bidder10.2.1. Proposed machinery layout (plan) for the cattle feed plant, floor wise including the

sectional elevations showing the major equipment/feed piping. The drawing shouldalso show staircase, platforms, walkways, ladders etc. and other details.

10.2.2. Product flow diagram including production equipment, service and productionpiping.

10.2.3. All drawings, data, histograms, etc provided by bidder shall be in soft copyformat. Documents shall be in Microsoft word or excel. Drawings shall be in AutoCAD format.

10.2.4. The bid shall include general arrangement drawings for the individual equipmentalong with equipment specifications.

NOTESNOTESNOTESNOTES:Bidders may note that if successful, fabrication drawings of all equipmentirrespective of whether stated separately or not shall be got approved by Clientbefore fabrication.

10.2.5. Charts:10.2.5.1. The following charts shall be enclosed along with the offer by all the Bidders :10.2.5.1.1. Plant utilization chart for services ( HISTOGRAMS).10.2.5.1.2. Electrical Load diagram for on 24 hours basis.10.2.5.1.3. Hourly equipment‐wise service consumption data on 24 hours basis for steam, air

etc.10.2.5.1.4. Bar chart for Project execution including personnel training programme.10.2.5.1.5. PERT chart....(Bar Chart/ Pert chart to be given after the PO has been Finalized)10.2.6. Service consumption schedules for connected average and peak loads for all the

equipments. The services to be considered are :‐10.2.6.1. Steam : in kg/hr.10.2.6.2. Compressed air : in N.cu.m./min.10.2.6.3. Power: in KWH.10.2.7 Category‐wise staff requirement for various production and utility sections of the

plant on shift basis and daily basis.10.2.8 Literature covering general and technical information for all equipment covered

within the scope of the tender including relevant pages of operation andmaintenance manuals.

10.2.9. List of spare parts with quantity, to be quoted on two years inventory basis alongwith price break‐up.

10.2.10. Any other equipment/item which is not mentioned above but is required as perdescription in the text shall also be provided.

10.2.11. Any other equipment/item that the Bidder feels is necessary shall also beprovided.

10.2.12. All makes purchased by bidder if successful shall be approved by client first andthen only procurement of such items shall be done.


203


TECHNICALTECHNICALTECHNICALTECHNICAL EVALUATIONEVALUATIONEVALUATIONEVALUATIONOFOFOFOF BIDS.BIDS.BIDS.BIDS.


204

11.11.11.11. TechnicalTechnicalTechnicalTechnical EvaluationEvaluationEvaluationEvaluation ofofofof BidsBidsBidsBids

11.1. The purchaser will evaluate and compare the technical merits of the bidsbased on the information supplied by the bidders taking into account thefollowing factors.

11.1.1. Suitability of the process with regard to ultimate product quality conformingto the standards specified in this section of the tender.

11.1.2. Specifications of individual equipments as well as the system as a whole formaterial of construction, throughput, operating parameters, level ofautomation, extra features, latest design, ease of maintenance etc.

11.1.3. Energy efficiency of individual equipment and system as a whole.11.1.4. Completeness of submitted bid with respect to all information, data, details

and documents asked for.11.1.5. The evaluation of the tender will be on a lump sum basis and the unit rates

asked for will be operable only for any additions/deletions.


205

SECTIONSECTIONSECTIONSECTION –––– VVVVSUBSUBSUBSUB SECTIONSECTIONSECTIONSECTION––––12121212

PROCESSPROCESSPROCESSPROCESS PERFORMANCEPERFORMANCEPERFORMANCEPERFORMANCEANDANDANDAND GUARANTEEGUARANTEEGUARANTEEGUARANTEE


206

12.12.12.12. ProcessProcessProcessProcess PerformancePerformancePerformancePerformance &&&& ConsumptionConsumptionConsumptionConsumption GuaranteeGuaranteeGuaranteeGuarantee

12.1. If the plant or any part thereof does not give the agreed processperformance and consumption guarantees during the warranty period dueto reasons attributable to the bidder, the action shall be as below

12.1.1.... EquipmentEquipmentEquipmentEquipment Performance.Performance.Performance.Performance.

12.1.1.1. The satisfactory performance for the equipment/ production plant (thebidding Package) will be considered achieved if the plant operates above98% of the rated capacity declared by the bidder in the bid documents.

12.1.1.2. If performance is between 95% and 98% of rated capacity, penalty willbe calculated at 2% of Rs value of the contract per 1% of shortfall.

12.1.1.3. If performance is below 95% the bidder will be required to upgrade theplant or replace the plant to comply with the above performance criteria.Otherwise the plant will be deemed unacceptable. All given utilityconsumption to be inline.

12.1.2. ServiceServiceServiceService Requirements.Requirements.Requirements.Requirements.

12.1.2.1. If measured demand of service in any bidding package of the plant is lessthan 102% of the consumption declared by the bidder, the buyer willaccept that service requirements guarantees have been achieved.

12.1.2.2. If the requirement of any services of the plant is between 102% and105% of the declared demand, penalty will be charged at 2% for every1% rise in consumption for each of the services which falls in thiscategory of excessive demand. For the purpose of this calculation, onlythe main services, steam, power, and compressed air will be considered.

12.1.2.3. If the measured demand for services and energy is above 105%, thebidder will be required to upgrade the plant or replace the plant to complywith the declared performance criteria. Otherwise the plant will bedeemed unacceptable.

12.1.3..1.3..1.3..1.3. MaximumMaximumMaximumMaximum LiabilityLiabilityLiabilityLiability

12.1.3.1. The maximum liability of bidders on all counts of penalties including above,Liquidated Damages clause and other liabilities of any kind shall notexceed 10% of Contract value over and above the liquidated damageclause.


207

SECTIONSECTIONSECTIONSECTION –––– VVVVSUBSUBSUBSUB SECTIONSECTIONSECTIONSECTION –––– 13131313BIDDERSBIDDERSBIDDERSBIDDERS MEETING.MEETING.MEETING.MEETING.


208

13.13.13.13. BiddersBiddersBiddersBidders MeetingMeetingMeetingMeeting

13.1. Details of the proposed pre‐bid meeting are contained in instruction to bidderssection‐ II. This will be a general meeting at which all purchasers of the tenderdocument may attend.

13.2. Bidders may also request technical discussions with the KDCMPUL / clients projectteam before the tender closing date. Subjects for discussion at the technicalmeeting may include:

1 Project management1 Technical clarifications2 Scope of supply3 Concept of the design4 Processes5 Equipment designs6 Equipment bidders7 Automation8 Plant management10 Quality control11 Existing equipment to be utilized in the job12 Battery limits13 Acceptable alternatives14 Equipment bidders

This will be the only opportunity for bidders to discuss the project in detail withKDCMPUL before the commercial bid opening, and all technical matters should beresolved at meetings.


209

SECTIONSECTIONSECTIONSECTION –––– VIVIVIVIBIDDINGBIDDINGBIDDINGBIDDING TERMSTERMSTERMSTERMSDEVIATIONDEVIATIONDEVIATIONDEVIATION


210

BiddingBiddingBiddingBidding TermsTermsTermsTerms DeviationDeviationDeviationDeviation StatementStatementStatementStatement FormFormFormFormSr.Sr.Sr.Sr.NoNoNoNo

ClauseClauseClauseClauseRefersRefersRefersRefers

DeviationDeviationDeviationDeviation RemarksRemarksRemarksRemarks(Justification)(Justification)(Justification)(Justification)

Above are the particulars of deviations from the requirements of the tender specifications.The technical specifications furnished in the bidding document shall prevail over those ofany other document forming a part of our bid, except only to the extent of deviationsfurnished in this statement

Date

Signature of Authorised Signatory of Bidder

NOTE: Where there is no deviation, the statement should be returned duly signed withan endorsement indicating "No Deviations".


211

SECTIONSECTIONSECTIONSECTION –––– VIIVIIVIIVIIBIDBIDBIDBID FORMFORMFORMFORM ANDANDANDAND PRICEPRICEPRICEPRICESCHEDULESCHEDULESCHEDULESCHEDULE FORMFORMFORMFORM


212

BIDBIDBIDBID FORMFORMFORMFORM &&&& PRICEPRICEPRICEPRICE SCHEDULESCHEDULESCHEDULESCHEDULE(To be furnished in the letterhead of the company)DateTo ,

Dear Sirs,Sub:Sub:Sub:Sub:RefRefRefRef:Having examined the Bidding Documents, including the Addendum ________we, theundersigned, offer to supply and / or supply and deliver Goods and Services includinginstallation and commissioning as detailed in the price schedule, in conformity with thesaid Bidding Documents including the technical specifications and drowings (except tothe extent of deviation statement furnished in our bid) and the Conditions of Contract asmentioned in or referred to therein for the sum of:

or such other sums as may be ascertained in accordance with the Schedule of Pricesattached herewith and made part of this bid and the said conditions.

We accept all the conditions of the Bidding Document in this Bid Form and thisacceptance shall prevail over any other conditions, if any, given in our Bid.

We undertake, if our bid is accepted, to commence and complete delivery of all theGoods and Services as specified in the Schedule of Requirements of the Bid Document,from the date of receipt of your purchase Order/Notification of Award.

If our bid is accepted we will obtain the bank guarantee as per the conditions of theContract for the due performance of the Contract.

We agree to abide by this bid for the period of 90 days from the date fixed for bidopening and it shall remain binding upon us and may be accepted any time before theexpiration of that period.

Until a formal contract is prepared and executed, this bid, together with your writtenacceptance thereof and your Purchase Order / Notification of Award of Contract (NOAC),shall constitute a binding Contract between us.

We understand that you are not bound to accept the lowest or any bid you may receive.Dated this day of 2013.

Duly authorized to sign bid for and on behalf of Name of witness:


213

PricePricePricePrice ScheduleScheduleScheduleSchedule FormFormFormFormSummarySummarySummarySummary SheetSheetSheetSheetSr.Sr.Sr.Sr. NoNoNoNo SummarySummarySummarySummary HeadsHeadsHeadsHeads AmountAmountAmountAmount

1111 2222 33331 Total Ex‐factory, Packed2 Total Excise Duty3 Total Sales Tax/ WCT4 Transportation5 Insurance6 Total Supply Price delivered at ite

(1+2+3+4+5)7 Total Installation & Commissioning10 Service Cover11 Spares for 2 years of normal operations

Total Bid Price (6+7+8+9+10+11)Notes:

1 Bid must be submitted strictly as per this pro forma (SummarySheet and items break up sheet)

2 Amount against Sr. No 1 to 3 & 7 must be the total worked outin items break‐up sheet

3 Please quote charges for transportation (Sr. no 4) and insurance(Sr. no 5) as a percent of ex‐factory, packed (Sr. No 1)

SignatureSignatureSignatureSignature ofofofof AuthorizedAuthorizedAuthorizedAuthorized SignatorySignatorySignatorySignatory ofofofof BidderBidderBidderBidder


214

ITEMWISEITEMWISEITEMWISEITEMWISE PRICEPRICEPRICEPRICE BREAK-UPBREAK-UPBREAK-UPBREAK-UP SHEETSHEETSHEETSHEET

# InclusiveInclusiveInclusiveInclusive ofofofof CustomCustomCustomCustom Duty,Duty,Duty,Duty, ExciseExciseExciseExcise DutyDutyDutyDuty &&&& SalesSalesSalesSales taxtaxtaxtax //// WCT(WCT(WCT(WCT( InInInIn WordsWordsWordsWords RupeesRupeesRupeesRupees ------------------------------------------------ onlyonlyonlyonly ))))

S.NOS.NOS.NOS.NO....

QTQTQTQTY.Y.Y.Y.

UNITUNITUNITUNITITEMITEMITEMITEM

DESCRIPTDESCRIPTDESCRIPTDESCRIPTIONIONIONION

#EX-WORKS#EX-WORKS#EX-WORKS#EX-WORKS PackedPackedPackedPacked

INLANDINLANDINLANDINLANDFREIGHTFREIGHTFREIGHTFREIGHT

&&&&INSURANCINSURANCINSURANCINSURANC

EEEE

CEILINGCEILINGCEILINGCEILING ONONONONWHICHWHICHWHICHWHICH

EXCHANGEEXCHANGEEXCHANGEEXCHANGERATERATERATERATE &&&&CUSTOMCUSTOMCUSTOMCUSTOMDUTIESDUTIESDUTIESDUTIES

VARIATIONVARIATIONVARIATIONVARIATIONAPPLICABLEAPPLICABLEAPPLICABLEAPPLICABLE

NSTALLATIONSTALLATIONSTALLATIONSTALLATIONNNN &&&&

COMMISSIONCOMMISSIONCOMMISSIONCOMMISSIONINGINGINGING

TOTAL

UNITPRICEUNITPRICEUNITPRICEUNITPRICE TOTALTOTALTOTALTOTAL %%%%ValuValuValuValueeee

C&FC&FC&FC&FVALVALVALVALUEUEUEUE

CURRENCURRENCURRENCURRENCYCYCYCY

%%%% ValueValueValueValue(16=6(16=6(16=6(16=6+8+12+8+12+8+12+8+12))))

(1)(1)(1)(1) (2)(2)(2)(2) (3)(3)(3)(3) (4)(4)(4)(4) (5)(5)(5)(5)(6=2(6=2(6=2(6=2 ****5)5)5)5)

(7)(7)(7)(7)(8=6(8=6(8=6(8=6*7)*7)*7)*7)

(9)(9)(9)(9) (10)(10)(10)(10) (11)(11)(11)(11)(12=6(12=6(12=6(12=6*11)*11)*11)*11)

TOTALTOTALTOTALTOTAL


215

SECTIONSECTIONSECTIONSECTION –––– VIIIVIIIVIIIVIIIQUALIFICATIONQUALIFICATIONQUALIFICATIONQUALIFICATIONAPPLICATIONAPPLICATIONAPPLICATIONAPPLICATION


216

QualificationQualificationQualificationQualification ApplicationApplicationApplicationApplication FormFormFormFormYou must submit this form (Table 2 and 3), duly filled in, along with the supporting asper following checklist given in Table

TableTableTableTable 1111ChecklistChecklistChecklistChecklist forforforfor SupportingSupportingSupportingSupporting

SupportingSupportingSupportingSupporting RequiredRequiredRequiredRequired PleasePleasePleasePlease ((((√√√√))))Latest Balance sheet filed with (Name of Authority) on(Date)Latest Profit & Loss Statement fromfromfromfrom ((((date)))) totototo ((((date)))) filedith (Name of Authority) on (date).Audited copies 1of annual accounts and P & L account ofpastpastpastpast 3333 yearsyearsyearsyearsCertificate of Financial Soundness from Bankers ofdder/BiddersIncome Tax Clearance Certificate (Latest)Sales Tax Clearance Certificate (Latest)Details of Income Tax RegistrationDetails of Sales Tax RegistrationOrganization ChartAnnual Report of last three years

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Indigenous Bidders must attach copy of accounts audited under section 44444444 ABABABAB ofofofofIncomeIncomeIncomeIncome TaxTaxTaxTax ActActActAct. In case the accounts need not be audited, a Charted Accountant orManager of a Nationalized Bank should attest thein formation in this statement.


217

TableTableTableTable 2222FinancialFinancialFinancialFinancial SoundnessSoundnessSoundnessSoundnessGeneralGeneralGeneralGeneral InformationInformationInformationInformation

NameNameNameName

AddressAddressAddressAddress

PhonesPhonesPhonesPhones

MobileMobileMobileMobile

FaxFaxFaxFax

EEEE‐mailmailmailmail

ContactContactContactContact PersonnelPersonnelPersonnelPersonnelwithwithwithwith designationdesignationdesignationdesignation

FinancialFinancialFinancialFinancial InformationInformationInformationInformation

Sr.Sr.Sr.Sr. NoNoNoNo DescriptionDescriptionDescriptionDescription Value(Rs)Value(Rs)Value(Rs)Value(Rs)

1111CashCashCashCashBalanceBalanceBalanceBalance

In BankIn HandTotal

2222 FixedFixedFixedFixed AssetsAssetsAssetsAssetsGrossNet

3333CurrentCurrentCurrentCurrentAssetsAssetsAssetsAssets

InventoriesOthersTotal

4444CurrentCurrentCurrentCurrentLiabilitiesLiabilitiesLiabilitiesLiabilities

Bank Cash CreditSundry creditorsSundry creditorsProvisionsContingent Liabilities (includingclaimsnot acknowledged, pleasespecify)Total

5555 CapitalCapitalCapitalCapitalShare capitalFree reservesOther reserves (please specify)

6 Term loans from financial institutions and banks7777 Working capital8888 Net worth


218

9Debtors andadvancesconsidered good

More than 6 monthsLess than 6 months

SignificantSignificantSignificantSignificant FinancialFinancialFinancialFinancial RatiosRatiosRatiosRatiosSr.Sr.Sr.Sr. NoNoNoNo RatioRatioRatioRatio DefinitionDefinitionDefinitionDefinition ValueValueValueValue

1 Current Current Assets to Current Liabilities

2 Acid Test(Cash + temporary investment held inlieu of cash + current receivable) /current liabilities

3 Solvency Total Liability to Net Worth

NetNetNetNet PrPrPrProfofofofitititit beforebeforebeforebefore TaxTaxTaxTax Sr.Sr.Sr.Sr.

Sr.Sr.Sr.Sr. NoNoNoNo PeriodPeriodPeriodPeriod1 Current period2 During the last Financial Year3 During the year before last Financial Year

FinancialFinancialFinancialFinancial ArrangementsArrangementsArrangementsArrangementsSr.Sr.Sr.Sr. NoNoNoNo ResourcesResourcesResourcesResources AmountAmountAmountAmount

1 Own2 Bank Credits3 Others (Specify)


219

SalesSalesSalesSales

Sr.Sr.Sr.Sr. NoNoNoNo CategoryCategoryCategoryCategory ofofofof CustomersCustomersCustomersCustomers

ValueValueValueValue ofofofof ordersordersordersorders totototo bebebebe executed/executed/executed/executed/anticipatedanticipatedanticipatedanticipated SalesSalesSalesSalesCurrentCurrentCurrentCurrent NextNextNextNext FinancialFinancialFinancialFinancial

YearYearYearYear1111 Government Department2222 Commercial3333 Others

TotalAnnualAnnualAnnualAnnual TurnoverTurnoverTurnoverTurnoverSr.Sr.Sr.Sr. NoNoNoNo FinancialFinancialFinancialFinancial YearYearYearYear (Please(Please(Please(Please beginbeginbeginbegin withwithwithwith currentcurrentcurrentcurrent

year)year)year)year)111122223333444455556666

RateRateRateRate ContractsContractsContractsContracts forforforfor thethethethe itemsitemsitemsitems totototo bebebebe suppliedsuppliedsuppliedsuppliedSr.Sr.Sr.Sr. NoNoNoNo OrganizationOrganizationOrganizationOrganization ItemsItemsItemsItems ValidValidValidValid tilltilltilltill

1111 Directorate General of Supplies &Disposal,Government of India.

2222National Cooperative Consumers’Federation of India Ltd

3333 Kendriya Bhandar

4444Central Equipment Stores PurchaseOrganization for State Governments

5555 GCMMF6666 Others


220

TableTableTableTable 3333TechnicalTechnicalTechnicalTechnical CompetencyCompetencyCompetencyCompetencyClassificationsClassificationsClassificationsClassificationsSr.Sr.Sr.Sr. NoNoNoNo CategoryCategoryCategoryCategory PleasePleasePleasePlease ((((√√√√))))

1111 Manufacturer2222 Clearing & Forwarding Agent3333 Stockist4444 Wholesale Dealer5555 Authorized Reseller6666 Authorized Service Agent7777 Retailer8888 Trader9999 Others (please specify)

DetailsDetailsDetailsDetails onononon PlantPlantPlantPlantSr.Sr.Sr.Sr. NoNoNoNo PlantPlantPlantPlant DetailsDetailsDetailsDetails

1111 Location2222 Description3333 Type4444 Size of building5555 Is property on lease or free hold?

6666If on lease, indicate date of expiryof ease in each case.

7777 Others (please specify)


221

PlantPlantPlantPlant FacilitiesFacilitiesFacilitiesFacilitiesSr.Sr.Sr.Sr. NoNoNoNo FacilitiesFacilitiesFacilitiesFacilities AnsAnsAnsAns RemarkRemarkRemarkRemark1111 Space available for manufacturing (in m2)2222 Space available for storage (in m2)3333 Space available for inspection (in m2)4444 Are buildings fire resistant? (Y/N)5555 Are premises approved by Municipal fire Department?

(Y/N)6666 Are buildings under Municipal fire protection? (Y/N)7777 Are power & fuel supply adequate to meet production

requirements? (Y/N)8888 Are adequate transportation facilities available? (Y/N)9999 Are safety measures adequate for performance of

proposedcontract? (Y/N)

10101010 Is adequate material handling equipment available?(Y/N)

TestingTestingTestingTesting FacilitiesFacilitiesFacilitiesFacilitiesSr.Sr.Sr.Sr. NoNoNoNo FacilitiesFacilitiesFacilitiesFacilities1111 List testing equipment available2222 Give details of tests to be carried out on items offered.3333 Details of the testing organizations available.

QualityQualityQualityQuality ControlControlControlControl OrganizationOrganizationOrganizationOrganizationSr.Sr.Sr.Sr. NoNoNoNo QualityQualityQualityQuality ControlControlControlControl MethodMethodMethodMethod ResponseResponseResponseResponse1111 Are goods offered subject to Batch Test, Random

Sampling or full 100% test for quality?2222 Are tests carried out by factory employees or by a

separate testing agency?3333 Are independent Quality Control Organization checks

made and certificates issued?


222

ManufacturingManufacturingManufacturingManufacturing CapacityCapacityCapacityCapacity

Sr.Sr.Sr.Sr. NoNoNoNoDescriptionDescriptionDescriptionDescription ofofofofEquipmentEquipmentEquipmentEquipment

CapacityCapacityCapacityCapacityUnitsUnitsUnitsUnits ManufacturedManufacturedManufacturedManufactured

CurrentCurrentCurrentCurrent yearyearyearyear LastLastLastLast YearYearYearYear2nd2nd2nd2nd lastlastlastlastyearyearyearyear

1111

2222

Personnel/Personnel/Personnel/Personnel/ OrganizationOrganizationOrganizationOrganization

Sr.Sr.Sr.Sr. NoNoNoNo PersonnelPersonnelPersonnelPersonnel inininin NumbersNumbersNumbersNumbers inininin levelslevelslevelslevels

1111 Production ManagerialManagerialManagerialManagerial SupervisorySupervisorySupervisorySupervisory SkilledSkilledSkilledSkilled WorkmenWorkmenWorkmenWorkmen

2222 Marketing

3333Installation andcommissioning

4444 Service

5555 Spare parts

6666 Administrative

ServiceServiceServiceService CentreCentreCentreCentre nearestnearestnearestnearest totototo ourourourour sitesitesitesite locationlocationlocationlocation

LocationLocationLocationLocation

PhonePhonePhonePhone nononono

Sr.Sr.Sr.Sr. NoNoNoNo InformationInformationInformationInformation requiredrequiredrequiredrequired onononon DetailsDetailsDetailsDetails

1111 Number of skilled employees

2222 Number of unskilled employees

3333 Number of engineering employees

4444 Number of administrative employees

5555 List of special repair/ workshop facility available

6666 The storage space available for spare parts (in m2)

7777 Value of minimum stock of spares available at all the servicecentres in respective currency

8888 List of the models/ types of equipment serviced by the Centrein last 2 years


223

ReferencesReferencesReferencesReferencesSr.Sr.Sr.Sr. NoNoNoNo NameNameNameName ofofofof OrganizationOrganizationOrganizationOrganization Address,Address,Address,Address, Telephone,Telephone,Telephone,Telephone, Fax,Fax,Fax,Fax, ContactContactContactContact

PersonPersonPersonPerson11112222

ListListListList ofofofof componentscomponentscomponentscomponents usuallyusuallyusuallyusually subcontractedsubcontractedsubcontractedsubcontracted11112222

WorkloadWorkloadWorkloadWorkload forforforfor thethethethe currentcurrentcurrentcurrent andandandand forthforthforthforth comingcomingcomingcoming financialfinancialfinancialfinancial yearyearyearyear onononon quarterlyquarterlyquarterlyquarterly basisbasisbasisbasisSr.Sr.Sr.Sr. NoNoNoNo FinancialFinancialFinancialFinancial YearYearYearYear QuarterlyQuarterlyQuarterlyQuarterly WorkloadWorkloadWorkloadWorkload asasasas%%%%ofofofof TotalTotalTotalTotal CapacityCapacityCapacityCapacity

1111 Current Financial Year IIII llllllll LllLllLllLll lVlVlVlV2222 Next Financial Year

ListListListList ofofofof majormajormajormajor projectsprojectsprojectsprojects ofofofof similarsimilarsimilarsimilar sizesizesizesize andandandand naturenaturenaturenature previouslypreviouslypreviouslypreviously executedexecutedexecutedexecutedSr.Sr.Sr.Sr. NoNoNoNo NameNameNameName ofofofof

thethethethe clientclientclientclientProjectProjectProjectProject YearYearYearYear ofofofof

awardawardawardawardYearYearYearYear ofofofof

completioncompletioncompletioncompletionCapacity/Capacity/Capacity/Capacity/ProductsProductsProductsProducts ValuValuValuValu

eeee(Cur(Cur(Cur(Currencrencrencrency)y)y)y)

1111222233334444

TypeTypeTypeType ofofofof equipmentequipmentequipmentequipment manufacturedmanufacturedmanufacturedmanufactured andandandand suppliedsuppliedsuppliedsupplied (M(M(M(M &&&& S)S)S)S) duringduringduringduring lastlastlastlast 2222 yearsyearsyearsyearsSr.Sr.Sr.Sr. NoNoNoNo EquipmentEquipmentEquipmentEquipment CapacityCapacityCapacityCapacity QtyQtyQtyQty ProjectsProjectsProjectsProjects OnOnOnOn HandHandHandHand OrderOrderOrderOrder

QtyQtyQtyQty111122223333

Names of two buyers to whom similar equipment are supplied, installed andcommissioned in the past and to whom reference may be made by the KDCMPULregarding the Bidder’s technical and delivery ability:

TypeTypeTypeType ofofofof equipmentequipmentequipmentequipment manufactured,manufactured,manufactured,manufactured, supplied,supplied,supplied,supplied, installedinstalledinstalledinstalled andandandand commissionedcommissionedcommissionedcommissioned (MSIC)(MSIC)(MSIC)(MSIC)Sr.Sr.Sr.Sr. NoNoNoNo EquipmentEquipmentEquipmentEquipment CapacityCapacityCapacityCapacity QtyQtyQtyQty ProjectsProjectsProjectsProjects OnOnOnOn HandHandHandHand OrderOrderOrderOrder QtyQtyQtyQty

1111222233334444

SchedulesSchedulesSchedulesSchedules forforforfor furnishingfurnishingfurnishingfurnishing technicaltechnicaltechnicaltechnical datadatadatadata andandandand certifiedcertifiedcertifiedcertified ddddrawrawrawrawingsingsingsings afterafterafterafter receiptreceiptreceiptreceipt ofofofof ordersordersordersorders11112222

NumberNumberNumberNumber ofofofof weeksweeksweeksweeks requiredrequiredrequiredrequired forforforfor preparingpreparingpreparingpreparing aaaa bidbidbidbid proposalproposalproposalproposal


224

SECTIONSECTIONSECTIONSECTION –––– IXIXIXIXCOLLABORATORCOLLABORATORCOLLABORATORCOLLABORATOR’’’’SSSSAUTHORISATIONAUTHORISATIONAUTHORISATIONAUTHORISATION


225

Collaborators'Collaborators'Collaborators'Collaborators' AuthorizationAuthorizationAuthorizationAuthorization FormFormFormFormReferenceReferenceReferenceReference DatedDatedDatedDated

I/cI/cI/cI/c ManagingManagingManagingManaging DirectorDirectorDirectorDirectorKairaKairaKairaKaira DistrictDistrictDistrictDistrict CoCoCoCo‐operativeoperativeoperativeoperative MilkMilkMilkMilk ProducersProducersProducersProducers’’’’ UnionUnionUnionUnion Limited.Limited.Limited.Limited.AmulAmulAmulAmul DairyDairyDairyDairyAnandAnandAnandAnand –––– 388388388388 001001001001GujaratGujaratGujaratGujarat

Dear Sir,BidBidBidBid Reference:Reference:Reference:Reference: KD/CF/TKD/CF/TKD/CF/TKD/CF/T‐M/2012M/2012M/2012M/2012‐13/00113/00113/00113/001

We, (Name of the Collaborator), an established and reputable bidder of Technology andgoods (Name of Technology & Goods ) do hereby authorize (Name and address ofAgentsAgentsAgentsAgents) to bid, negotiate and include the contract with you against Bid Reference:KD/CF/T‐M/2012-13/001 for the above technology & goods supplied by us.No company or firm or individual other than (Name of your sole agent/ distributor) areauthorized to bid, negotiate and conclude the contract in regard to this business againstthis specific Bid. (Strike out this, if not applicable)We hereby extend our full guarantee and, warranty for the technology and goodsoffered for supply against this invitation for bid by the above firm.

Yours faithfully,(NAME)For and on behalf of

(Name of Manufacturers)Note:This letter of authority should be on the Letterhead of the Collaborators' concern andshould besigned by a person competent and having the power of attorney to bind the Bidder.


226

APPENDICSAPPENDICSAPPENDICSAPPENDICS –––– IIII


227

ContentsContentsContentsContents1. Form of BG for Performance Security2. Form of BG for Advance Payment3. Contract Form4. Pro forma of Completion Certificate5. Form of BG for Bid Security (EMD)6. List of acceptable Banks for Bank Guarantees from

Foreign / National Bank


228

FormFormFormForm ofofofof BGBGBGBG forforforfor PerformancePerformancePerformancePerformance SecuritySecuritySecuritySecurity (On(On(On(On thethethethe NonNonNonNon‐JudicialJudicialJudicialJudicialStampStampStampStamp PaperPaperPaperPaper asasasas perperperper thethethethe StampStampStampStamp ActActActAct ofofofof StateStateStateState Government)Government)Government)Government)

Bank Guarantee Number Date:This deed of performance guarantee made this ________ day of 20‐‐‐ (Two thousand__) by (Name and address of the Bank) (herein referred to as the Bank) whichexpression shall unless repugnant to the context and meaning thereof includes its legalrepresentatives, successors and assignees and the KairaKairaKairaKaira DistrictDistrictDistrictDistrict CoCoCoCo‐operativeoperativeoperativeoperative MilkMilkMilkMilkProducersProducersProducersProducers’’’’ UnionUnionUnionUnion Limited.Limited.Limited.Limited.(hereinafter referred to as the KDCMPUL) which expressionshall unless repugnant to the context and meaning thereof include its legalrepresentative, successors and assignees.Whereas, KDCMPUL /its clients has awarded a Contract and Purchase Order bearingNumber __ dated _____ on (Name and address of the party) (hereinafter referred to asthe `Bidder’) for the supply/ supply and erection and commissioning of __. And whereas,the Bidder has agreed to submit a performance guarantee in the form of a BankGuarantee to the KDCMPUL in terms and conditions of the Bidding Document and theContract which will be kept valid up to __ calendar months from the date of BankGuarantee (the period should be till end of warranty period). And whereas, the Bankand its duly constituted agent and officer has already read and understood the contractmade between the KDCMPUL and the Bidder / Bidder.In consideration of the KDCMPUL having agreed to award the contract/purchase order onthe Bidder, we, (name of the Bank), do hereby guarantee, undertake, promise andagree to with the KDCMPUL, its legal representatives, successors and assignees thatthe within named (name of the Bidder) their legal representatives and assignees willfaithfully perform and fulfill everything within the Bidding Document and theContract/Purchase order on their part to be performed or fulfilled, at the time (timebeing the essence of the contract) and in the manner therein provided, do allobligations there under and we further undertake and guarantee to make payment to theKDCMPUL of Rs _ (Rupees __ only) being the 10% of the contract value, without anydemur in case the Bidder, their legal representatives and assignees do not faithfullyperform and fulfill everything within the Bidding Document and the Contract/Purchaseorder on their part to be performed or fulfilled, at the time and in the manner thereinprovided and do not will fully and promptly do all obligations there under.In case, the Bidder fails to perform or fulfill the Contract/ Purchase Order as per theterms and conditions agreed upon, the KDCMPUL is entitled to demand an amount equalto 10% of the Contract value from the Bidder and the demand made by the KDCMPUL byitself will be conclusive evidence and proof that the Bidder has failed to perform or fulfillhis obligations and neither the Bidder nor the Bank will be entitled to raise any disputeregarding the reasons for the failure of performance or fulfillment, on any ground.

We, (name of the Bank), do hereby undertake to pay an amount equal to 10% of theorder value, being the amount due and payable under this guarantee without anydemur, merely on a demand from the KDCMPUL which has to be served on us beforethe expiry date of Bank Guarantee i.e. ‐‐/‐‐/‐‐ stating that the amount claimed is due


229

by way of non‐performance of the contractual obligations as aforesaid by the Bidder orby reason of the Bidder's failure to perform the said contractual commitments/PurchaseOrder, any such demand made on the Bank shall be conclusive as regards the amountdue and payable by the Bank under this guarantee. However, our liability under thisguarantee shall be restricted to an amount not exceeding Rs ‐‐ (Rupees _ only) beingthe amount equal to 10% of the total order value.We, (name of the Bank), further, agree that the performance guarantee hereincontained shall remain in full force and effect for a period of ‐‐ calendar months fromthe date of Bank guarantee (the period should be till end of warranty period) and till theKDCMPUL certifies that the terms and conditions of the said contract/ purchase orderhave been fully and properly carried out by the said Bidder and accordingly discharge theguarantee, unless a demand or claim under this guarantee is made on us in writing bythe KDCMPUL on or before _ , we shall be discharged from all liabilities under thisperformance guarantee thereafter.We, (name of the Bank), further agree with the KDCMPUL that the KDCMPUL shall havethe fullest liberty without our consent and without affecting in any manner ourobligations hereunder to vary any of the terms and conditions of the said BiddingDocument and the Contract/Purchase order or to extend the time of performance by thesaid Bidder from time to time or postpone for any time or from time to time and any ofthe power exercisable by the KDCMPUL against the Bidder and to forebear or enforceany of the terms and conditions relating to the said Bidding Document and theContract/Purchase Order and we shall not be relieved from our liability by reason of anysuch variation, or extension being granted to the said Bidder, or for any forbearance,act or omission on the part of the KDCMPUL to the said Bidder by any such matter orthing whatsoever which underthe law relating to sureties would but for this provision have effect of so relieving us.This guarantee shall be in addition to and without prejudice to any other securities orremedies which the KDCMPUL may have or hereafter possess in respect of the goodssupplied or intended to be supplied and the KDCMPUL shall be under no obligation tomarshal in favor of the Bank any such securities or funds or asset that the KDCMPULmay be entitled to receiving or have a claim upon and the KDCMPUL at its absolutediscretion may vary, exchange, renew, modify or refuse to complete to enforce orassign any security or instrument.

The Bank agrees that the amount hereby guaranteed shall be due and payable to theKDCMPUL on serving us with a notice before expiry of bank guarantee, requiring thepayment of the amount and such notice shall be deemed to have been served on theBank either by actual delivery thereof to the Bank or by dispatch thereof to the Bank byRegistered Post at the address of the Bank.In order to give full effect to the provisions of this guarantee the Bank hereby waives allrights inconsistent with the above provisions and which the Bank might otherwise as aguarantor be entitled to claim and enforce.We, __, undertake to renew the Bank Guarantee provided the request for the Bidderbefore the expiry of Bank Guarantee makes renewal.


230

We, __, (Name of the bank) lastly undertake not to revoke this guarantee during itscurrency except with the previous consent of the KDCMPUL in writing and the guaranteeshall be a continuous and irrevocable guarantee up to a sum of Rs __ (Rupees __ only).Notwithstanding anything stated herein before: (i) our liability under this guarantee isrestricted to Rs __ (Rupees _ only) (ii) The Bank Guarantee shall remain in force till__/__/20__ and (iii) The Bank is liable to pay the guarantee amount or any part thereofunder this Bank Guarantee only if the KDCMPUL serves upon the bank a written claim ordemand on or before __.Signature

SealCode NumberPlace: Date:

Notes:Bidders should ensure that the bankers, before submission of the bank guarantees,put seal and code number of the signatory.Stamp paper is not required in case of foreign Bidders.The value of stamp duty should be as per latest stamp act of local state governmentwhere the bank guarantee issued.


231

FormFormFormForm ofofofof BGBGBGBG againstagainstagainstagainst AdvanceAdvanceAdvanceAdvance PaymentPaymentPaymentPayment(On(On(On(On thethethethe NonNonNonNon‐JudicialJudicialJudicialJudicial StampStampStampStamp PaperPaperPaperPaper asasasas perperperper thethethethe StampStampStampStamp ActActActAct ofofofof StateStateStateState

Government)Government)Government)Government)Bank Guarantee Number Date:In consideration of the KairaKairaKairaKaira DistrictDistrictDistrictDistrict CoCoCoCo‐operativeoperativeoperativeoperative MilkMilkMilkMilk ProducersProducersProducersProducers’’’’ UnionUnionUnionUnion Limited.Limited.Limited.Limited.hereinaftercalled `KDCMPUL’) having agreed to grant an advance of Rs _ Rupees only) to M/s ___(hereinafter called the said Bidder) under the terms and conditions of ancontract/purchase order Number __ dated _ made between the KDCMPUL and M/s _ forthe supply/ supply, erection and commissioning (hereinafter called the `saidcontract/purchase order') on production of a Bank Guarantee for Rs _ (Rupees _ only).We __ (hereinafter called `the Bank') do hereby undertake to pay the KDCMPUL anamount not exceeding Rs _ (Rupees ____ only) against any loss/ damage caused to orsuffered would be caused or suffered by the KDCMPUL by reason of any breach by thesaid Bidder(s) of any of the terms and conditions contained in the said contract/purchase order.We, ___, do hereby undertake to pay the amounts due and payable under thisguarantee without any demur merely on a demand from the KDCMPUL which has to beserved on us before the expiry date of Bank Guarantee i.e. __ stating that the amountclaimed is due by way of loss or damage caused to or would be caused to or suffered bythe KDCMPUL by reasons of any breach by the said Bidder(s) of any of the terms andconditions contained in the contract/purchase order or by reasons of the Bidder(s) failureto perform the said contract/purchase order, any such demand made on the Bank shallbe conclusive as regards the amount due and payable by the Bank under this guaranteeshall be restricted to an amount not exceeding Rs _ (Rupees __ only).We, __, further agree that the guarantee herein contained shall remain in full force andeffect during the period that would be taken for the performance of the said contract/purchase order and that it shall continue to be enforceable till all the dues of theKDCMPUL, under, or by virtue of the said contract/purchase order have been fully paidand it’s claims satisfied or discharged or till the KDCMPUL certifies that the terms andconditions of the said contract/Purchase Order have been fully and properly carried outby the said Bidder(s) and accordingly discharge the guarantee unless a demand or claimunder this guarantee made on us in writing on or before _ , we shall be discharged fromall liability under this guarantee thereafter.We, ___, further agree with the KDCMPUL that the KDCMPUL shall have the fullestliberty without our consent and without affecting in any manner our obligation hereunderto vary any of the terms and conditions of the said contract/Purchase Order to extendtime of performance by the said Bidder from time to time or to postpone for any time orfrom time to time any of the power exercisable by the KDCMPUL against the said Bidderand to forbear or enforce any of the terms and conditions relating to the saidcontract/Purchase Order and we shall not be relieved from our liability by reason of anysuch variation, or extension or for any forbearance, act of omission on the part of theKDCMPUL or any indulgence by the KDCMPUL to the said Bidder or by any such matteror thing whatsoever which under the law relating to sureties would but for this provisionhave effect of so relieving us.


232

The Bank agrees that the amount hereby guaranteed shall be due and payable to theKDCMPUL on serving us with a notice before expiry of Bank Guarantee requiring thepayment of the amount and such notice shall be deemed to have been served on theBank either by actual delivery thereof to the Bank or by dispatch thereof to the Bank byregistered post at the address of the Bank.We, ___, lastly undertake not to revoke this guarantee during its currency except withthe previous consent of the KDCMPUL in writing.We, __, undertake to renew the Bank Guarantee provided the request for the saidBidder before the expiry of Bank Guarantee makes renewal.Notwithstanding anything stated herein before: (i) our liability under this Bank guaranteeis restricted to Rs.__ (Rupees __ only) (ii) The Bank Guarantee shall remain in force till_____20____ and (iii) The Bank is liable to pay the guarantee amount or any partthereof under this Bank Guarantee only if the KDCMPUL serves upon the bank a writtenclaim or demand on or before ______.Signature

Seal

Code NumberPlace: Date:Notes:Bidders should ensure that the bankers, before submission of the bank guarantees, putseal and code number of the signatory.Stamp paper is not required in case of foreign Bidders.The value of stamp duty should be as per latest stamp act of local state governmentwhere the bank guarantee is issued.


233

ContractContractContractContract FormFormFormForm(On(On(On(On thethethethe NonNonNonNon‐JudicialJudicialJudicialJudicial StampStampStampStamp PaperPaperPaperPaper asasasas perperperper thethethethe StampStampStampStamp ActActActAct ofofofof StateStateStateState Government)Government)Government)Government)THIS AGREEMENT made the __ day of __ 2012 between KairaKairaKairaKaira DistrictDistrictDistrictDistrict CoCoCoCo‐operativeoperativeoperativeoperativeMilkMilkMilkMilk ProducersProducersProducersProducers’’’’ UnionUnionUnionUnion Limited.Limited.Limited.Limited., Anand 388 001, (hereinafter “the purchaser”) ofthe one part and __(hereinafter “the Bidder”) of the other part.WHEREAS the Purchaser is desirous that certain goods and ancillary services should beprovided by the Bidder, viz (brief description of goods and services) and has accepted abid submitted by the Bidder in response to the Purchaser’s Bidding Document ReferenceKD/CF/T‐M/2012‐13/001 for the supply of those goods and services in the sum of Rs _(Rupees ___) (hereinafter “the contract price”).NOW THIS AGREEMENT WITNESSETH AS FOLLOWS:In this agreement words and expressions shall have the same meaning as in the Termsand Conditions mentioned in Section III and Section IV and in other sections in theabove‐referred Bidding Document. The following documents shall be deemed to form,read and construe as part of this agreement:• The offer and the price schedule submitted by the Bidder and as accepted by thepurchaser;• The schedule of requirement/ list of items and the technical specifications in the abovereferred Bidding Document;• The terms and conditions in the above‐referred Bidding Document;• The Purchaser’s purchase order Number___dated In consideration of the payments tobe made by the Purchaser to the Bidder as hereinafter mentioned, the Bidder herebycovenants with the Purchase to provide the goods and services and to remedy defectstherein in conformity in all respects with the provisions of the Purchaser’s purchase Orderand Bidding Document.The Purchaser hereby covenants to pay the Bidder in consideration of the provision ofthe goods and services and the remedying of defects therein, the contract price or suchother sum as may become payable under the provisions of the purchase order at thetimes and in the manner prescribed in the Purchase order and bidding document.IN WITNESS whereof the parties hereto have caused this agreement to be executed inaccordance with their respective laws the day and year first above written.Signed, sealed and delivered by the authorized signatory for the Purchaser) In thepresence of:1.2.Signed, sealed and delivered by the authorized signatory for the Bidder) In the presenceof:1.2.


234

ProProProPro formaformaformaforma ofofofof CompletionCompletionCompletionCompletion CertificateCertificateCertificateCertificate(To(To(To(To bebebebe issuedissuedissuedissued bybybyby thethethethe purchaserpurchaserpurchaserpurchaser afterafterafterafter successfulsuccessfulsuccessfulsuccessful commissioningcommissioningcommissioningcommissioning ofofofof thethethethe suppliedsuppliedsuppliedsupplied goods)goods)goods)goods)

Reference Date

Subject: Certificate of commissioning of supplied goods/ PLANTThis is to certify that the plant section as detailed below has been received in goodcondition along with all the standard and special accessories (subject to short supplymentioned) in accordance with the Contract/ Specifications. The same has been installedand commissioned. The Performance Test has been done to our entire satisfaction andoperators have been trained to operate the plant. The Bidder has fulfilled his contractualobligations satisfactorily (subject to unfulfilled obligations mentioned)

CompletionCompletionCompletionCompletion CertificateCertificateCertificateCertificateSr.Sr.Sr.Sr. No.No.No.No. ItemItemItemItem DescriptionDescriptionDescriptionDescription

1111 Contract Number & Dated2222 Description of the plant3333 Quantity4444 Bill of Lading/ AWB (for Import Contract)/ LR/ RR

&Dated5555 Name of the vessel/ transporters6666 Consignment Note Number & Dated7777 Name of the consignee8888 Name of the consignee

DetailsDetailsDetailsDetails ofofofof shortshortshortshort supplysupplysupplysupply andandandand recoveriesrecoveriesrecoveriesrecoveries totototo bebebebe mademademademadeSr.Sr.Sr.Sr. No.No.No.No. DescriptionDescriptionDescriptionDescription AmountAmountAmountAmount totototo bebebebe recoveredrecoveredrecoveredrecovered

11112222

DetailsDetailsDetailsDetails ofofofof unfulfilledunfulfilledunfulfilledunfulfilled contractualcontractualcontractualcontractual obligationsobligationsobligationsobligations

Sr.Sr.Sr.Sr. No.No.No.No. DescriptionDescriptionDescriptionDescription AmountAmountAmountAmount totototo bebebebe recoveredrecoveredrecoveredrecovered11112222

Explanatory Notes for filling up the certificates on contractual obligations of the Bidder• Bidder has adhered to the time schedule specified in the contract in dispatching thedocuments/ drawings pursuant to technical specifications.• Bidder has installed and commissioned the plant in time (within the period specified inthe contract) from the date of the intimation by the Purchaser in respect of theinstallation and commissioning of the units.• Training of personnel as per contractual obligation by the Bidder has been done.• In the event of documents having not been supplied or installation and commissioningof the plant have been delayed on account of the Bidder, the extent of delay shouldalways be mentioned.


235

FormFormFormForm ofofofof BankBankBankBank GuaranteeGuaranteeGuaranteeGuarantee forforforfor BidBidBidBid SecuritySecuritySecuritySecurity(On(On(On(On NonNonNonNon‐JudicialJudicialJudicialJudicial StampStampStampStamp PaperPaperPaperPaper asasasas perperperper thethethethe StampStampStampStamp ActActActAct ofofofof LocalLocalLocalLocal StateStateStateState Government)Government)Government)Government)

Bank Guarantee Number: Date:This Deed of Guarantee made this ____ day of 20 ____(two thousand and ‐‐‐‐) by(Name and the address of the bank), hereinafter referred to as the Bank, which shallunless repugnant to the context and the meaning thereof include its legalrepresentatives, successors and assignees and thethethethe KairaKairaKairaKaira DistrictDistrictDistrictDistrict CoCoCoCo‐operativeoperativeoperativeoperative MilkMilkMilkMilkProducersProducersProducersProducers’’’’ UnionUnionUnionUnion LimitedLimitedLimitedLimited (hereinafter referred to as the KDCMPUL) which expressionshall unless repugnant to the context and meaning thereof include its legalrepresentatives, successors and assignees.Whereas the KDCMPUL has invited Bids for the design, supply, installation &commissioning of 600 MTPD Cattle Feed Plant, by the Invitation to bid numberKD/CF/T‐M/2012‐13/001. AND WHEREAS (Name and Address of the Bidder) who havingsubmitted their bids (hereinafter referred to as the Bidder) and have agreed to deposit tothe KDCMPUL an amount indicated in the Invitation to bid as per the terms andconditions of the Bidding Documents. AND WHEREAS the KDCMPUL is also willing toaccept a Bank guarantee in lieu of payment by demand draft of an amount equivalent tothe amount of Bid security required to be deposited by the Bidder to the KDCMPUL andthe guarantee shall be kept validvalidvalidvalid forforforfor 60606060 daysdaysdaysdays after the day of the opening of the bids.In consideration of the KDCMPUL having agreed to consider the Bid proposals havingsubmitted by the Bidder without depositing the amount of Bid security and against thisBank guarantee, we (name and address of the Bank) hereby undertake and guaranteeto make payment to the KDCMPUL the amount of Bid security or any part thereof notdeposited by the Bidder to the KDCMPUL at any time (time being the essence of theContract) when the KDCMPUL asks for the same as per the terms and the conditions ofthe Bidding Document within 60 days from the date of opening of bids.The Bank further undertakes not to revoke this guarantee during its currency except withthe previous consent of the KDCMPUL in writing and the guarantee shall be continuousand irrevocable guarantee up to a sum of Rs _ (Rupees _ only) provided always that anyindulgence or forbearance on the part of the KDCMPUL to the said Bidder, with orwithout the consent of the Bank shall not prejudice or restrict remedies against the banknor shall the same in any event be a ground of defence by the Bankagainst the KDCMPUL.In case the KDCMPUL puts forth a demand in writing on the Bank for the payment ofamount full or in part against this bank guarantee, the Bank will consider without demurthat such demand by itself is a conclusive evidence and proof that the Bidder has failedin complying with the terms and conditions stipulated by the KDCMPUL in its BiddingDocument and payment will be made to the KDCMPUL without raising any disputesregarding the reasons for such failure on the part of the Bidder.The Bank shall not be discharged or released from this guarantee by any arrangementbetween the Bidder and the KDCMPUL with or without the consent of the bank or anyalterations in the obligations of the parties or by an indulgence, forbearance shown bythe KDCMPUL to the Bidder.


236

This guarantee shall be in addition to and without prejudice to any other securities orremedies which the KDCMPUL may have or hereafter possess against the Bidder and theKDCMPUL shall be under no obligations to marshal in favor of the Bank any suchsecurities or fund or asset that the KDCMPUL at its absolute discretion may vary,exchange, renew, modify or refuse to complete or enforce or assign any security orinstrument. The Bank agrees that the amount hereby guaranteed shall be due andpayable to the KDCMPUL on serving us with a notice before expiry of Bank Guaranteerequiring the payment of the amount and such notice shall be deemed to have beenserved on the Bank either by actual delivery thereof to the Bank or by dispatch thereofto the Bank by Registered Post at the address of the Bank.In order to give full effect to the provisions of this guarantee the Bank thereby waives allrights inconsistent with the above provisions and which the Bank might otherwise as aguarantor be entitled to claim and enforce.The guarantee shall remain in force until _ and the bank undertakes to renew the BankGuarantee provided the Bidder before the expiry of Bank Guarantee makes the request.Notwithstanding anything stated herein before: (i) our liability under this guarantee isrestricted to Rs _ (Rupees _ only) (ii) The Bank Guarantee shall remain in force till _ 20 _and (iii) The Bank is liable to pay the guarantee amount or any part thereof under thisBank Guarantee only if the KDCMPUL serves upon the bank a written claim or demandon or before _.

Place: SIGNATURESeal Code Number.

Note:Bidders should ensure that the banker before submission of the bank guarantees putsthe seal and code number of signatory.Stamp paper is not required in case of foreign Bidders.

The value of stamp duty should be as per latest stamp act local state government fromwhere the bank guarantee issued.

BankBankBankBank GuaranteesGuaranteesGuaranteesGuarantees fromfromfromfrom ForeignForeignForeignForeign andandandand ScheduledScheduledScheduledScheduled BanksBanksBanksBanksBank Guarantee from all nationalized banks is acceptable. Other than the NationalizedBanks, BGs from the following banks shall also be acceptable:1. Scheduled Banks:

• IDBI Bank• ICICI Bank• AXIS Bank• HDFC Bank


237

APPENDICESAPPENDICESAPPENDICESAPPENDICES –––– llllllll


238

ContentsContentsContentsContents

1. Spares Philosophy2. Documentation Philosophy


239

SPARESSPARESSPARESSPARES REQUIREMENTREQUIREMENTREQUIREMENTREQUIREMENT

All bidders are required to follow and consider the following Mandatory spares philosophyat the time of submitting the bid prices.Sr.Sr.Sr.Sr.no.no.no.no.

ItemsItemsItemsItems SparesSparesSparesSpares requiredrequiredrequiredrequired

01010101 InstrumentationInstrumentationInstrumentationInstrumentation itemsitemsitemsitemsa) Instruments including sensors /

transducers, transmitters,solenoid valves / coils, air filterregulators, RTD, proximityswitches, gauges, process/utilityswitches, instrumentconfiguration etc.

20% or minimum one number of eachtype, make, model number and rangewhichever is higher

b) Control Valves 5% or minimum one number of followingitems for each type, model, make, sizeetc whichever is higher.• Diaphragm• Body Gasket• Packing set

c) DCS/PLC/PLC control system • 5% or minimum one number of eachtype of following whichever is highero Analog I/O cardo Digital I/O cardo Power supply moduleo Interface cardo Operating panel display

d) Pneumatic Valves 10% or minimum one number offollowing items for each type, model,make, size etc. whichever is higher• Sealing kit• 2 way SOV• 3 way SOV• Limit / Proximity switches• Cable connectors

e) Actuated valves 10% or minimum one number offollowing items for each type, model,make, size etc. whichever is higher• Spare kit for valves• Spare kit for actuator

02020202 ElectricalElectricalElectricalElectrical ItemsItemsItemsItemsa) Electrical Switch gear items like

fuses, MCBs, Contactors etc.Spares for 2 years of normal operation asper OEM recommendation.

03030303 MechanicalMechanicalMechanicalMechanical ItemsItemsItemsItemsa) Pumps & Motors 10% or minimum one number of


240

following items whichever is higher.• Bearing sets• O‐ring set• Gasket set• Oil seals• Coupling keys• Mechanical seal set


241

DOCUMENTATIONDOCUMENTATIONDOCUMENTATIONDOCUMENTATIONREQUIREMENTREQUIREMENTREQUIREMENTREQUIREMENT


242

1.1.1.1. DocumentationDocumentationDocumentationDocumentation RequirementRequirementRequirementRequirement1.1. Following minimum documentation is envisaged to be submitted by the

Bidder at time of detailed engineering for review, information or approvaland as a final As‐Built Drawing after commissioning of the plant.

1.1.1.1.1.1.1.1.1.1.1.1. DDDDrawrawrawrawings:ings:ings:ings:1.1.1.1. Plant P&IDs Drawings.1.1.1.2. Utility Generation and Distribution P&IDs.1.1.1.3. Plant & Utility Equipment Layout.1.1.1.4. GA Drawing of Plant & Utility equipment along the details of Point

load and foundation details.1.1.1.5. GA drawings of fabricated equipments.1.1.1.6. Plant O&M Manual (Inclusive of Process as well as utility) with all

trip settings, interlock details etc.1.1.1.7. Plant Commissioning Manual (Inclusive of Process as well as utility)1.1.1.8. O&M Manual of Individual Equipment supplied by OEM.1.1.1.9. Piping layout (Process and Utility)1.1.1.10. Electrical & Instrumentation Drawings1.1.1.10.1. Panel location drawings1.1.1.10.2. Cable tray layout drawings1.1.1.10.3. Earth pit location layout1.1.1.10.4. Communication cable layout1.1.1.10.5. Instrument Index1.1.1.10.6. Process Logic write‐up1.1.1.10.7. DCS/PLC / PLC Graphics and colour scheme1.1.1.10.8. Process and Utility Interlock details with Trip and alarm setting

details.

1.1.2.1.1.2.1.1.2.1.1.2. OrderOrderOrderOrder //// PurchasePurchasePurchasePurchase specifications:specifications:specifications:specifications:1.1.2.1. Each Purchase / Ordered specifications shall have following as

minimum:1.1.2.1.1. item description1.1.2.1.2. Bidder name and contact details1.1.2.1.3. Project details1.1.2.1.4. Design Basis1.1.2.1.5. Specification of ordered items1.1.2.1.6. Data sheet (Showing Make & Model number of the item along with

make and model number of accessories ordered, Service catered,Point of installation, specific requirements, if any, etc.)

1.1.2.1.7. Approved QAP1.1.2.1.8. Product catalogue of the selected model giving the brief technical

specifications and model decoding details.1.1.2.1.9. GA drawings1.1.2.1.10. BOQ with makes for Packages and Panels.


243

1.1.2.1.11. Panel wiring details for Packages, MCC, PCC, APFC, DCS/PLC,HT panel, DG set etc.

1.1.2.1.12. Sizing calculations1.1.3. Further to above all original documents pertaining to inspection as

per approved QAP shall be handed over with the running invoices.1.1.4. All the above drawings shall be submitted in six sets as Hard copy

and One set as editable soft copies (Auto CAD, PDF, Excel sheet,MS word etc.)

TENDER DOCUMENTS - Amultender.amuldairy.com/tender/1)Rev-12 - Tender For 1500... · 2016-05-12 ·...

Documents

Transcript of TENDER DOCUMENTS - Amultender.amuldairy.com/tender/1)Rev-12 - Tender For 1500... · 2016-05-12 ·...